Service Manual: Cooling Only 60 HZ Heat Pump 60 HZ RZR-TA, RZQ-TA Series

SiUS281811EA
Service
Manual
RZR-TA, RZQ-TA Series
Cooling Only 60 Hz
Heat Pump 60 Hz
SiUS281811EA
Introduction ....................................................................................... 1
1. Safety Cautions...........................................................................................2
1.1 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Workers................................. 2
1.2 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Users..................................... 4
2. Icons Used ..................................................................................................7
3. Revision History ..........................................................................................8
Part 1 General Information ............................................................... 9

1. Model Names and Power Supply..............................................................10
1.1 Compatibility Table..................................................................................... 10
1.2 Cooling Only............................................................................................... 11
1.3 Heat Pump ................................................................................................. 12
2. External Appearance.................................................................................13
2.1 Indoor Unit.................................................................................................. 13
2.2 Outdoor Unit ............................................................................................... 14
2.3 Remote Controller ...................................................................................... 15
3. Specifications ............................................................................................16
3.1 Cooling Only............................................................................................... 16
3.2 Heat Pump ................................................................................................. 42
Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit............................................................... 68

1. Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams) .......................................................69
1.1 RZR18/24TAVJU, RZQ18/24TAVJU.......................................................... 69
1.2 RZR30/36/42/48TAVJU, RZQ30/36/42/48TAVJU...................................... 71
1.3 Indoor Unit.................................................................................................. 73
2. Functional Parts Layout ............................................................................74
2.2 RZR18/24TAVJUA, RZQ18/24TAVJUA..................................................... 76
2.4 RZR30/36/42/48TAVJUA, RZQ30/36/42/48TAVJUA................................. 80
Part 3 Remote Controller ................................................................ 82

1. Applicable Models .....................................................................................83
2. Names and Functions ...............................................................................84
2.1 Wired Remote Controller............................................................................ 84
2.2 Simplified Remote Controller...................................................................... 87
2.3 Wireless Remote Controller ....................................................................... 88
3. Main/Sub Setting.......................................................................................90
3.1 Wired Remote Controller (BRC1E73) ........................................................ 90
3.2 When Wireless Remote Controller is Used Together................................. 91
4. Address Setting for Wireless Remote Controller.......................................92
5. Centralized Control Group No. Setting......................................................95
5.1 BRC1E73 ................................................................................................... 95
i Table of Contents
SiUS281811EA
6. Service Settings Menu, Maintenance Menu..............................................98

6.1 BRC1E73 ................................................................................................... 98
6.2 Wireless Remote Controller ..................................................................... 102
Part 4 Functions and Control ........................................................ 103

1. Operation Mode ......................................................................................104
2. Basic Control...........................................................................................105
2.1 Normal Operation ..................................................................................... 105
2.2 Compressor PI Control............................................................................. 106
2.3 Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control..................................................... 108
2.4 Cooling Operation Fan Control................................................................. 109
3. Special Control........................................................................................110
3.1 Startup Control ......................................................................................... 110
3.2 Oil Return Control..................................................................................... 112
3.3 Defrost Control ......................................................................................... 114
3.4 Pump Down Residual Control .................................................................. 115
3.5 Restart Standby........................................................................................ 116
3.6 Stop Control ............................................................................................. 116
4. Protection Control ...................................................................................117
4.1 High Pressure Protection Control............................................................. 117
4.2 Low Pressure Protection Control.............................................................. 118
4.3 Discharge Pipe Temperature Protection Control...................................... 120
4.4 Inverter Protection Control ....................................................................... 121
5. Other Control...........................................................................................123
5.1 Demand Operation ................................................................................... 123
5.2 Heating Operation Prohibition .................................................................. 123
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) ...............................................................124
6.1 Remote Controller Thermistor .................................................................. 124
6.2 Thermostat Control................................................................................... 126
6.3 Thermostat Control with Operation Mode Set to AUTO ........................... 128
6.4 List of Swing Flap Operations .................................................................. 129
6.5 Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only).......................................... 130
6.6 Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt (FCQ Models Only)................ 131
6.7 Drain Pump Control.................................................................................. 132
6.8 Freeze-Up Prevention .............................................................................. 134
6.9 Heater Control (Except FTQ-TA Models) ................................................. 136
6.10 Heater Control (FTQ-TA Models) ............................................................. 137
6.11 3-Step Thermostat Processing (FTQ-TA Models).................................... 141
6.12 Fan Control (Heater Residual) (FTQ-TA Models) .................................... 142
6.13 Interlocked with External Equipment (FTQ-TA Models) ........................... 142
Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation ..................................... 144

1. Field Setting from Remote Controller......................................................145
1.1 Wired Remote Controller.......................................................................... 145
1.2 Simplified Remote Controller.................................................................... 147
1.4 List of Field Settings for Indoor Unit ......................................................... 149
Table of Contents ii
SiUS281811EA
1.5 Details of Field Settings for Indoor Unit.................................................... 153

1.6 Operation Control Mode ........................................................................... 168
2. Field Settings from Outdoor Unit.............................................................169
2.1 Capacity Setting ....................................................................................... 169
2.2 Setting Mode and Monitor Mode .............................................................. 170
2.3 Setting Mode 1 ......................................................................................... 171
2.4 Setting Mode 2 ......................................................................................... 173
2.5 Monitor Mode ........................................................................................... 177
2.6 Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand Operation ......................... 179
2.7 Setting of Refrigerant Recovery Mode ..................................................... 182
2.8 Setting of Vacuuming Mode ..................................................................... 182
2.9 Check Operation ...................................................................................... 183
2.10 Setting of Auxiliary Heater Control ........................................................... 184
2.11 Setting of Heat Pump Lockout and Emergency Heat Mode..................... 185
3. Test Operation ........................................................................................187
3.1 Check Work Prior to Turning Power Supply ON ...................................... 187
3.2 Turn Power ON ........................................................................................ 187
3.3 Test Operation.......................................................................................... 188
3.4 Error Codes and Corresponding Measures.............................................. 191
3.5 When Turning ON Power First Time ........................................................ 193
3.6 When Turning ON Power the Second Time and Subsequent.................. 193
3.7 When an Indoor Unit or Outdoor Unit has been Added,
or Indoor or Outdoor Unit PCB has been Changed.................................. 193
Part 6 Service Diagnosis ............................................................... 194

1. Servicing Items to be Confirmed .............................................................197
1.1 Troubleshooting........................................................................................ 197
1.2 Precautions for Maintenance.................................................................... 197
1.3 Refrigerant Properties (R-410A)............................................................... 199
2. Symptom-based Troubleshooting ...........................................................200
2.1 Indoor Unit Overall ................................................................................... 200
2.2 With Optional Infrared Presence/Floor Sensor......................................... 203
3. Troubleshooting with Remote Controller.................................................205
4. Troubleshooting by Error Codes .............................................................208
4.1 Error Codes and Description .................................................................... 208
4.2 Error Codes - Sub Codes ......................................................................... 210
4.3 Error Code Indication by Outdoor Unit PCB............................................. 212
4.4 External Protection Device Abnormality (Except FTQ-TA)....................... 216
4.5 External Protection Device Abnormality (FTQ-TA Only) .......................... 217
4.6 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality ................................................................... 218
4.7 Drain Level Control System (S1L) Abnormality........................................ 219
4.8 Indoor Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload .................................................. 221
4.9 Indoor Fan Motor Abnormality.................................................................. 223
4.10 Blower Motor Not Running ....................................................................... 227
4.11 Indoor Fan Motor Status Abnormality....................................................... 228
4.12 Low Indoor Airflow.................................................................................... 229
iii Table of Contents
SiUS281811EA
4.13 Swing Flap Motor Abnormality ................................................................. 230

4.14 Power Supply Voltage Abnormality .......................................................... 232
4.15 Blower Motor Stops for Over/Under Voltage ............................................ 233
4.16 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Abnormality, Dust Clogging .................. 234
4.17 Drain Level Above Limit ........................................................................... 236
4.18 Defective Capacity Setting ....................................................................... 237
4.19 Transmission Abnormality (between Indoor Unit PCB and Fan PCB) ..... 238
4.20 Blower Motor Communication Error ......................................................... 240
4.21 Thermistor Abnormality ............................................................................ 241
4.22 Combination Abnormality (between Indoor Unit PCB and Fan PCB)....... 242
4.23 Blower Motor HP Mismatch...................................................................... 243
4.24 Indoor Blower Does Not Have Required Parameters to Function............ 244
4.25 Remote Sensor Abnormality .................................................................... 245
4.26 Infrared Presence/Floor Sensor Error ...................................................... 246
4.27 Remote Controller Thermistor Abnormality .............................................. 251
4.28 Outdoor Main PCB Abnormality ............................................................... 252
4.29 Activation of High Pressure Switch .......................................................... 253
4.30 Activation of Low Pressure Sensor .......................................................... 255
4.31 Inverter Compressor Motor Lock.............................................................. 257
4.32 Outdoor Fan Motor Abnormality ............................................................... 259
4.33 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Abnormality........................................... 261
4.34 Discharge Pipe Temperature Abnormality ............................................... 262
4.35 Refrigerant Overcharged.......................................................................... 263
4.37 High Pressure Sensor Abnormality .......................................................... 265
4.38 Low Pressure Sensor Abnormality ........................................................... 266
4.39 PCB (for Inverter Compressor) Abnormality............................................. 267
4.40 Radiation Fin Temperature Rise Abnormality .......................................... 268
4.41 Inverter Compressor Instantaneous Overcurrent ..................................... 269
4.42 Inverter Compressor Overcurrent............................................................. 270
4.43 Inverter Compressor Startup Abnormality ................................................ 271
4.44 Transmission Error (Between Microcomputers on the Outdoor Main PCB)... 272
4.45 Inverter Circuit Capacitor High Voltage .................................................... 273
4.46 Radiation Fin Thermistor Abnormality ...................................................... 274
4.47 Refrigerant Shortage ................................................................................ 275
4.48 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Abnormality ......................... 277
4.49 Check Operation Not Executed................................................................ 279
4.50 Transmission Error between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units.................. 280
4.51 Transmission Error between Remote Controller and Indoor Unit............. 282
4.52 Transmission Error between Main and Sub Remote Controllers ............. 283
4.53 Transmission Error between Indoor and Outdoor Units in the Same System ... 284
4.54 Improper Combination of Indoor and Outdoor Units, Indoor Units
and Remote Controller ............................................................................. 285
4.55 Incorrect Electric Heater Capacity Setting................................................ 287
4.56 Address Duplication of Centralized Controller.......................................... 288
4.57 Transmission Error between Centralized Controller and Indoor Unit ....... 289
4.58 System Not Set ........................................................................................ 290
4.59 System Abnormality, Refrigerant System Address Undefined ................. 291
Table of Contents iv
SiUS281811EA
5. Check ......................................................................................................292
5.1 High Pressure Check ............................................................................... 292
5.2 Low Pressure Check ................................................................................ 293
5.3 Superheat Operation Check..................................................................... 294
5.4 Power Transistor Check ........................................................................... 295
5.5 Refrigerant Overcharge Check................................................................. 296
5.6 Refrigerant Shortage Check..................................................................... 297
5.7 Vacuuming and Dehydration Procedure .................................................. 298
5.8 List of Inverter-Related Error Codes......................................................... 299
5.9 Concept of Inverter-Related Error Codes................................................. 300
5.10 Thermistor Check ..................................................................................... 301
5.11 Pressure Sensor Check ........................................................................... 304
5.12 Broken Wire Check of the Relay Wires .................................................... 305
5.13 Fan Motor Connector Check .................................................................... 306
5.14 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Check ................................................... 308
5.15 Fan Motor Connector Check for FTQ-TA ................................................. 311
Part 7 Appendix ............................................................................. 315

1. Wiring Diagrams......................................................................................316
1.1 Outdoor Unit ............................................................................................. 316
1.2 Indoor Unit................................................................................................ 320
v Table of Contents
SiUS281811EA
Introduction
1. Safety Cautions...........................................................................................2
1.1 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Workers................................. 2
1.2 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Users..................................... 4
2. Icons Used ..................................................................................................7
3. Revision History ..........................................................................................8
Introduction 1
Safety Cautions SiUS281811EA
1. Safety Cautions
Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work.
After the repair work is complete, be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the equipment
operates normally, and explain the cautions for operating the product to the customer.
This manual is for the
person in charge of
maintenance and
inspection.
Caution Items The caution items are classified into Warning and Caution. The Warning items are
especially important since death or serious injury can result if they are not followed closely. The
Caution items can also lead to serious accidents under some conditions if they are not
followed. Therefore, be sure to observe all the safety caution items described below.
Pictograms This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised.
The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid.
This symbol indicates a prohibited action.
The prohibited item or action is shown in the illustration or near the symbol.
This symbol indicates an action that must be taken, or an instruction.
The instruction is shown in the illustration or near the symbol.
1.1 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Workers

Warning
Do not store equipment in a room with fire sources (e.g., naked
flames, gas appliances, electric heaters).
Be sure to disconnect the power cable from the socket before

disassembling equipment for repair.
Working on equipment that is connected to the power supply may cause
an electrical shock.
If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or
inspect the circuits, do not touch any electrically charged sections of the
equipment.
If refrigerant gas is discharged during repair work, do not touch the
discharged refrigerant gas.
Refrigerant gas may cause frostbite.
When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the

compressor at the welded section, evacuate the refrigerant gas
completely at a well-ventilated place first.
If there is gas remaining inside the compressor, the refrigerant gas or
refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected, and it
may cause injury.
If refrigerant gas leaks during repair work, ventilate the area.
Refrigerant gas may generate toxic gases when it contacts flames.
2 Introduction
SiUS281811EA Safety Cautions
Warning
Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting
repair work.
The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical
components of the outdoor unit.
A charged capacitor may cause an electrical shock.
Do not turn the air conditioner on or off by plugging in or
unplugging the power cable.
Plugging in or unplugging the power cable to operate the equipment may
cause an electrical shock or fire.
Be sure to wear a safety helmet, gloves, and a safety belt when

working in a high place (more than 2 m (6.5 ft)).
Insufficient safety measures may cause a fall.
In case of R-410A refrigerant models, be sure to use pipes, flare nuts

and tools intended for the exclusive use with the R-410A refrigerant.
The use of materials for other refrigerant models may cause a serious
accident, such as a damage of refrigerant cycle or equipment failure.
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R-410A) in
the refrigerant system.
If air enters the refrigerant system, an excessively high pressure results,
causing equipment damage and injury.
Caution
Do not repair electrical components with wet hands.
Working on the equipment with wet hands may cause an electrical shock.
Do not clean the air conditioner with water.

Washing the unit with water may cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to provide an earth / grounding when repairing the

equipment in a humid or wet place, to avoid electrical shocks.
Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable
when cleaning the equipment.
The internal fan rotates at a high speed, and may cause injury.
Be sure to conduct repair work with appropriate tools.

The use of inappropriate tools may cause injury.
Introduction 3
Caution
Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled
down enough before conducting repair work.
Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot may cause
burns.
Conduct welding work in a well-ventilated place.

Using the welder in an enclosed room may cause oxygen deficiency.
1.2 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Users

Warning
Do not store the equipment in a room with fire sources (e.g., naked
flames, gas appliances, electric heaters).
Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable
model and appropriate tools to conduct repair work. Never attempt
to modify the equipment.
The use of inappropriate parts or tools may cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
If the power cable and lead wires are scratched or have deteriorated,
be sure to replace them.
Damaged cable and wires may cause an electrical shock, excessive heat
generation or fire.
Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the

same power outlet with other electrical appliances, since it may
cause an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and

follow the local technical standards related to the electrical
equipment, the internal wiring regulations, and the instruction
manual for installation when conducting electrical work.
Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work may cause
an electrical shock or fire.
Be sure to use the specified cable for wiring between the indoor and
outdoor units.
Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there
is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals.
Improper connections may cause excessive heat generation or fire.
When wiring between the indoor and outdoor units, make sure that
the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable.
If the cover is not mounted properly, the terminal connection section may
cause an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Do not damage or modify the power cable.

Damaged or modified power cables may cause an electrical shock or fire.
Placing heavy items on the power cable, or heating or pulling the power
cable may damage it.
4 Introduction
SiUS281811EA Safety Cautions
Warning
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R-410A) in
the refrigerant system.
If air enters the refrigerant system, an excessively high pressure results,
causing equipment damage and injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks, be sure to locate the leaking point and
repair it before charging the refrigerant. After charging the
refrigerant, make sure that there is no leak.
If the leaking point cannot be located and the repair work must be
stopped, be sure to pump-down, and close the service valve, to prevent
refrigerant gas from leaking into the room. Refrigerant gas itself is
harmless, but it may generate toxic gases when it contacts flames, such
as those from fan type and other heaters, stoves and ranges.
When relocating the equipment, make sure that the new installation
site has sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the
equipment.
If the installation site does not have sufficient strength or the installation
work is not conducted securely, the equipment may fall and cause injury.
Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose,
then insert the plug into a power outlet securely.
If the plug is dusty or has a loose connection, it may cause an electrical
shock or fire.
When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller, be sure to

dispose of the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it.
If a child swallows the coin battery, see a doctor immediately.
Caution
Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases
depending on the conditions of the installation site, to prevent
electrical shocks.
Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of

combustible gas leaks.
If combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit, it may cause a fire.
Check to see if parts and wires are mounted and connected

properly, and if connections at the soldered or crimped terminals
are secure.
Improper installation and connections may cause excessive heat
generation, fire or an electrical shock.
If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.
A corroded installation platform or frame may cause the unit to fall,
resulting in injury.
Check the earth / grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not

properly earthed / grounded.
Improper earth / grounding may cause an electrical shock.
Introduction 5
Caution
Be sure to measure insulation resistance after the repair, and make
sure that the resistance is 1 MΩ or greater.
Faulty insulation may cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair.
Faulty drainage may cause water to enter the room and wet the furniture
and floor.
Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

The water inside the unit may spill and wet the furniture and floor.
6 Introduction
SiUS281811EA Icons Used
2. Icons Used
The following icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information.
Icon Type of Description
Information
Warning Warning is used when there is danger of personal injury.
Warning
Caution Caution is used when there is danger that the reader,
Caution through incorrect manipulation, may damage equipment,
lose data, get an unexpected result or have to restart (part
of) a procedure.
Note Note provides information that is not indispensable, but
Note may nevertheless be valuable to the reader, such as tips
and tricks.
Reference Reference guides the reader to other places in this binder
Reference or in this manual, where he/she will find additional
information on a specific topic.
Introduction 7
Revision History SiUS281811EA
3. Revision History
Month / Year Version Revised contents
04 / 2019 SiUS281811E First edition
03 / 2020 SiUS281811EA Model addition: RZR18-48TAVJUA, RZQ18-48TAVJUA
8 Introduction
SiUS281811EA
Part 1
General Information
1. Model Names and Power Supply..............................................................10

1.1 Compatibility Table..................................................................................... 10
1.2 Cooling Only............................................................................................... 11
1.3 Heat Pump ................................................................................................. 12
2. External Appearance.................................................................................13
2.1 Indoor Unit.................................................................................................. 13
2.2 Outdoor Unit ............................................................................................... 14
2.3 Remote Controller ...................................................................................... 15
3. Specifications ............................................................................................16
3.1 Cooling Only............................................................................................... 16
3.2 Heat Pump ................................................................................................. 42
Part 1 General Information 9

Model Names and Power Supply SiUS281811EA
1. Model Names and Power Supply

1.1 Compatibility Table
If you cannot find new model name, refer to the contents of the current model according to the table
below. The appearance, specifications and functions of the new models have not been changed
from the current model.
New model Current model
RZR18TAVJUA RZR18TAVJU
Cooling Only
RZQ18TAVJUA RZQ18TAVJU
Heat Pump
10 Part 1 General Information

SiUS281811EA Model Names and Power Supply
1.2 Cooling Only

Indoor unit Outdoor unit Power supply intake
Ceiling mounted cassette type FCQ18TAVJU RZR18TAVJU
(Round flow with sensing)
FCQ24TAVJU RZR24TAVJU
Ceiling suspended type FHQ18PVJU RZR18TAVJU
FHQ24PVJU RZR24TAVJU
FHQ30PVJU RZR30TAVJU
FHQ36MVJU RZR36TAVJU
FHQ42MVJU RZR42TAVJU
Wall mounted type FAQ18TAVJU RZR18TAVJU
FAQ24TAVJU RZR24TAVJU
Ceiling mounted duct type FBQ18PVJU RZR18TAVJU
(High static pressure)
FBQ24PVJU RZR24TAVJU
FBQ30PVJU RZR30TAVJU Indoor unit: 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
Multi position air handling unit FTQ18TAVJUD RZR18TAVJU
FTQ24TAVJUD RZR24TAVJU
FTQ18TAVJUA RZR18TAVJU
Note(s) 1. Power supply intake: outdoor unit

2. VJ: 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
U (VJU): Standard Symbol

Model Names and Power Supply SiUS281811EA
1.3 Heat Pump

Indoor unit Outdoor unit Power supply intake
Ceiling mounted cassette type FCQ18TAVJU RZQ18TAVJU
(Round flow with sensing)
FCQ24TAVJU RZQ24TAVJU
Ceiling suspended type FHQ18PVJU RZQ18TAVJU
FHQ24PVJU RZQ24TAVJU
FHQ30PVJU RZQ30TAVJU
FHQ36MVJU RZQ36TAVJU
FHQ42MVJU RZQ42TAVJU
Wall mounted type FAQ18TAVJU RZQ18TAVJU
FAQ24TAVJU RZQ24TAVJU
Ceiling mounted duct type FBQ18PVJU RZQ18TAVJU
(High static pressure)
FBQ24PVJU RZQ24TAVJU
FBQ30PVJU RZQ30TAVJU Indoor unit: 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
Outdoor unit: 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
Multi position air handling unit FTQ18TAVJUD RZQ18TAVJU
FTQ24TAVJUD RZQ24TAVJU
FTQ18TAVJUA RZQ18TAVJU
Note(s) 1. Power supply intake: outdoor unit

2. VJ: 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
U (VJU): Standard Symbol

SiUS281811EA External Appearance
2. External Appearance
2.1 Indoor Unit
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round Flow with Sensing)
FCQ18TAVJU
FCQ24TAVJU
FCQ30TAVJU
FCQ36TAVJU
FCQ42TAVJU
FCQ48TAVJU
Shown with BYCQ125B-W1
Ceiling Suspended Type
FHQ18PVJU
FHQ24PVJU
FHQ30PVJU
FHQ36MVJU
FHQ42MVJU
Wall Mounted Type
FAQ18TAVJU
FAQ24TAVJU
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (High Static Pressure)
FBQ18PVJU
FBQ24PVJU
FBQ30PVJU
FBQ36PVJU
FBQ42PVJU
FBQ48PVJU

External Appearance SiUS281811EA
Multi Position Air Handling Unit
FTQ18TAVJUD, FTQ18TAVJUA
2.2 Outdoor Unit

RZR18TAVJU
RZR24TAVJU
RZQ18TAVJU
RZQ24TAVJU
RZR30TAVJU
RZR36TAVJU
RZR42TAVJU
RZR48TAVJU
RZQ30TAVJU
RZQ36TAVJU
RZQ42TAVJU
RZQ48TAVJU

SiUS281811EA External Appearance
2.3 Remote Controller

Wired remote controller
BRC1E73
Wireless remote controller
BRC7E83 (FHQ)
BRC7E818 (FAQ)
BRC4C82 (FBQ (∗1), FTQ)
BRC082A43 (FBQ (∗1))
∗1. For FBQ series, the fan step control is different according to the wireless remote controller used.
BRC4C82 (Fan: 2 steps)
BRC082A43 (Fan: 3 steps)

Specifications SiUS281811EA
3. Specifications
3.1 Cooling Only
3.1.1 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round Flow with Sensing)
Model Indoor unit FCQ18TAVJU FCQ24TAVJU
name Outdoor unit RZR18TAVJU RZR24TAVJU
Power supply 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
1 2 Cooling capacity Btu/h
18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
SEER (Rated) 18.6 18.5
EER (Rated) Btu/h∙W 13.0 12.0
Indoor unit FCQ18TAVJU FCQ24TAVJU
Casing color Galvanized steel plate Galvanized steel plate
Dimensions: (H×W×D) in (mm) 10–1/16 × 33–1/16 × 33–1/16 (256 × 840 × 840) 10–1/16 × 33–1/16 × 33–1/16 (256 × 840 × 840)
Coil Type Cross fin coil Cross fin coil
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × (12 + 15 × 2) × (20 + 21 × 2) 3 × (12 + 15 × 2) × (20 + 21 × 2)
Face area ft² (m2) 4.59 (0.427) 4.59 (0.427)
Fan Model QTS48C15M QTS48C15M
Type Turbo fan Turbo fan
Motor output W 48 48
Airflow rate (H/M/L) cfm 742/618/477 (21.0/17.5/13.5) 777/618/477 (22.0/17.5/13.5)
(m3/min)
External static inH2O — —
pressure (Pa)
Sound pressure level (H/M/L) dB(A) 35.5/32.0/28.0 36.0/32.0/28.0
Air filter — —
Weight lbs (kg) 63 (28.5) 63 (28.5)
Connecting Liquid Pipe in (mm) φ3/8 (φ9.5) (Flare connection) φ3/8 (φ9.5) (Flare connection)
Pipes Gas Pipe in (mm) φ5/8 (φ15.9) (Flare connection) φ5/8 (φ15.9) (Flare connection)
Drain Pipe in (mm) VP25 (External dia. 1–1/4 (32), internal dia. 1 (26)) VP25 (External dia. 1–1/4 (32), internal dia. 1 (26))
Remote controller Wired BRC1E73, BRC2A71 BRC1E73, BRC2A71
(option) Wireless — —
Decoration Model BYCQ125B–W1 / BYCQ125BGW1 BYCQ125B–W1 / BYCQ125BGW1
panels Color Fresh white Fresh white
(option)
Dimensions: in (mm) 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8
(H×W×D) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950)
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance) Resin net (With mold resistance)
Weight lbs (kg) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0)
Outdoor unit RZR18TAVJU RZR24TAVJU
Casing color Ivory white Ivory white
Dimensions: (H×W×D) in (mm) 39 × 37 × 12–5/8 (990 × 940 × 320) 39 × 37 × 12–5/8 (990 × 940 × 320)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Compressor Model 2YC63ABXDD 2YC63ABXDD
Type Hermetically sealed swing type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output kW 1.9 1.9
Fan Model P51J11F P51J11F
Type Propeller fan Propeller fan
Airflow rate cfm 2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Sound pressure level dB(A) 61 61
Drain Pipe in (mm) φ1 (φ26) (Hole) φ1 (φ26) (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Outdoor fan driver overload High pressure switch, Outdoor fan driver overload
protector, Inverter overload protector, Fusible plugs, Fuse protector, Inverter overload protector, Fusible plugs, Fuse
Capacity Control % 14-100 14-100
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Electronic expansion valve
Ref. Standard length ft (m) 25 (7.6) 25 (7.6)
piping Max. length ft (m) 164 (50) 164 (50)
Max. height ft (m) 98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Refrigerant Model R-410A R-410A
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Ref. oil Model DAPHNE FVC50K DAPHNE FVC50K
Charge L 1.08 1.08
Drawing Specification C: 4D115509 C: 4D115509
No Sound (indoor) C: 4D087483B C: 4D087474B
Sound (outdoor) C: 4D101948E C: 4D101948E
Notes:
1 Indoor temp. : 80°FDB (26.7°CDB), 67°FWB (19.4°CWB) / outdoor temp. : 95°FDB (35.0°CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.6m), level difference : 0 ft (0m).
2 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling for indoor fan motor heat.

SiUS281811EA Specifications

30,000 (8.8) 36,000 (10.6)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 18 × (20 + 21 × 2) 3 × 18 × (20 + 21 × 2)
Face area ft² (m2) 5.92 (0.550) 5.92 (0.550)
Airflow rate (H/M/L) cfm 1,112/918/671 (31.5/26.0/19.0) 1,165/918/671 (33.0/26.0/19.0)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Air filter — —
Weight lbs (kg) 70 (31.5) 70 (31.5)
(option)
Dimensions: in (mm) 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8
(H×W×D) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950)
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance) Resin net (with mold resistance)
Weight lbs (kg) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0)
Dimensions: (H×W×D) in (mm) 52–15/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8 (1,345 × 900 × 320) 52–15/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8 (1,345 × 900 × 320)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Compressor Model 2YC90GXD#D 2YC90GXD#D
Fan Model P47N P47N
Motor output W 70 × 2 70 × 2
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:


42,000 (12.3) 48,000 (14.1)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 18 × (20 + 21 × 2) 3 × 18 × (20 + 21 × 2)
Face area ft² (m2) 5.92 (0.550) 5.92 (0.550)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Air filter — —
Weight lbs (kg) 70 (31.5) 70 (31.5)
(option)
Dimensions: in (mm) 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8
(H×W×D) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950)
Weight lbs (kg) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:


name Outdoor unit RZR18TAVJUA RZR24TAVJUA
18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × (12 + 15 × 2) × (20 + 21 × 2) 3 × (12 + 15 × 2) × (20 + 21 × 2)
Face area ft² (m2) 4.59 (0.427) 4.59 (0.427)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Air filter — —
Weight lbs (kg) 63 (28.5) 63 (28.5)
(option)
Dimensions: in (mm) 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8
(H×W×D) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950)
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance) Resin net (With mold resistance)
Weight lbs (kg) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0)
Outdoor unit RZR18TAVJUA RZR24TAVJUA
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Compressor Model 2YC63TXD#A 2YC63TXD#A
Airflow rate cfm 2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
Notes:


30,000 (8.8) 36,000 (10.6)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 18 × (20 + 21 × 2) 3 × 18 × (20 + 21 × 2)
Face area ft² (m2) 5.92 (0.550) 5.92 (0.550)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Air filter — —
Weight lbs (kg) 70 (31.5) 70 (31.5)
(option)
Dimensions: in (mm) 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8
(H×W×D) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950)
Weight lbs (kg) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Compressor Model 2YC90FXD#A 2YC90FXD#A
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:


42,000 (12.3) 48,000 (14.1)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 18 × (20 + 21 × 2) 3 × 18 × (20 + 21 × 2)
Face area ft² (m2) 5.92 (0.550) 5.92 (0.550)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Air filter — —
Weight lbs (kg) 70 (31.5) 70 (31.5)
(option)
Dimensions: in (mm) 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8
(H×W×D) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950)
Weight lbs (kg) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:

3.1.2 Ceiling Suspended Type

Model Indoor unit FHQ18PVJU FHQ24PVJU
18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
Indoor unit FHQ18PVJU FHQ24PVJU
Casing color White (10Y9/0.5) White (10Y9/0.5)
Dimensions: (H×W×D) in (mm) 7–11/16 × 62–5/8 × 26–3/4 (195 × 1,590 × 680) 7–11/16 × 62–5/8 × 26–3/4 (195 × 1,590 × 680)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27)
Fan Model — —
Type Sirocco fan Sirocco fan
Airflow rate (H/L) cfm 790/670 (22.4/19.0) 790/670 (22.4/19.0)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 90 (19.8) 90 (19.8)
Drain Pipe in (mm) VP20 (External dia. 1 (26), internal dia. 3/4 (19.1)) VP20 (External dia. 1 (26), internal dia. 3/4 (19.1))
Remote controller Wired BRC1E73 BRC1E73
(option) Wireless BRC7E83 BRC7E83
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm 2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
Drawing Specification C: 4D115558A C: 4D115558A
No Sound (outdoor) C: 4D101948E C: 4D101948E
Notes:

Model Indoor unit FHQ30PVJU FHQ36MVJU

30,000 (8.8) 36,000 (10.6)
(kW)
Indoor unit FHQ30PVJU FHQ36MVJU
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27)
Fan Model — —
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 90 (19.8) 90 (19.8)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:

Model Indoor unit FHQ42MVJU

name Outdoor unit RZR42TAVJU
Power supply 1 phase, 208/230 V, 60 Hz
40,500 (11.9)
(kW)
SEER (Rated) 14.0
EER (Rated) Btu/h∙W 8.8
Indoor unit FHQ42MVJU
Casing color White (10Y9/0.5)
Dimensions: (H×W×D) in (mm) 7–11/16 × 62–5/8 × 26–3/4 (195 × 1,590 × 680)
Coil Type Cross fin coil
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27)
Fan Model —
Type Sirocco fan
Motor output W 130
Airflow rate (H/L) cfm 850/700 (24.1/19.8)
(m3/min)
External static inH2O —
pressure (Pa)
Air filter Resin net (with mold resistance)
Weight lbs (kg) 90 (19.8)
Connecting Liquid Pipe in (mm) φ3/8 (φ9.5) (Flare connection)
Pipes Gas Pipe in (mm) φ5/8 (φ15.9) (Flare connection)
Drain Pipe in (mm) VP20 (External dia. 1 (26), internal dia. 3/4 (19.1))
Remote controller Wired BRC1E73
(option) Wireless BRC7E83
Outdoor unit RZR42TAVJU
Casing color Ivory white
Dimensions: (H×W×D) in (mm) 52–15/16 × 35–7/16 × 12–5/8 (1,345 × 900 × 320)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134)
Compressor Model 2YC90GXD#D
Type Hermetically sealed swing type
Motor output kW 3.5
Fan Model P47N
Type Propeller fan
Motor output W 70 × 2
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102)
Sound pressure level dB(A) 59
Drain Pipe in (mm) φ1 (φ26) (Hole)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Outdoor fan driver overload protector, Inverter overload protector, Fusible plugs, Fuse
Capacity Control % 14-100
Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve
Ref. Standard length ft (m) 25 (7.6)
piping Max. length ft (m) 230 (70)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30)
difference
Refrigerant Model R-410A
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6)
Ref. oil Model DAPHNE FVC50K
Charge L 1.52
Drawing Specification C: 4D115560A
No Sound (outdoor) C: 4D101950E
Notes:


18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27)
Fan Model — —
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 90 (19.8) 90 (19.8)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm 2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
Notes:


30,000 (8.8) 36,000 (10.6)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27)
Fan Model — —
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 90 (19.8) 90 (19.8)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:


name Outdoor unit RZR42TAVJUA
40,500 (11.9)
(kW)
SEER (Rated) 14.0
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27)
Fan Model —
Type Sirocco fan
Motor output W 130
Airflow rate (H/L) cfm 850/700 (24.1/19.8)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Outdoor unit RZR42TAVJUA
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134)
Compressor Model 2YC90FXD#A
Motor output kW 3.5
Fan Model P47N
Type Propeller fan
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30)
difference
Charge L 1.52
Drawing Specification C: 4D126357
No Sound (outdoor) C: 4D101950E
Notes:

3.1.3 Wall Mounted Type

Model Indoor unit FAQ18TAVJU FAQ24TAVJU
18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
Indoor unit FAQ18TAVJU FAQ24TAVJU
Casing color White (3.0Y8.5/0.5) White (3.0Y8.5/0.5)
Dimensions: (H×W×D) in (mm) 11–3/8 × 41–3/8 × 9-1/4 (290 × 1,050 × 238) 11–3/8 × 41–3/8 × 9-1/4 (290 × 1,050 × 238)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 14 × 7 2 × 14 × 7
Face area ft² (m2) 1.73 (0.16) 1.73 (0.16)
Fan Model QCL9686M QCL9686M
Type Cross flow fan Cross flow fan
Airflow rate (H/L) cfm 500/400 (14/11) 635/470 (18/13)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Sound pressure level (H/L) dB(A) 43.0/37.0 47.0/41.0
Air filter Resin net (washable) Resin net (washable)
Weight lbs (kg) 31 (14) 31 (14)
Drain Pipe in (mm) VP13 (External dia. 11/16 (18), internal dia. 1/2 (13)) VP13 (External dia. 11/16 (18), internal dia. 1/2 (13))
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm 2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
No Sound (indoor) C: 4D075583A C: 4D075584A
Notes:


18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
Dimensions: (H×W×D) in (mm) 11–3/8 × 41–3/8 × 9-1/4 (290 × 1,050 × 238) 11–3/8 × 41–3/8 × 9-1/4 (290 × 1,050 × 238)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 14 × 7 2 × 14 × 7
Face area ft² (m2) 1.73 (0.16) 1.73 (0.16)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 31 (14) 31 (14)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm 2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
Notes:

3.1.4 Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (High Static Pressure)

Model Indoor unit FBQ18PVJU FBQ24PVJU
18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
Indoor unit FBQ18PVJU FBQ24PVJU
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 16 × 15 3 × 16 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 2.68 (0.249) 2.68 (0.249)
Fan Model — —
(m3/min)
External static inH2O Standard 0.40 <0.80-0.20> (100 <200-50>) 3 Standard 0.40 <0.80-0.20> (100 <200-50>) 3
pressure (Pa)
Sound pressure level (HH/H/L) dB(A) 41.0/39.0/37.0 42.0/40.0/38.0
Air filter — 4 — 4
Weight lbs (kg) 80 (36) 80 (36)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E73, BRC2A71 BRC1E73, BRC2A71
Wireless BRC4C82, BRC082A43 BRC4C82, BRC082A43
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm 2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Outdoor fan driver overload protector, High pressure switch, Outdoor fan driver overload protector,
Inverter overload protector, Fusible plugs, Fuse Inverter overload protector, Fusible plugs, Fuse
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
No Sound (indoor) C: 4D075278 C: 4D075279
Notes:
3 External static pressure is changeable in 14 stages within the < > range by remote controller.
4 Air filter is not standard accessory, but please mount it in the duct system of the suction side. Select its dust collection efficiency (gravity method) 50% or more.


30,000 (8.8) 36,000 (10.6)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 16 × 15 3 × 16 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 2.68 (0.249) 4.12 (0.383)
Fan Model — —
Airflow rate (H/M/L) cfm 882/794/706 (25.0/22.0/20.0) 1,130/953/812 (32.0/27.0/23.0)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 80 (36) 102 (46)
(option) Wireless BRC4C82, BRC082A43 BRC4C82, BRC082A43
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:


40,500 (11.9) 48,000 (14.1)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 16 × 15 3 × 16 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 4.12 (0.383) 4.12 (0.383)
Fan Model — —
Airflow rate (H/M/L) cfm 1,400/1,165/988 (39.6/33.0/28.0) 1,400/1,165/988 (39.6/33.0/28.0)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 102 (46) 102 (46)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:
1 Indoor temp.: 80°FDB (26.7°CDB), 67°FWB (19.4°CWB) / Outdoor temp.: 95°FDB (35.0°CDB) / Equivalent piping length: 25 ft (7.6 m), level difference: 0 ft (0 m).


18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 16 × 15 3 × 16 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 2.68 (0.249) 2.68 (0.249)
Fan Model — —
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 80 (36) 80 (36)
Remote controller (option) Wired BRC1E73, BRC2A71 BRC1E73, BRC2A71
Wireless BRC4C82, BRC082A43 BRC4C82, BRC082A43
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm 2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Safety devices High pressure switch, Outdoor fan driver overload protector, High pressure switch, Outdoor fan driver overload protector,
Inverter overload protector, Fusible plugs, Fuse Inverter overload protector, Fusible plugs, Fuse
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
Notes:


30,000 (8.8) 36,000 (10.6)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 16 × 15 3 × 16 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 2.68 (0.249) 4.12 (0.383)
Fan Model — —
Airflow rate (H/M/L) cfm 882/794/706 (25.0/22.0/20.0) 1,130/953/812 (32.0/27.0/23.0)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 80 (36) 102 (46)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:


40,500 (11.9) 48,000 (14.1)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 16 × 15 3 × 16 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 4.12 (0.383) 4.12 (0.383)
Fan Model — —
Airflow rate (H/M/L) cfm 1,400/1,165/988 (39.6/33.0/28.0) 1,400/1,165/988 (39.6/33.0/28.0)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 102 (46) 102 (46)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:

3.1.5 Multi Position Air Handling Unit

Model Indoor unit FTQ18TAVJUD, FTQ18TAVJUA FTQ24TAVJUD, FTQ24TAVJUA
18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
Indoor unit FTQ18TAVJUD, FTQ18TAVJUA FTQ24TAVJUD, FTQ24TAVJUA
Casing color Daikin Slate Gray Daikin Slate Gray
Dimensions: (H×W×D) in (mm) 45 × 17.5 × 21 (1,143 × 445 × 533) 45 × 17.5 × 21 (1,143 × 445 × 533)
Face area ft² (m2) 3.75 (35) 3.75 (35)
Fan Type Sirocco FC Centrifugal Sirocco FC Centrifugal
Motor output HP 1/2 1/2
(m3/min)
External static in. w.g.
pressure 0.1” - 0.9” 0.1” - 0.9”
Weight lbs (kg) 115 (52.2) 115 (52.2)
Connecting Liquid Pipe in (mm) φ3/8 (φ9.5) (Brazing connection) φ3/8 (φ9.5) (Brazing connection)
Pipes Gas Pipe in (mm) φ5/8 (φ15.9) (Brazing connection) φ5/8 (φ15.9) (Brazing connection)
Drain Pipe in (mm) 3/4” (19.1) 3/4” (19.1)
(option) Wireless BRC4C82 BRC4C82
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm 2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
Drawing Sound (outdoor)
C: 4D101948E C: 4D101948E
No
Notes:
1 Indoor temp. : 80°FDB (26.7°CDB), 67°FWB (19.4°CWB) / Outdoor temp. : 95°FDB (35.0°CDB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.6 m), level difference : 0 ft (0 m).
2 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
3 Air filter is not standard accessory (field supply parts), but please mount it in the duct system of the suction side.


30,000 (8.8) 36,000 (10.6)
(kW)
Face area ft² (m²) 3.75 (35) 3.75 (35)
(m3/min)
0.1” - 0.9” 0.1” - 0.9”
pressure
Weight lbs (kg) 115 (52.2) 140 (63.5)
Drain Pipe in (mm) 3/4” (19.1) 3/4” (19.1)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m²) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
C: 4D101950E C: 4D101950E
No
Notes:


42,000 (12.3) 48,000 (14.1)
(kW)
Dimensions: (H×W×D) in (mm) 53.43 × 21 × 21 (1,357 × 533 × 533) 53.43 × 21 × 21 (1,357 × 533 × 533)
Face area ft² (m²) 5.15 (48) 5.15 (48)
Airflow rate (H/M/L) cfm 1,400/1,190/980 (39.7/33.7/27.8) 1,520/1,290/1,060 (43.1/36.5/30.0)
(m3/min)
0.1” - 0.9” 0.1” - 0.9”
pressure
Weight lbs (kg) 150 (68) 150 (68)
Drain Pipe in (mm) 3/4” (19.1) 3/4” (19.1)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m²) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
C: 4D101950E C: 4D101950E
No
Notes:


18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
Face area ft² (m2) 3.75 (35) 3.75 (35)
(m3/min)
0.1” - 0.9” 0.1” - 0.9”
pressure
Weight lbs (kg) 115 (52.2) 115 (52.2)
Drain Pipe in (mm) 3/4” (19.1) 3/4” (19.1)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm 2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
C: 4D101948E C: 4D101948E
No
Notes:


30,000 (8.8) 36,000 (10.6)
(kW)
Face area ft² (m²) 3.75 (35) 3.75 (35)
(m3/min)
0.1” - 0.9” 0.1” - 0.9”
pressure
Weight lbs (kg) 115 (52.2) 140 (63.5)
Drain Pipe in (mm) 3/4” (19.1) 3/4” (19.1)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m²) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
C: 4D101950E C: 4D101950E
No
Notes:


42,000 (12.3) 48,000 (14.1)
(kW)
Face area ft² (m²) 5.15 (48) 5.15 (48)
Airflow rate (H/M/L) cfm 1,400/1,190/980 (39.7/33.7/27.8) 1,520/1,290/1,060 (43.1/36.5/30.0)
(m3/min)
0.1” - 0.9” 0.1” - 0.9”
pressure
Weight lbs (kg) 150 (68) 150 (68)
Drain Pipe in (mm) 3/4” (19.1) 3/4” (19.1)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m²) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
C: 4D101950E C: 4D101950E
No
Notes:

3.2 Heat Pump

3.2.1 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round Flow With Sensing)
name Outdoor unit RZQ18TAVJU RZQ24TAVJU
1 4 Cooling capacity Btu/h (kW) 18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
2 4 Heating capacity Btu/h (kW) 20,000 (5.9) 27,000 (7.9)
HSPF (Rated) 10.1 10.2
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × (12 + 15 × 2) × (20 + 21 × 2) 3 × (12 + 15 × 2) × (20 + 21 × 2)
Face area ft² (m2) 4.59 (0.427) 4.59 (0.427)
Airflow rate cfm 742/618/477 (21.0/17.5/13.5) 777/618/477 (22.0/17.5/13.5)
(H/M/L) (m3/min)
External static inH2O (Pa) — —
pressure
Air filter — —
Weight lbs (kg) 63 (28.5) 63 (28.5)
(option)
Dimensions: in (mm) 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8
(H×W×D) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950)
Weight lbs (kg) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0)
Outdoor unit RZQ18TAVJU RZQ24TAVJU
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm
2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
Sound (outdoor) C: 4D101947D C: 4D101947D
Notes:
2 Indoor temp.: 70°FDB (21.1°CDB) / Outdoor temp.: 47°FDB (8.3°CDB), 43°FWB (6.1°CWB) / Equivalent piping length: 25 ft (7.6 m), level difference: 0 ft (0 m).
3 Indoor temp.: 70°FDB (21.1°CDB) / Outdoor temp.: 17°FDB (−8.3°CDB), 15°FWB (−9.4°CWB) / Equivalent piping length: 25 ft (7.6 m), level difference: 0 ft (0 m).


30,000 (8.8) 36,000 (10.6)
(kW)
2 4 Heating capacity Btu/h
34,000 (10.0) 40,000 (11.7)
(kW)
22,000 (6.4) 21,000 (6.2)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 18 × (20 + 21 × 2) 3 × 18 × (20 + 21 × 2)
Face area ft² (m2) 5.92 (0.550) 5.92 (0.550)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Air filter — —
Weight lbs (kg) 70 (31.5) 70 (31.5)
(option)
Dimensions: in (mm) 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8
(H×W×D) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950)
Weight lbs (kg) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:


42,000 (12.3) 48,000 (14.1)
(kW)
47,000 (13.8) 54,000 (15.8)
(kW)
25,000 (7.3) 28,000 (8.2)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 18 × (20 + 21 × 2) 3 × 18 × (20 + 21 × 2)
Face area ft² (m2) 5.92 (0.550) 5.92 (0.550)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Air filter — —
Weight lbs (kg) 70 (31.5) 70 (31.5)
(option)
Dimensions: in (mm) 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8
(H×W×D) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950)
Weight lbs (kg) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:


name Outdoor unit RZQ18TAVJUA RZQ24TAVJUA
1 4 Cooling capacity Btu/h (kW) 18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × (12 + 15 × 2) × (20 + 21 × 2) 3 × (12 + 15 × 2) × (20 + 21 × 2)
Face area ft² (m2) 4.59 (0.427) 4.59 (0.427)
Airflow rate cfm 742/618/477 (21.0/17.5/13.5) 777/618/477 (22.0/17.5/13.5)
(H/M/L) (m3/min)
External static inH2O (Pa) — —
pressure
Air filter — —
Weight lbs (kg) 63 (28.5) 63 (28.5)
(option)
Dimensions: in (mm) 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8
(H×W×D) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950)
Weight lbs (kg) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0)
Outdoor unit RZQ18TAVJUA RZQ24TAVJUA
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm 2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
Notes:


30,000 (8.8) 36,000 (10.6)
(kW)
34,000 (10.0) 40,000 (11.7)
(kW)
22,000 (6.4) 21,000 (6.2)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 18 × (20 + 21 × 2) 3 × 18 × (20 + 21 × 2)
Face area ft² (m2) 5.92 (0.550) 5.92 (0.550)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Air filter — —
Weight lbs (kg) 70 (31.5) 70 (31.5)
(option)
Dimensions: in (mm) 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8
(H×W×D) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950)
Weight lbs (kg) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:


42,000 (12.3) 48,000 (14.1)
(kW)
47,000 (13.8) 54,000 (15.8)
(kW)
25,000 (7.3) 28,000 (8.2)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 18 × (20 + 21 × 2) 3 × 18 × (20 + 21 × 2)
Face area ft² (m2) 5.92 (0.550) 5.92 (0.550)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Air filter — —
Weight lbs (kg) 70 (31.5) 70 (31.5)
(option)
Dimensions: in (mm) 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 2 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8 / 5–1/8 × 37–3/8 × 37–3/8
(H×W×D) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950) (50 × 950 × 950 / 130 × 950 × 950)
Weight lbs (kg) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0) 12.2 (5.5) / 22.1 (10.0)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm 3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:

3.2.2 Ceiling Suspended Type

18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
20,000 (5.9) 27,000 (7.9)
(kW)
12,000 (3.5) 18,000 (5.3)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27)
Fan Model — —
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 90 (19.8) 90 (19.8)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm 2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
No Sound (outdoor) C: 4D101947D C: 4D101947D
Notes:


30,000 (8.8) 36,000 (10.6)
(kW)
34,000 (10.0) 40,000 (11.7)
(kW)
24,000 (7.0) 22,000 (6.4)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27)
Fan Model — —
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 90 (19.8) 90 (19.8)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm
3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Drawing Specification C: 4D115559B C: 4D115559B
Notes:


name Outdoor unit RZQ42TAVJU
40,500 (11.9)
(kW)
40,000 (11.7)
(kW)
23,400 (6.9)
(kW)
SEER (Rated) 14.0
HSPF (Rated) 8.2
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27)
Fan Model —
Type Sirocco fan
Motor output W 130
Airflow rate (H/L) cfm 850 / 700 (24.1 / 19.8)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Outdoor unit RZQ42TAVJU
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134)
Compressor Model 2YC90GXD#D
Motor output kW 3.5
Fan Model P47N
Type Propeller fan
Airflow rate cfm
3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30)
difference
Charge L 1.52
Drawing Specification C: 4D115559B
No Sound (outdoor) C: 4D101949D
Notes:
1 Indoor temp.: 80°FDB (26.7°CDB), 67°FWB (19.4°CWB) / Outdoor temp.: 95°FDB (35.0°CDB) / Equivalent piping length: 25 ft (7.6 m), level difference: 0 ft (0 m)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat


18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
20,000 (5.9) 27,000 (7.9)
(kW)
12,000 (3.5) 18,000 (5.3)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27)
Fan Model — —
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 90 (19.8) 90 (19.8)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm
2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
Notes:


30,000 (8.8) 36,000 (10.6)
(kW)
34,000 (10.0) 40,000 (11.7)
(kW)
24,000 (7.0) 22,000 (6.4)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27)
Fan Model — —
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 90 (19.8) 90 (19.8)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm
3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:


name Outdoor unit RZQ42TAVJUA
40,500 (11.9)
(kW)
40,000 (11.7)
(kW)
23,400 (6.9)
(kW)
SEER (Rated) 14.0
HSPF (Rated) 8.2
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 12 × 15 + 2 × 10 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 3.66 (0.34) + 2.95 (0.27)
Fan Model —
Type Sirocco fan
Motor output W 130
Airflow rate (H/L) cfm 850 / 700 (24.1 / 19.8)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Outdoor unit RZQ42TAVJUA
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134)
Compressor Model 2YC90FXD#A
Motor output kW 3.5
Fan Model P47N
Type Propeller fan
Airflow rate cfm
3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30)
difference
Charge L 1.52
Drawing Specification C: 4D126356
No Sound (outdoor) C: 4D101949D
Notes:
1 Indoor temp.: 80°FDB (26.7°CDB), 67°FWB (19.4°CWB) / Outdoor temp.: 95°FDB (35.0°CDB) / Equivalent piping length: 25 ft (7.6 m), level difference: 0 ft (0 m)
4 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat

3.2.3 Wall Mounted Type

18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
20,000 (5.9) 27,000 (7.9)
(kW)
13,000 (3.8) 20,000 (5.9)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 14 × 7 2 × 14 × 7
Face area ft² (m2) 1.73 (0.16) 1.73 (0.16)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 31 (14) 31 (14)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm 2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
Notes:


18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
20,000 (5.9) 27,000 (7.9)
(kW)
13,000 (3.8) 20,000 (5.9)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 14 × 7 2 × 14 × 7
Face area ft² (m2) 1.73 (0.16) 1.73 (0.16)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 31 (14) 31 (14)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm
2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
Notes:

3.2.4 Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (High Static Pressure)

18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
20,000 (5.9) 27,000 (7.9)
(kW)
12,000 (3.5) 18,000 (5.3)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 16 × 15 3 × 16 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 2.68 (0.249) 2.68 (0.249)
Fan Model — —
Airflow rate (HH/H/L) cfm 635/582/529 (18.0/16.5/15.0) 688/618/565 (19.5/17.5/16.0)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Air filter —6 —6
Weight lbs (kg) 80 (36) 80 (36)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm 2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
Notes:


30,000 (8.8) 36,000 (10.6)
(kW)
34,000 (10.0) 40,000 (11.7)
(kW)
22,000 (6.4) 21,000 (6.2)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 16 × 15 3 × 16 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 2.68 (0.249) 4.12 (0.383)
Fan Model — —
Airflow rate (HH/H/L) cfm 882/794/706 (25.0/22.0/20.0) 1,130/953/812 (32.0/27.0/23.0)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 80 (36) 102 (46)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm
3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:


40,500 (11.9) 48,000 (14.1)
(kW)
47,000 (13.8) 54,000 (15.8)
(kW)
25,000 (7.3) 28,000 (8.2)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 16 × 15 3 × 16 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 4.12 (0.383) 4.12 (0.383)
Fan Model — —
Airflow rate (HH/H/L) cfm 1,400/1,165/988 (39.6/33.0/28.0) 1,400/1,165/988 (39.6/33.0/28.0)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 102 (46) 102 (46)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm
3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:


18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
20,000 (5.9) 27,000 (7.9)
(kW)
12,000 (3.5) 18,000 (5.3)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 16 × 15 3 × 16 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 2.68 (0.249) 2.68 (0.249)
Fan Model — —
Airflow rate (HH/H/L) cfm 635/582/529 (18.0/16.5/15.0) 688/618/565 (19.5/17.5/16.0)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 80 (36) 80 (36)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm
2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
Notes:


30,000 (8.8) 36,000 (10.6)
(kW)
34,000 (10.0) 40,000 (11.7)
(kW)
22,000 (6.4) 21,000 (6.2)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 16 × 15 3 × 16 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 2.68 (0.249) 4.12 (0.383)
Fan Model — —
Airflow rate (HH/H/L) cfm 882/794/706 (25.0/22.0/20.0) 1,130/953/812 (32.0/27.0/23.0)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 80 (36) 102 (46)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm
3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:


40,500 (11.9) 48,000 (14.1)
(kW)
47,000 (13.8) 54,000 (15.8)
(kW)
25,000 (7.3) 28,000 (8.2)
(kW)
Rows×Stages×FPI 3 × 16 × 15 3 × 16 × 15
Face area ft² (m2) 4.12 (0.383) 4.12 (0.383)
Fan Model — —
Airflow rate (HH/H/L) cfm 1,400/1,165/988 (39.6/33.0/28.0) 1,400/1,165/988 (39.6/33.0/28.0)
(m3/min)
pressure (Pa)
Weight lbs (kg) 102 (46) 102 (46)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m2) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm
3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m3/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
Notes:

3.2.5 Multi Position Air Handling Unit

18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
20,000 (5.9) 27,000 (7.9)
(kW)
13,000 (3.8) 18,000 (5.3)
(kW)
Face area ft² (m²) 3.75 (35) 3.75 (35)
Airflow rate (H/M/L) Cfm
(m³/min) 600/510/420 (17.0/14.4/11.9) 800/680/560 (22.7/19.3/15.9)
0.1” - 0.9” 0.1” - 0.9”
pressure
Weight lbs (kg) 115 (52.2) 115 (52.2)
Drain Pipe in (mm) 3/4” (19.1) 3/4” (19.1)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m²) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm
2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m³/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Max. height ft (m)
difference 98 (30) 98 (30)
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
C: 4D101947D C: 4D101947D
No
Notes:
2 Indoor temp. : 70°FDB (21.1°CDB) / Outdoor temp. : 47°FDB (8.3°CDB), 43°FWB (6.1°CWB) / Equivalent piping length : 25 ft (7.6 m), level difference : 0 ft (0 m).


30,000 (8.8) 36,000 (10.6)
(kW)
34,000 (10.0) 40,000 (11.7)
(kW)
22,000 (6.4) 26,000 (7.6)
(kW)
Face area ft² (m²) 3.75 (35) 3.75 (35)
Airflow rate (H/M/L) cfm
(m³/min) 1,000/850/700 (28.3/24.1/19.8) 1,050/900/750 (29.7/25.5/21.2)
0.1” - 0.9” 0.1” - 0.9”
pressure
Weight lbs (kg) 115 (52.2) 140 (63.5)
Drain Pipe in (mm) 3/4” (19.1) 3/4” (19.1)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m²) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm
3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m³/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
C: 4D101949D C: 4D101949D
No
Notes:


42,000 (12.3) 48,000 (14.1)
(kW)
47,000 (13.8) 54,000 (15.8)
(kW)
31,000 (9.1) 32,000 (9.4)
(kW)
Face area ft² (m²) 5.15 (48) 5.15 (48)
(m³/min) 1,400/1,190/980 (39.7/33.7/27.8) 1,520/1,290/1,060 (43.1/36.5/30.0)
0.1” - 0.9” 0.1” - 0.9”
pressure
Weight lbs (kg) 150 (68) 150 (68)
Drain Pipe in (mm) 3/4” (19.1) 3/4” (19.1)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m²) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm
3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m³/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
C: 4D101949D C: 4D101949D
No
Notes:


18,000 (5.3) 24,000 (7.0)
(kW)
20,000 (5.9) 27,000 (7.9)
(kW)
13,000 (3.8) 18,000 (5.3)
(kW)
Face area ft² (m²) 3.75 (35) 3.75 (35)
Airflow rate (H/M/L) Cfm
(m³/min) 600/510/420 (17.0/14.4/11.9) 800/680/560 (22.7/19.3/15.9)
0.1” - 0.9” 0.1” - 0.9”
pressure
Weight lbs (kg) 115 (52.2) 115 (52.2)
Drain Pipe in (mm) 3/4” (19.1) 3/4” (19.1)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 44 × 19 2 × 44 × 19
Face area ft² (m²) 9.5 (0.88) 9.5 (0.88)
Airflow rate cfm
2,682 (76) 2,682 (76)
(m³/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 172 (78) 172 (78)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 6.4 (2.9) 6.4 (2.9)
Charge L 1.08 1.08
C: 4D101947D C: 4D101947D
No
Notes:


30,000 (8.8) 36,000 (10.6)
(kW)
34,000 (10.0) 40,000 (11.7)
(kW)
22,000 (6.4) 26,000 (7.6)
(kW)
Face area ft² (m²) 3.75 (35) 3.75 (35)
(m³/min) 1,000/850/700 (28.3/24.1/19.8) 1,050/900/750 (29.7/25.5/21.2)
0.1” - 0.9” 0.1” - 0.9”
pressure
Weight lbs (kg) 115 (52.2) 140 (63.5)
Drain Pipe in (mm) 3/4” (19.1) 3/4” (19.1)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m²) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm
3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m³/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
C: 4D101949D C: 4D101949D
No
Notes:


42,000 (12.3) 48,000 (14.1)
(kW)
47,000 (13.8) 54,000 (15.8)
(kW)
31,000 (9.1) 32,000 (9.4)
(kW)
Face area ft² (m²) 5.15 (48) 5.15 (48)
(m³/min) 1,400/1,190/980 (39.7/33.7/27.8) 1,520/1,290/1,060 (43.1/36.5/30.0)
0.1” - 0.9” 0.1” - 0.9”
pressure
Weight lbs (kg) 150 (68) 150 (68)
Drain Pipe in (mm) 3/4” (19.1) 3/4” (19.1)
Rows×Stages×FPI 2 × 60 × 19 2 × 60 × 19
Face area ft² (m²) 12.2 (1.134) 12.2 (1.134)
Fan Model P47N P47N
Airflow rate cfm
3,741 (106) 3,741 (106)
(m³/min)
Weight lbs (kg) 225 (102) 225 (102)
Max. height ft (m)
98 (30) 98 (30)
difference
Charge lbs (kg) 7.9 (3.6) 7.9 (3.6)
Charge L 1.52 1.52
C: 4D101949D C: 4D101949D
No
Notes:

SiUS281811EA
Part 2
Refrigerant Circuit
1. Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams) .......................................................69

1.3 Indoor Unit.................................................................................................. 73
2. Functional Parts Layout ............................................................................74
2.2 RZR18/24TAVJUA, RZQ18/24TAVJUA..................................................... 76
2.4 RZR30/36/42/48TAVJUA, RZQ30/36/42/48TAVJUA................................. 80
68 Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit

SiUS281811EA Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams)
1. Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams)

1.1 RZR18/24TAVJU, RZQ18/24TAVJU
No. in
Electric
piping Name Function
diagram symbol
(1) M1C Inverter compressor Compressor is operated in multi-steps according to Te and Tc.
(2) M1F Inverter fan The fan rotation speed is varied by using inverter.
Electronic expansion While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated
(3) Y1E
valve (Main) degree of air heat exchanger constant.
(4) Y1S Four way valve Used to switch the operation mode between cooling and heating.
(5) Y2S Solenoid valve (Hot gas) Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling.
Solenoid valve Used for unloading operation of compressor.
(6) Y3S
(Unload circuit)
(7) S1NPH High pressure sensor Used to detect high pressure.
(8) S1NPL Low pressure sensor Used to detect low pressure.
High pressure switch (For In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when an error occurs, this switch
(9) S1PH compressor) is activated at high pressure of 4.0 MPa (580 psi) or more to stop the compressor
operation.
Fusible plug In order to prevent the increase of pressure when abnormal heating is caused by
(10) — fire or others, the fusible part of the plug is molten at a temperature of 70 to 75°C
(158 to 167°F) to release the pressure into the atmosphere.
Pressure regulating valve This valve opens at a pressure of 4.0 MPa (580 psi) for prevention of pressure
(11) — (Receiver to discharge increase, thus resulting in no damage of functional parts due to the increase of
pipe) pressure in transportation or storage.
Thermistor Used to detect outdoor air temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature, and
(12) R1T
(Outdoor air: Ta) for other purposes.
Thermistor Used to detect discharge pipe temperature, make the temperature protection
(13) R2T
(Discharge pipe: Tdi) control of compressor, and for other purposes.
(14) R3T Thermistor Used to detect suction pipe temperature, keep the suction superheated degree
(Suction pipe 1: Ts1) constant in heating operation, and for other purposes.
Thermistor (Heat Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger, determine
(15) R4T
exchanger deicer: Tb) defrosting operation, and for other purposes.
Thermistor Used to the calculation of an internal temperature of compressor etc.
(16) R5T
(Suction pipe 2: Ts2)
(17) R7T Thermistor Used to detect refrigerant overcharge in check operation, and for other purposes.
(Liquid pipe: Tl)
Thermistor (Radiation fin) Used for outdoor fan speed control, inverter radiation fin temperature control,
(18) R10T
pressure difference control.
Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit 69

70
(3)
(11)
Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams)
(2)
(4)
(12)
(10)
(15)
(6)
(14)
(5)
(17) (13) (18)*
(8) S1NPH
(7)
(16) S1NPL
S1PH
(9)
(1)
∗ The radiation fin thermistor (18) is located near the electrical component box.
C: 3D082498F
Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit

SiUS281811EA
1.2 RZR30/36/42/48TAVJU, RZQ30/36/42/48TAVJU

No. in
piping Electric Name Function
symbol
diagram
(1) M1C Inverter compressor Compressor is operated in multi-steps according to Te and Tc.
M1F Inverter fan The fan rotation speed is varied by using inverter.
(2)
M2F
Electronic expansion While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated
(3) Y1E valve (Main) degree of air heat exchanger constant.
Electronic expansion Pl control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat
(4) Y3E
valve (Subcooling) exchanger constant.
(5) Y1S Four way valve Used to switch the operation mode between cooling and heating.
(6) S1NPH High pressure sensor Used to detect high pressure.
(7) S1NPL Low pressure sensor Used to detect low pressure.
High pressure switch In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when an error occurs, this switch
(8) S1PH (For compressor) is activated at high pressure of 4.0 MPa (580 psi) or more to stop the compressor
operation.
Fusible plug In order to prevent the increase of pressure when abnormal heating is caused by
(9) — fire or others, the fusible part of the plug is molten at a temperature of 70 to 75°C
(158 to 167°F) to release the pressure into the atmosphere.
Pressure regulating valve This valve opens at a pressure of 4.0 MPa (580 psi) for prevention of pressure
(10) — (Receiver to discharge increase, thus resulting in no damage of functional parts due to the increase of
pipe) pressure in transportation or storage.
(11) R1T Thermistor Used to detect outdoor air temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature, and
(Outdoor air: Ta) for other purposes.
Thermistor Used to detect discharge pipe temperature, make the temperature protection
(12) R2T
(Discharge pipe: Tdi) control of compressor, and for other purposes.
Thermistor Used to detect suction pipe temperature, keep the suction superheated degree
(13) R3T
(Suction pipe1: Ts1) constant in heating operation, and for other purposes.
(14) R4T Thermistor (Heat Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger, determine
exchanger deicer: Tb) defrosting operation, and for other purposes.
Thermistor Used to the calculation of an internal temperature of compressor etc.
(15) R5T
(Suction pipe2: Ts2)
Thermistor (Subcooling Used to control subcooling electronic expansion valve.
(16) R6T heat exchanger gas pipe:
Tsh)
Thermistor Used to detect refrigerant overcharge in check operation, and for other purposes.
(17) R7T
(Liquid pipe: Tl)
(18) FINTH Thermistor Used for outdoor fan speed control, inverter radiation fin temperature control,
(Radiation fin) pressure difference control.

72
(3)
(9)
(4) (16) (10)

(13)
Refrigerant Circuit (Piping Diagrams)
(2)
(5)
(11)
(14)
(12)
(15) S1NPH (18)*
(17) Low (6)

pressure
sensor
(7) S1PH
S1NPL
(8)
(1)
∗ The radiation fin thermistor (18) is located near the electrical component box.
C: 3D088595A
Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit

SiUS281811EA
1.3 Indoor Unit

Symbol
No. in piping FCQ-TA
diagram Name FHQ-P Function
FBQ-P FTQ-TA
FHQ-M
FAQ-TA
Electronic expansion valve Used for gas superheated degree
(1) Y1E Y1E Y1E control while in cooling or subcooled
degree control while in heating.
(2) Suction air thermistor R1T R1T R1T(∗1) Used for thermostat control.
Liquid pipe thermistor Used for gas superheated degree
(3) R2T R2T R2T control while in cooling or subcooled
degree control while in heating.
Gas pipe thermistor Used for gas superheated degree
(4) R3T R3T R3T control while in cooling.
Discharge air thermistor Used for discharge air temperature
(5) — R4T —
control.
∗1. R1T is for remote controller thermistor or optional remote sensor.
 FCQ-TA, FAQ-TA  FHQ-P, FHQ-M

Gas piping Gas piping
connection port connection port
(4) (4)
Indoor heat exchanger Indoor heat exchanger

(2)
Fan
Fan
(3) (3)
(2)
Liquid piping Liquid piping
connection port connection port
Filter (1) Filter Filter (1) Filter

C: 4D034245R
C: 4D024460P
 FBQ-P  FTQ-TA
Gas piping
connection port
(5)
(4)
Indoor heat exchanger (4)
Fan
(3)
(2)
Liquid piping
connection port (3)
(1)
Filter (1) Filter
C: 4D034245R
C: 4D068194

Functional Parts Layout SiUS281811EA
2. Functional Parts Layout

2.1 RZR18/24TAVJU, RZQ18/24TAVJU
Top view
Low pressure sensor

(S1NPL)
High pressure sensor

(S1NPH)
Thermistor (Suction pipe 2)

(R5T)
Front view
Solenoid valve coil
(Hot gas)
(Y2S)
Four way valve coil
(Y1S)
Solenoid valve coil
(Unload circuit)
(Y3S)
Inverter fan
(M1F)
Thermistor
(Discharge pipe)
(R2T)
High pressure switch

(S1PH)
Thermistor
(Liquid pipe)
(R7T)
Electronic expansion
valve (Main)
(Y1E)
Inverter compressor
(M1C)
Crankcase heater
(E1HC)
C: 1P342997N

SiUS281811EA Functional Parts Layout
Side view
Four way valve

(Y1S)
Thermistor (Outdoor air)

(R1T)

(R3T)
Thermistor (Heat exchanger deicer)

(R4T)
C: 1P342997N

2.2 RZR18/24TAVJUA, RZQ18/24TAVJUA

Top view
Low pressure sensor

(S1NPL)

(S1NPH)

(R5T)
Front view
Solenoid valve coil
(Hot gas)
(Y2S)
Four way valve coil
(Y1S)
Solenoid valve coil
(Unload circuit)
(Y3S)
Inverter fan
(M1F)
Thermistor
(Discharge pipe)
(R2T)

(S1PH)
Thermistor
(Liquid pipe)
(R7T)
valve (Main)
(Y1E)
Inverter
ter compressor
(M1C)
Crankcase heater
(E1HC)
C: 1P589934E

Side view
Four way valve

(Y1S)

(R1T)

(R3T)

(R4T)
C: 1P589934(

2.3 RZR30/36/42/48TAVJU, RZQ30/36/42/48TAVJU

Front view
Inverter fan
(M1F)
Four way valve coil

(Y1S)

(R5T)
Thermistor (Discharge pipe)
(R2T)
Inverter fan Low pressure sensor

(M2F) (S1NPL)
(S1NPH)
(S1PH)
Inverter compressor
(M1C)
Crankcase heater
(E1HC)
C: 1P441643K

Side view
Thermistor (Subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe)

(R6T)

(R3T)

(R1T)
valve/coil (Main)
(Y1E)
valve/coil (Subcooling)
(Y3E)
Thermistor (Liquid pipe)
(R7T)
(R4T)
C: 1P441643K

2.4 RZR30/36/42/48TAVJUA, RZQ30/36/42/48TAVJUA

Front view
Inverter fan
(M1F)
Four way valve coil

(Y1S)

(R5T)
Thermistor (Discharge pipe)
(R2T)
Inverter fan Low pressure sensor

(M2F) (S1NPL)
(S1NPH)
(S1PH)
Inverter compressor
(M1C)
Crankcase heater
(E1HC)
C: 1P589937E

Side view
Thermistor (Subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe)

(R6T)

(R3T)

(R1T)
valve/coil (Main)
(Y1E)
valve/coil (Subcooling)
(Y3E)
Thermistor (Liquid pipe)
(R7T)
(R4T)
C: 1P589937E

SiUS281811EA
Part 3
Remote Controller
1. Applicable Models .....................................................................................83

2. Names and Functions ...............................................................................84
2.1 Wired Remote Controller............................................................................ 84
2.2 Simplified Remote Controller...................................................................... 87
3. Main/Sub Setting.......................................................................................90
3.1 Wired Remote Controller (BRC1E73) ........................................................ 90
3.2 When Wireless Remote Controller is Used Together................................. 91
4. Address Setting for Wireless Remote Controller.......................................92
5. Centralized Control Group No. Setting......................................................95
5.1 BRC1E73 ................................................................................................... 95
6. Service Settings Menu, Maintenance Menu..............................................98
6.1 BRC1E73 ................................................................................................... 98
82 Part 3 Remote Controller

SiUS281811EA Applicable Models
1. Applicable Models
Wired remote Simplified remote Wireless remote
Indoor unit controller controller controller
Ceiling mounted cassette type
(round flow with sensing) FCQ-TA —
Ceiling suspended type FHQ-P
FHQ-M BRC7E83
BRC1E73 BRC2A71
Wall mounted type FAQ-TA BRC7E818
Ceiling mounted duct type BRC4C82 (Fan: 2 steps)
FBQ-P
(high static pressure) BRC082A43 (Fan: 3 steps)
Multi position air handling unit FTQ-TA BRC4C82
Part 3 Remote Controller 83

Names and Functions SiUS281811EA
2. Names and Functions

2.1 Wired Remote Controller
1. Operation mode
selector button
11. LCD (with backlight)
4. Up button
5. Down button
6. Right button
7. Left button
9. Operation lamp
8. On/Off button
3. Menu/OK button
10. Cancel button
2. Fan speed control

button
Functions other than basic operation items (i.e., On/Off, Operation Mode, Fan Speed, and
Setpoint) are set from the menu screen.
Note: Do not install the remote controller in places exposed to direct sunlight, the LCD will be
damaged.
Do not pull or twist the remote controller cord, the remote controller may be damaged.
Do not use objects with sharp ends to press the buttons on the remote controller damage
may result.
1. Operation mode selector button

Press this button to select the operation mode of your preference.
∗ Available modes vary with the indoor unit model.
2. Fan speed control button

Press this button to select the fan speed of your preference.
∗ Available fan speeds vary with the indoor unit model.
3. Menu/OK button
Used to enter the main menu.
Used to enter the selected item.

SiUS281811EA Names and Functions
4. Up button
Used to raise the setpoint.
The item above the current selection will be highlighted.
(The highlighted items will be scrolled continuously when the button is continuously
pressed.)
Used to change the selected item.
5. Down button
Used to lower the setpoint.
The item below the current selection will be highlighted.
(The highlighted items will be scrolled continuously when the button is continuously
pressed.)
Used to change the selected item.
6. Right button
Used to highlight the next items on the right-hand side.
Each screen is scrolled in the right-hand direction.
7. Left button
Used to highlight the next items on the left-hand side.
Each screen is scrolled in the left-hand direction.
8. On/Off button
Press this button and system will start.
Press this button again to stop the system.
9. Operation lamp
This lamp illuminates solid green during normal operation.
This lamp blinks if an error occurs.
10. Cancel button

Used to return to the previous screen.
11. LCD (with backlight)

The backlight will be illuminated for approximately 30 seconds by pressing any button.
If two remote controllers are used to control a single indoor unit, only the controller accessed
first will have backlight functionality.

Service Check Function
Main Menu 1/3 <Main Menu>

• Airflow Direction
Airflow Direction
• Individual Airflow Direction
Individual Airflow Direction
• Ventilation
Ventilation
• Schedule
Schedule
• Off Timer
Off Timer
• Celsius / Fahrenheit
Celsius / Fahrenheit
• Filter Auto Clean
Setting
• Maintenance Information
Main Menu screen • Configuration
• Current Settings
<Basic Screen> • Clock & Calendar
• Operation mode changeover • Daylight Saving Time
• Fan speed control Press the Press the Cancel • Language
• Menu display Menu/OK button once.
• Confirmation of each setting button once.
• On
• Off
• Cancel
• Operation lamp
Press the Cancel button Press the Cancel

for 4 seconds or more. button once.
Basic screen
Press the Cancel

button once.
Press the Cancel button
for 4 seconds or more.
Service Settings screen Maintenance Menu screen
<Service Settings> <Maintenance Menu>

• Test Operation • Model Name
• Maintenance Contact • Operation Hours
• Field Settings • Indoor Unit Status
• Energy Saving Options • Outdoor Unit Status
• Prohibit Function • Forced Defrost
• Min Setpoints Differential • Error Display
• Group Address • Swap Unit No.
• Indoor unit AirNet Address • Addressed Sensor Value
• Outdoor unit AirNet Address
• Error History
• Indoor Unit Status
• Outdoor Unit Status
• Forced Fan ON
• Switch Main Sub Controller
• Filter Indicator
• Test Filter Auto Clean
• Brush / Filter Ind.
• Disable Filter Auto Clean

2.2 Simplified Remote Controller
2
1
6
3 7
13 4
5 H L 8
F 9
11
10
BRC2A71 12
ON/OFF BUTTON DISPLAY “ ” (UNDER CENTRALIZED

1 Press the button and the system will start. Press the CONTROL)
button again and the system will stop. 7 When this display shows, the system is UNDER
OPERATION LAMP (RED) CENTRALIZED CONTROL.
2 (This is not a standard specification)
The lamp lights up during operation. Blinks in case of
stop due to malfunction. DISPLAY “ ” (FAN SPEED)
H L
8
DISPLAY “ ” (CHANGEOVER UNDER This display shows the fan speed: HIGH or LOW.
CONTROL)
DISPLAY “ ” (DEFROST / HOT START)
It is impossible to changeover heating/cooling with the Indicates that defrost or hot start (during which the fan
3 remote controller when it shows this display. (As for 9 is stopped until the temperature of air supply rises
details, see “SETTING OF MASTER REMOTE enough at the start of a heating operation) is in
CONTROLLER” in the installation manual attached to progress.
the indoor unit.)
TEMPERATURE SETTING BUTTON
DISPLAY “ ” (VENTILATION/AIR CLEANING)
Use this button for SETTING TEMPERATURE of the
4 This display shows that the total heat exchanger and thermostat.
the air cleaning unit are in operation. (These are 10 ; Each press raises the set temperature by 1°F.
optional accessories). ; Each press lowers the set temperature by 1°F.
DISPLAY “ ” (SET TEMPERATURE) The variable temperature range is between 60°F and
90°F.
5 This display shows the set temperature. Only given
during a cooling or heating operation. FAN SPEED CONTROL BUTTON
11 Press this button to select the fan speed, HIGH or LOW,
DISPLAY “ ” “ ” “ ”“ ”“ ”
of your choice.
(OPERATION MODE)
OPERATION MODE SELECTOR BUTTON
This display shows current OPERATION MODE. 12
6 “ ” is not available with outdoor units specially Press this button to select OPERATION MODE.
designed for cooling only.
DISPLAY “ ” (MALFUNCTION)
“ ” is reserved only for outdoor units capable of heat
recovery. Indicates malfunction and blinks if the unit stops
13 operating due to malfunction.
(As for details, see “TROUBLE SHOOTING” in the
operation manual attached to the outdoor unit.)

2.3 Wireless Remote Controller

1 ON OFF
8 ON OFF
3 H M L H M
TEMP
L TIME 11
DOWN 10
F F
6 UP UP
DOWN
FAN
FAN
13
4 9
RESERVE CANCEL
hr. hr.
TIMER 12
2 hr. hr.
MODE 15
SWING 14
5
TEST TEST
16
7 TEST 17
Receiver
FHQ FAQ
21 20
22 23 19
18
19 21 20 18
23 22
FBQ (separate type)
18
20 22
19
21
23

DISPLAY “ ” “ I ” (SIGNAL TRANSMISSION) PROGRAMMING TIMER BUTTON

1
This lights up when a signal is being transmitted. 11 Use this button for programming “START and/or STOP”
time. (Operates with the front cover of the remote con-
DISPLAY “ ”“ ”“ ”“ ”“ ” troller opened.)
2 (OPERATION MODE)
12 TIMER MODE START/STOP BUTTON
This display shows the current OPERATION MODE.
13 TIMER RESERVE/CANCEL BUTTON
H M L
DISPLAY “ ” (SET TEMPERATURE) 14 AIR FLOW DIRECTION ADJUST BUTTON
3 F
OPERATION MODE SELECTOR BUTTON
This display shows the set temperature. 15
Press this button to select OPERATION MODE.
DISPLAY “ hr. hr. ” (PROGRAMMED TIME) FILTER SIGN RESET BUTTON
4 This display shows PROGRAMMED TIME of the sys- 16 Refer to the section of MAINTENANCE in the operation
tem start or stop. manual attached to the indoor unit.
5 DISPLAY “ ” (AIR FLOW FLAP) INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION BUTTON
17 This button is pressed for inspection or test operation.
DISPLAY “ ” “ ” (FAN SPEED)
6 Do not use for normal operation.
This display shows the set fan speed.
EMERGENCY OPERATION SWITCH
DISPLAY “ TEST ” (INSPECTION/ TEST OPERA- 18 This switch is readily used if the remote controller does
TION) not work.
7
When the INSPECTION/TEST OPERATION BUTTON RECEIVER
is pressed, the display shows the system mode is in. 19
This receives the signals from the remote controller.
ON/OFF BUTTON OPERATING INDICATOR LAMP (Red)
8 Press the button and the system will start. Press the 20 This lamp stays lit while the air conditioner runs.
button again and the system will stop. It flashes when the unit is in trouble.
FAN SPEED CONTROL BUTTON TIMER INDICATOR LAMP (Green)
9 Press this button to select the fan speed, HIGH or LOW, 21
This lamp stays lit while the timer is set.
of your choice.
AIR FILTER CLEANING TIME INDICATOR LAMP (Red)
TEMPERATURE SETTING BUTTON 22
Lights up when it is time to clean the air filter.
10 Use this button for SETTING TEMPERATURE.
(Operates with the front cover of the remote controller DEFROST LAMP (Orange)
closed.) 23 Lights up when the defrosting operation has started.
(For cooling only type this lamp does not turn on.)

Main/Sub Setting SiUS281811EA
3. Main/Sub Setting
Main/Sub setting is necessary when 1 indoor unit is controlled by 2 remote controllers. The remote
controllers are set at factory to Main, so you have to change one remote controller from Main to
Sub. To change a remote controller from Main to Sub, proceed as follows:
3.1 Wired Remote Controller (BRC1E73)

3.1.1 Field Settings
The designation of the main and sub remote controllers can be swapped. Note that this change
requires turning the power OFF and then ON again.
Basic screen
is displayed.
Select Main RC or
Press and hold Press the Cancel Sub RC using the
the Cancel button once. / (Up/Down)
button for 4 buttons, and then
seconds or more. press the Menu/OK
Select Switch Main Sub button.
Controller and press the Press the
Service Menu/OK button. Menu/OK button.
Item 2 is Item 2 is
settings menu displayed. displayed.
Press the Cancel button.
is displayed.
3.1.2 When an Error Occurred

U5: there are 2 main remote controllers when power is turned ON
→Change the setting from Main to Sub on the remote controller you want to be Sub.
U8: there are 2 sub remote controller when power is turned ON
→Change the setting from Sub to Main on the remote controller you want to be Main.
How to confirm Main/Sub setting

The Main/Sub setting of the remote controller is displayed on the bottom of the screen while
Checking the connection. Please stand by. is displayed.
Checking the connection.

Please stand by.
Confirm the remote controller
Main/Sub setting after power
Main RC
is turned ON.
How to change Main/Sub setting

You may change the Main/Sub setting of the remote controller while Checking the connection.
Please stand by. is displayed by pressing and holding the Mode Selector button for 4 seconds or
longer.
Error Code: U5
Checking the connection. Checking the connection.
Please stand by. Please stand by. Fan
Press and hold for 4 seconds
or longer the Mode Selector
button of sub remote
Main RC Sub RC
controller side.

SiUS281811EA Main/Sub Setting
Note(s) 1. It is not possible to change the Main/Sub setting from Main to Sub when only one remote
controller is connected.
2. When 2 remote controllers are being used, it is not possible to change the setting from Main to
Sub if one of the remote controllers is already set as Main.
3.2 When Wireless Remote Controller is Used Together

When using both a wired and a wireless remote controller for 1 indoor unit, the wired controller
should be set to Main. Therefore, the Main/Sub switch (SS1) of the signal receiver PCB must be set
to Sub.
Main/Sub Main Sub
Main/Sub switch S S
(SS1) M M
The side painted black indicates

the switch knob position.
Transmitter assembly
S
M
2 3
1
SS1
SS2

Address Setting for Wireless Remote Controller SiUS281811EA
4. Address Setting for Wireless Remote Controller

If setting multiple wireless remote controllers to operate in one room, perform address setting for
the receiver and the wireless remote controller.
(This includes an individual remote controller control using the group operation.)
(For the wiring for the group operation, please refer to the installation manual attached to the indoor
unit and technical guide.)
Setting for Signal Receiver PCB

The address for the receiver is set to 1 at the factory. To change the setting, set the wireless
address switch (SS2) on the signal receiver PCB according to the table below.
Unit No. No. 1 No. 2 No. 3
3
Wireless address
3
3
switch (SS2)
2
2
2
1
1
1
The side painted black indicates
the switch knob position.
Transmitter assembly
S
M
2 3
1
SS1
SS2

SiUS281811EA Address Setting for Wireless Remote Controller
Setting for Wireless Remote Controller

The address for the wireless remote controller is set to 1 at the factory. To change the setting,
proceed as follows:
1. Press FILTER SIGN RESET button and INSPECTION/TEST button at the same time for 4
seconds to enter field setting mode. (SETTING is indicated on the display.)
2. Press FAN button and select A or b. Each time the button is pressed, the display switches
between A and b.
3. Press UP button or DOWN button to select an address from 1-3 as same as the receiver.
Address can be set from 1-6, but the receiver does not work with addresses 4-6.
4. Press RESERVE button to confirm the setting.

5. Press INSPECTION/TEST button for 1 second to return to normal mode.
UP button
Field setting mode DOWN button
FAN button
RESERVE button
Address
Multiple setting
FILTER SIGN RESET button
INSPECTION/TEST button

Address Setting for Wireless Remote Controller SiUS281811EA
Multiple Settings A/b

The command such as operation mode or temperature setting by this remote controller will be
rejected when the target indoor unit operation is restricted as by an external control such as
centralized control.
Since the setting acceptance is hard to discriminate with such circumstances there are two setting
options provided to enable discriminating by a beeping sound according to the operation: “A:
Standard” or “b: Multi System”. Set the setting according to the customer's intention.
Remote Controller Indoor Unit
Multiple Display on Behavior to the remote controller operation Other than the left
setting remote controller when the functions are restricted as by an
external control.
A: Standard All items Accepts the functions except restricted. Accepts all items
(factory set) displayed. (Sounds one long beep or three short transmitted (Sounds two
beeps) short beeps)
There may be a difference from the indoor The remote controller
unit status with remote controller display. display agrees with the
indoor unit status.
b: Multi Display only <When some restricted functions are
System items included in the transmitted items>
transmitted for a Accepts the functions except restricted.
while. (Sounds one long beep or three short
beeps)
There may be a difference from the indoor
unit status with remote controller display.
<When no restricted function is

included>
Accepts all items transmitted (Sounds two
short beeps)
The remote controller display agrees with
the indoor unit status.

SiUS281811EA Centralized Control Group No. Setting
5. Centralized Control Group No. Setting

5.1 BRC1E73
In order to conduct the centralized remote control using the central remote controller and the unified
ON/OFF controller, Group No. settings should be made by group using the operating remote
controller.
Make Group No. settings for centralized remote control using the operating remote controller.
When initializing Group Address

Basic screen
is displayed.
Press and hold Press the Cancel
the Cancel button once.
button for 4
seconds or
more. Select Group Address and
then press the Menu/OK
Service button.
Item 2 is
settings menu Press the Cancel displayed.
is displayed. button once.
Select Group
Address (Unit) and
then press the Press the Cancel
Menu/OK button. button once.
Item 2 is
displayed.
0 1-00
Select the desired

Unit No. using the
/ (Up/Down)
buttons, and then
select Group
Address using the
buttons.
Item 2 is
displayed.
Select the desired Press the Menu/OK
Group Address button.
using the /
(Up/Down) buttons,
and then press the
Menu/OK button.
Item 2 is
displayed.
Service settings menu Item 2

Group Address Group Address (Group)
Group Address (Unit)
Description
This menu is used to make group address setting for centralized control.
It is also used to make group address setting by indoor unit.

Centralized Control Group No. Setting SiUS281811EA
Note(s)  For setting group No. of Energy recovery ventilator and wiring adaptor for other air conditioners,
etc., refer to the instruction manual.
NOTICE
Enter the group No. and installation place of the indoor unit into the installation table. Be sure to
keep the installation table with the operation manual for maintenance.
Group Address (Group)

Basic screen
is displayed.
Press and hold Press the Cancel
the Cancel button once.
button for 4
seconds or
more. Select Group Address
and then press the
Service Menu/OK button.
Item 2 is
settings menu Press the Cancel button displayed.
is displayed. once.
Select Group
Address (Group) Press the Cancel
and then press the button once.
Menu/OK button.
Item 2 is
displayed.
Select the desired Press the

Group Address Menu/OK
using the / button.
(Up/Down) buttons,
and then press the
Menu/OK button.
Item 2 is
displayed.

SiUS281811EA Centralized Control Group No. Setting

Group No. setting by wireless remote controller for centralized control
1. When in the normal mode, press INSPECTION/TEST button for 4 seconds or more to enter field
setting mode.
2. Set mode No. 00 with MODE button.
3. Set the group No. for each group with UP button or DOWN button.
4. Enter the selected group numbers by pressing RESERVE button.
5. Press INSPECTION/TEST button and return to the normal mode
UP button
Mode No.
RESERVE button
MODE button
Group No.
INSPECTION/TEST
button

Service Settings Menu, Maintenance Menu SiUS281811EA
6. Service Settings Menu, Maintenance Menu

6.1 BRC1E73
Operating the remote controller allows service data to be acquired and various services to be set.
Basic
screen is
displayed.
Press and
hold the Press the Cancel
Cancel button button once.
for 4 seconds Select an item from Service Select the desired item from
or more. settings menu and press the Item 2 sub menu, and
Menu/OK button. press Menu/OK button.
Service
Press the Item 2 is Item 3 is
settings menu
Cancel Press Cancel button. displayed. Press Cancel button. displayed.
is displayed.
button.
Press and
hold the
Cancel button
for 4 seconds
or more. Select the desired item from the
Maintenance menu, and then Select the desired Unit No.
Maintenance press the Menu/OK button. using the / (Up/Down)
Item 2 is
menu is buttons. The corresponding
displayed. data will be displayed.
displayed. Press the Cancel button.

SiUS281811EA Service Settings Menu, Maintenance Menu
6.1.1 Service Settings Menu

Service settings menu Item 2 Item 3
Test Operation — —
Maintenance Contact None —
Maintenance Contact —, 0 to 9 (in order)
Field Settings Indoor Unit No. —
Mode No. —
First Code No. —
Second Code No. —
Energy Saving Options Setpoint Range Limitation Temperature
Setback Configuration Recovery Differential
Auto-setback by Sensor Enable/Disable, Settings
Auto-off by Sensor Enable/Disable, Auto-off in (hours)
Prohibit Function Prohibit Buttons Up/Down, Left, Right, On/Off, Mode, Fan Speed
Prohibit Mode Fan, Cool, Heat, Auto, Dry, Vent Clean
Min Setpoints Differential None, Single SP, 0 to 8°F —
Group Address Group Address (Group) Gr Addr. Set
Group Address (Unit) Unit No., Gr Addr. Set
Indoor unit AirNet Address Unit No., Address Set —
Outdoor unit AirNet Address Unit No., Address Set —
Error History RC Error History Unit No., Error, Date, Time
(Up to 10 errors received by the remote controller can be
displayed.)
Indoor unit Error History Unit No., Error, Date, Time
(Up to 5 errors from the indoor unit error record can be
displayed.)
Indoor Unit Status Unit No. —
Th1 Suction air thermistor
Th2 Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor
Th3 Heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor
Th4 Discharge air thermistor
Th5 Remote controller thermistor (FBQ, FTQ)
Floor temperature thermistor (FCQ)
Th6 Control temperature thermistor (FBQ, FCQ, FTQ)
Outdoor Unit Status Unit No. —
Th1 —
Th2 —
Th3 —
Th4 —
Th5 —
Th6 —
Forced Fan ON Unit No. —
Switch Main Sub Controller — —
Filter Indicator — —
Test Filter Auto Clean — —
Brush/Filter Ind. — —
Disable Filter Auto Clean No, Yes —

6.1.2 Maintenance Menu

Maintenance Menu Item 2 Remarks
Model Name Unit No. Select the unit number you want to check.
Indoor unit The model names are displayed.
(A model code may be displayed instead, depending on the
Outdoor unit particular model.)
Operation Hours Unit No. Select the unit number you want to check.
Indoor unit operation hours All of these are displayed in hours.
Indoor fan operation hours
Indoor unit energized hours
Outdoor unit operation
hours
Outdoor fan 1 operation
hours
Outdoor fan 2 operation
hours
Outdoor compressor 1
operation hours
Outdoor compressor 2
operation hours
Indoor Unit Status Unit No. Select the unit number you want to check.
FAN Fan tap (∗1)
Speed Fan speed (rpm)
FLAP Swing, fixed
EV Degree that electronic expansion valve is open (pulse)
MP Drain pump ON/OFF
EH Electric heater ON/OFF
Hu Humidifier ON/OFF (∗2)
TBF Anti-freezing control ON/OFF
FLOAT Float switch OPEN/CLOSE
T1/T2 T1/T2 external input OPEN/CLOSE
Th1 Suction air thermistor
Th2 Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor
Th3 Heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor
Th4 Discharge air thermistor
Th5 Remote controller thermistor (FBQ, FTQ)
Floor temperature thermistor (FCQ)
Th6 Control temperature thermistor (FBQ, FCQ, FTQ)
Outdoor Unit Status Unit No. Select the Unit No. you want to check.
FAN step Fan tap
COMP Compressor power supply frequency (Hz)
EV1 Degree that electronic expansion valve is open (pulse)
SV1 Solenoid valve ON/OFF
Th1 —
Th2 —
Th3 Te: Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature
Th4 Tc: High pressure equivalent saturation temperature
Th5 —
Th6 —
Forced Defrost Forced defrost ON Enables the forced defrost operation.
Forced defrost OFF Disables the forced defrost operation.

SiUS281811EA Service Settings Menu, Maintenance Menu
Maintenance Menu Item 2 Remarks

Error Display Display error ON Displays the error on the screen.
Display error OFF Displays neither errors nor warnings.
Display warning ON Displays a warning on the screen if an error occurs.
Display warning OFF No warning is displayed.
Swap Unit No. Current Unit No. A unit No. can be transferred to another.
Transfer Unit No.
Addressed Sensor Value Unit No.: 0 - 15 Select the unit number you want to check.
Code
00: Remote controller thermistor (°F)
01: Suction air thermistor (°F)
02: Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (°F)
03: Heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor (°F)
04: Indoor unit address No.
05: Outdoor unit address No.
06: Branch selector unit address No.
07: Zone control address No.
08: Cooling/Heating batch address No.
09: Demand/low-noise address No.
Data The corresponding data will be displayed, based on the unit number
and Code selected.
∗1. (For FTQ-TA models)

The actual fan speed is converted into the fan tap to be displayed. Therefore, if the fan
speed is changed by controls or external factors, the airflow rate set with the remote
controller may differ from the fan tap display.
∗2. (For FTQ-TA models)
The ON/OFF status of the humidifier connected to HUMIDIFIER on the X1M terminal of
the indoor unit PCB is not displayed. The ON/OFF status of the humidifier connected to
the wiring adaptor is displayed.


6.2.1 Service Setting
Mode number
UP button
DOWN button
RESERVE button
MODE button
1. Press INSPECTION/TEST button for 4 seconds during normal mode to enter field setting mode.
2. Press INSPECTION/TEST button for 4 seconds to enter service mode.
3. Press MODE buttons to select a desired mode number. (43)
4. Carry out the necessary setting with UP button or DOWN button.
5. Press RESERVE button to confirm the setting.
6. Press INSPECTION/TEST button to return to normal mode
Mode Function Content and Operation Example of Remote Controller Display
No. Method
Forced Fan Turns the fan ON for each unit
ON individually.
43

SiUS281811EA
Part 4
Functions and Control
1. Operation Mode ......................................................................................104

2. Basic Control...........................................................................................105
2.1 Normal Operation ..................................................................................... 105
2.2 Compressor PI Control............................................................................. 106
2.3 Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control..................................................... 108
2.4 Cooling Operation Fan Control................................................................. 109
3. Special Control........................................................................................110
3.1 Startup Control ......................................................................................... 110
3.2 Oil Return Control..................................................................................... 112
3.3 Defrost Control ......................................................................................... 114
3.4 Pump Down Residual Control .................................................................. 115
3.5 Restart Standby........................................................................................ 116
3.6 Stop Control ............................................................................................. 116
4. Protection Control ...................................................................................117
4.1 High Pressure Protection Control............................................................. 117
4.2 Low Pressure Protection Control.............................................................. 118
4.3 Discharge Pipe Temperature Protection Control...................................... 120
4.4 Inverter Protection Control ....................................................................... 121
5. Other Control...........................................................................................123
5.1 Demand Operation ................................................................................... 123
5.2 Heating Operation Prohibition .................................................................. 123
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) ...............................................................124
6.1 Remote Controller Thermistor .................................................................. 124
6.2 Thermostat Control................................................................................... 126
6.3 Thermostat Control with Operation Mode Set to AUTO ........................... 128
6.4 List of Swing Flap Operations .................................................................. 129
6.5 Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only).......................................... 130
6.6 Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt (FCQ Models Only)................ 131
6.7 Drain Pump Control.................................................................................. 132
6.8 Freeze-Up Prevention .............................................................................. 134
6.9 Heater Control (Except FTQ-TA Models) ................................................. 136
6.10 Heater Control (FTQ-TA Models) ............................................................. 137
6.11 3-Step Thermostat Processing (FTQ-TA Models).................................... 141
6.12 Fan Control (Heater Residual) (FTQ-TA Models) .................................... 142
6.13 Interlocked with External Equipment (FTQ-TA Models) ........................... 142
Part 4 Functions and Control 103

Operation Mode SiUS281811EA
1. Operation Mode
Operation in
stop control
Indoor unit stop or

Indoor unit thermostat ON
thermostat OFF
Error/Standby
Restart standby
Pressure (Compressor stop)
equalization
prior to startup
Error/
Standby
Indoor unit stop or
Startup control thermostat OFF
• Cooling startup Pump down
control residual
• Heating startup Indoor unit thermostat ON
operation
control
Error/Standby
Indoor unit stop or

Normal operation thermostat OFF
• Compressor PI control
• Electronic expansion
valve PI control
• Protection control
Cooling or heating
operation
Error/Standby
Oil return starting YES

Oil return operation
conditions are met.
NO
Defrost starting YES

Defrost control
conditions are met.
NO
Operation YES
mode change
NO
Note(s) In the event that the indoor unit stops or the thermostat turns OFF while in oil return operation or
defrost control, pump down residual operation is performed on completion of the oil return
operation or defrost control.
104 Part 4 Functions and Control

SiUS281811EA Basic Control
2. Basic Control
2.1 Normal Operation
Cooling Operation
Electric Symbol
Outdoor unit
18/24 30/36/42/48 Operation Remarks
actuator
class class
Compressor M1C M1C Compressor Used for high pressure
PI control protection control, low pressure
protection control, discharge
pipe temperature protection
control, and compressor
operating frequency upper limit
control with inverter protection
control.
Outdoor fan M1F M1F Cooling fan control —
M2F
Main electronic Y1E Y1E 480 pulse —
expansion valve
Subcooling — Y3E PI control —
electronic expansion
valve
Four way valve Y1S Y1S OFF —
Hot gas bypass Y2S — OFF This valve turns ON with low
valve pressure protection control.
Heating Operation
Electric Symbol
Outdoor unit
18/24 30/36/42/48 Operation Remarks
actuator
class class
Compressor M1C M1C Compressor Used for high pressure
PI control protection control, low pressure
protection control, discharge
pipe temperature protection
control, and compressor
operating frequency upper limit
control with inverter protection
control.
Outdoor fan M1F M1F Step 7 or 8 —
M2F
Main electronic Y1E Y1E PI control —
expansion valve
Subcooling — Y3E PI control —
electronic expansion
Four way valve Y1S Y1S ON —
Hot gas bypass Y2S — OFF This valve turns ON with low
valve pressure protection control.
∗ Heating operation is not functional at an outdoor air temperature of 24°CDB (75.2°FDB) or more.

Basic Control SiUS281811EA
2.2 Compressor PI Control

Te: Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature
TeS: Target Te value
(Varies depending on Te setting, operating frequency, etc.)
Tc: High pressure equivalent saturation temperature
TcS: Target Tc value
(Varies depending on Tc setting, operating frequency, etc.)
Carries out compressor capacity PI control to maintain Te at constant during cooling operation
and Tc at constant during heating operation, thus ensuring stable unit performance.
Cooling Operation
Controls compressor capacity to achieve target Te value (TeS).
(1) VRT control (Default)
When the required capacity of all indoor units (suction air temperature – set temperature) is small,
the target evaporation temperature is further increased in order to adjust capacity. From the
outdoor unit side, the temperature difference for all indoor units (ΔT) is confirmed, and the target
temperature is changed.
(2) Constant pressure control
The target evaporation temperature is not changed.
Te setting (Make this setting while in setting mode 2.)
VRT
Lower Normal Higher
(Default)
3°C 6°C 8°C 9°C 10°C 11°C
Variable
(37.4°F) (42.8°F) (46.4°F) (48.2°F) (50°F) (51.8°F)
Heating Operation
Controls compressor capacity to achieve target Tc value (TcS).
(1) VRT control (Default)
When the required capacity of all indoor units (set temperature – suction air temperature) is small,
the target condensation temperature is further decreased in order to adjust capacity. From the
outdoor unit side, the temperature difference for all indoor units (ΔT) is confirmed, and the target
temperature is changed.
(2) Constant pressure control
The target condensation temperature is not changed.
Tc setting (Make this setting while in setting mode 2.)
VRT Normal Higher
(Default)
46°C 52°C
Variable
(114.8°F) (125.6°F)

18/24 class 30/36/42/48 class

Step Frequency (Hz) Step Frequency (Hz)
1 48 1 45
2 52.5 2 52.5
3 57 3 57
4 61.5 4 61.5
5 67.5 5 66
6 75 6 72
7 81 7 78
8 90 8 85.5
9 100.5 9 96
10 105 10 105
11 111 11 108
12 114 12 112.5
13 118.5 13 115.5
14 129 14 121.5
15 141 15 128.1
16 153 16 145.5
17 163.5 17 154.5
18 174 18 163.5
19 181.5 19 178.5
20 192 20 196.5
21 201 21 216
22 211.5 22 223.5
23 222 23 232.5
24 228 24 244.5
25 243 25 253.5
26 253.5 26 255
27 265.5 27 273
28 277.5 28 288
29 289.5 29 309
30 301.5 30 327

Basic Control SiUS281811EA
2.3 Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control

Main Electronic Expansion Valve Control
Carries out main electronic expansion valve (Y1E) PI control to maintain the evaporator outlet
superheated degree (SH) at constant during heating operation, thus making maximum use of the
outdoor heat exchanger (evaporator).
SH = Ts1 – Te SH: Evaporator outlet superheated degree
Ts1: Suction pipe temperature detected by thermistor
R3T
The optimum initial value of the evaporator outlet superheated degree is 3°C (5.4°F), but varies
depending on the discharge pipe superheated degree of inverter compressor.
Subcooling Electronic Expansion Valve Control

Carries out PI control of subcooling electronic expansion valve (Y3E) to keep the superheated
degree (SH) of the outlet gas pipe on the evaporator side for the full use of the subcooling heat
exchanger.
SH = Tsh – Te SH: Evaporator outlet superheated degree
Tsh: Subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe temperature
detected by thermistor R6T

2.4 Cooling Operation Fan Control

In cooling operation with low outdoor air temperature, this control is used to provide an adequate
amount of circulation air with liquid pressure secured by high pressure control from the outdoor fan.
Furthermore, when outdoor temperature ≥ 20°C (68°F), the compressor will run in Step 7 or higher.
When outdoor temperature ≥ 18°C (64.4°F), it will run in Step 5 or higher.
When outdoor temperature ≥ 12°C (53.6°F), it will run in Step 1 or higher.
Upper limit of fan Pc: High pressure sensor detection value

revolutions: Step 8
Pc < 2.75 MPa Pc > 3.24 MPa
(399 psi) (470 psi)
Upper limit of outdoor fan
revolutions
Step 7
PI control
Lapse of 20 seconds
PI control
–1 step on Hold the +1 step on
current step on
outdoor fan outdoor fan outdoor fan
PI control Lapse of 20 seconds
Fan Steps
Fan speed (rpm)
Step 30/36/42/48 class
18/24 class
M1F M2F
1 200 250 0
2 250 400 0
3 300 285 250
4 480 360 325
5 515 445 410
6 620 580 545
7 830 715 680
8 920 850 815

Special Control SiUS281811EA
3. Special Control
3.1 Startup Control
This control is used to equalize the pressure in the suction and discharge sides of the compressor
prior to compressor startup, thus reducing startup loads. Furthermore, the inverter is turned ON to
charge the capacitor.
In addition, to avoid stresses to the compressor due to oil return, etc., after startup, the following
control is made and the position of the four way valve is also determined. To position the four way
valve, the master and slave units start up simultaneously.
Pc: High pressure sensor detection value
Pe: Low pressure sensor detection value
Ta: Outdoor air temperature
3.1.1 Startup Control in Cooling

Electric Symbol Startup control
Outdoor unit Pressure equalization
actuator 18/24 30/36/42/48 control prior to startup STEP 1 STEP 2
class class
Compressor M1C M1C 0 Hz Minimum Increases 2 steps every 20
frequency seconds from minimum
frequency until
Pc – Pe > 0.39 MPa
(56.6 psi) is achieved
Outdoor fan M1F M1F STEP 7 Ta < 20°C (68°F): +1 step/15 sec. (when Pc >
M2F OFF 2.16 MPa (313 psi))
Ta ≥ 20°C (68°F): –1 step/15 sec. (when Pc <
STEP 4 1.77 MPa (257 psi))
Main electronic Y1E Y1E 0 pulse 480 pulse (Fully 480 pulse (Fully open)
expansion valve open)
Subcooling — Y3E 0 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse
electronic
expansion valve
Four way valve Y1S Y1S Holds OFF OFF
Hot gas bypass Y2S — OFF OFF OFF
valve
Ending conditions A lapse of 10 sec.
• Pc – Pe < 0.3 MPa • A lapse of 130 sec.
OR (43.5 psi) OR • Pc – Pe > 0.39 MPa
• A lapse of 1 to 5 min. (56.6 psi)

SiUS281811EA Special Control
3.1.2 Startup Control in Heating

Electric Symbol Startup control
Outdoor unit Pressure equalization
actuator 18/24 30/36/42/48 control prior to startup STEP 1 STEP 2
class class
Compressor M1C M1C 0 Hz Minimum Increases 2 steps every 20
frequency seconds from minimum
frequency until
Pc – Pe > 0.39 MPa
(56.6 psi) is achieved
Outdoor fan M1F M1F From starting STEP 8 STEP 8
M2F Ta > 20°C (68°F): STEP 1
Ta ≤ 20°C (68°F): OFF
Main electronic Y1E Y1E 0 pulse 0 pulse 0 pulse
expansion valve
electronic
expansion valve
Four way valve Y1S Y1S Holds ON ON
valve
Ending conditions A lapse of 10 sec.
• Pc – Pe < 0.3 MPa x A lapse of 130 sec.
OR (43.5 psi) x Pc > 2.70 MPa
• A lapse of 1 to 5 min. OR (392 psi)
x Pc – Pe > 0.39 MPa
(56.6 psi)

3.2 Oil Return Control

In order to prevent the compressor from running out of oil, oil return control is conducted to recover
oil that has flowed out from the compressor to the system side.
HTdi : Compressor discharge pipe temperature (Tdi) compensated with outdoor air temperature
Pe : Low pressure sensor detection value
Ts1: Suction pipe temperature detected by thermistor R3T
3.2.1 Oil Return Control in Cooling

Starting conditions
 Oil return operation is not conducted before 2 hours have elapsed from the activation of power
supply.
 After 2 hours have elapsed, oil return operation starts when the following item meets the
reference value.
 Total amount of oil discharged from the compressor (The total amount of oil discharged from
the compressor is computed from Tc, Te, and compressor loads.)
 Oil return operation starts every 8 hours of cumulative operation of the compressor, even if the
reference value is not met.
Electric Symbol
Outdoor unit Oil return preparation
18/24 30/36/42/48 Oil return control Control after oil return
actuator control
class class
Compressor M1C M1C Take the current step as Minimum frequency Same as oil return
the upper limit. (→ Low pressure control.
protection control)
Outdoor fan M1F M1F Fan control (Normal Fan control (Normal Fan control (Normal
M2F cooling) cooling) cooling)
Main electronic Y1E Y1E 480 pulse (Fully open) 480 pulse (Fully open) 480 pulse (Fully open)
expansion valve
Subcooling — Y3E SH control 0 pulse 0 pulse
electronic
expansion valve
Four way valve Y1S Y1S OFF OFF OFF
valve
Ending conditions 20 seconds
x 3 minutes
OR x 3 minutes OR x Pe < 0.6 MPa (87 psi)
x Ts1 – Te < 5qC (9qF) x HTdi > 110°C (230°F)
Indoor unit actuator Cooling oil return control

Thermostat ON unit Remote controller setting
Fan Non-operating unit OFF
Thermostat OFF unit Remote controller setting
Thermostat ON unit Normal opening
Electronic expansion valve Non-operating unit 224 pulse
Thermostat OFF unit Normal opening with forced thermostat ON

3.2.2 Oil Return Control in Heating

Tb : Heat exchanger temperature
Starting conditions
 Oil return operation is not conducted before 2 hours have elapsed from the activation of power
supply.
 After 2 hours have elapsed, oil return operation starts when the following item meets the
reference value.
 Total amount of oil discharged from the compressor (The total amount of oil discharged from
the compressor is computed from Tc, Te, and compressor loads.)
 Oil return operation starts every 8 hours of cumulative operation of the compressor, even if the
reference value is not met.
Electric Symbol
Outdoor unit (A) Oil return preparation
18/24 30/36/42/48 (B) Oil return control (C) Control after oil return
actuator control
class class
Compressor M1C M1C Upper limit control 140 Hz Full load Increases 2 steps every 20
seconds from minimum
frequency until Pc – Pe >
0.4 MPa (58 psi) is
achieved.
Outdoor fan M1F M1F STEP 8 OFF STEP 8
M2F
Main electronic Y1E Y1E SH control 480 pulse (Fully open) 55 pulse
expansion valve
electronic
expansion valve
Four way valve Y1S Y1S ON OFF ON
valve
Ending conditions 2 minutes
x 12 minutes x 160 seconds

OR OR
& xTs1 – Te < 5°C (9°F) x Pc – Pe > 0.4 MPa
xTb > 11°C (51.8°F) (58 psi)
∗ Between (A) oil return preparation control and (B) oil return control, and between (B) oil return
control and (C) control after oil return, the compressor stops for 1 minute to reduce noise on
changing of the four way valve.
Indoor unit actuator Heating oil return control

Thermostat ON unit OFF
Non-operating unit OFF
Fan
Thermostat OFF unit OFF
Thermostat ON unit 416 pulse
Non-operating unit 256 pulse
Electronic expansion valve
Thermostat OFF unit 416 pulse

3.3 Defrost Control

Tb: Heat exchanger deicer temperature
Defrost control is performed to melt frost on the outdoor heat exchanger when heating, and thus
recover heating capacity.
Starting conditions
 Defrost operation is not conducted before 40 minutes have elapsed from the start of heating
operation.
 After 40 minutes have elapsed, defrost operation starts when the following items meet the
reference values.
 Heat transfer coefficient of the outdoor heat exchanger (The heat transfer coefficient of the
outdoor heat exchanger is computed from Tc, Te, and compressor loads.)
 Outdoor heat exchanger deicer temperature (Tb)
 Defrost operation starts every 2 hours, even if the reference values are not met.
Electric Symbol
Outdoor unit (A) Defrost preparation
18/24 30/36/42/48 (B) Defrost control (C) Control after defrost
actuator control
class class
Compressor M1C M1C Upper limit control 140 Hz Full load Increases 2 steps every 20
seconds from minimum
frequency until Pc – Pe >
0.4 MPa (58 psi) is
achieved.
Outdoor fan M1F M1F STEP 8 OFF STEP 8
M2F
Main electronic Y1E Y1E SH control 480 pulse (Fully open) 55 pulse
expansion valve
electronic
expansion valve
Four way valve Y1S Y1S ON OFF ON
Hot gas bypass Y2S — OFF ON ON
valve
x 12 minutes x 160 seconds

OR OR
& x Tb > 11°C (51.8°F) x Pc – Pe > 0.4 MPa
x Ts1 – Te < 5°C (9°F) (58 psi)
∗ Between (A) defrost preparation control and (B) defrost control, and between (B) defrost control
and (C) control after defrost, the compressor stops for 1 minute to reduce noise on changing of the
four way valve.
Indoor unit actuator Defrost control

Thermostat ON unit OFF
Fan Non-operating unit OFF
Thermostat OFF unit OFF
Thermostat ON unit 416 pulse
Electronic expansion valve Non-operating unit 256 pulse
Thermostat OFF unit 416 pulse

3.4 Pump Down Residual Control

If liquid refrigerant is retained in the evaporator when the compressor is activated, the liquid
refrigerant enters the compressor and dilutes oil therein resulting in a decrease of lubricity.
Therefore, pump down residual control is performed to collect the refrigerant retained in the
evaporator when the compressor stops.
3.4.1 Pump Down Residual Control in Cooling

Electric Symbol
Pump down residual control: Pump down residual control:
Outdoor unit actuator 18/24 30/36/42/48 Step 1 Step 2
class class
Compressor M1C M1C 124 Hz Minimum frequency
Outdoor fan M1F M1F Fan control Fan control
M2F
Main electronic Y1E Y1E 480 pulse (Fully open) 240 pulse (Half open)
expansion valve
Subcooling electronic — Y3E 0 pulse 0 pulse
expansion valve
Four way valve Y1S Y1S OFF OFF
Hot gas bypass valve Y2S — OFF OFF
Ending conditions 2 seconds 2 seconds
3.4.2 Pump Down Residual Control in Heating

Electric Symbol
Outdoor unit actuator 18/24 30/36/42/48 Pump down residual control
class class
Compressor M1C M1C 124 Hz
Outdoor fan M1F M1F STEP 7
M2F
Main electronic Y1E Y1E 0 pulse
expansion valve
Subcooling electronic — Y3E 0 pulse
expansion valve
Four way valve Y1S Y1S ON
Hot gas bypass valve Y2S — OFF
Ending conditions 4 seconds

3.5 Restart Standby

Restart is forced into standby to prevent the power from frequently turning on and off and to
equalize pressure in the refrigerant system.
Ta: Outdoor air temperature
Outdoor unit Electric Symbol

Operation
actuator 18/24 class 30/36/42/48 class
Compressor M1C M1C OFF
Outdoor fan M1F M1F Ta > 30°C (86°F): STEP 4
M2F Ta ≤ 30°C (86°F): OFF
expansion valve
expansion valve
Four way valve Y1S Y1S Holds
3.6 Stop Control

Actuator operation is cleared when the system is down.
Outdoor unit Electric Symbol

actuator Operation
18/24 class 30/36/42/48 class
Compressor M1C M1C OFF
Outdoor fan M1F M1F OFF
M2F
expansion valve
expansion valve
Four way valve Y1S Y1S Holds
Ending conditions Indoor unit thermostat is turned ON.

SiUS281811EA Protection Control
4. Protection Control
4.1 High Pressure Protection Control
This high pressure protection control is used to prevent the activation of protection devices due to
an abnormal increase of high pressure and to protect compressors against the transient increase of
high pressure.
Cooling
operation Pc > 3.47 MPa (503 psi)
High pressure not limited
Compressor upper limit frequency: Maximum
High pressure limited
Compressor upper limit

frequency: 3-step down from
current compressor frequency
After 10 sec. Pc > 3.47 MPa (503 psi)
Current step maintained
Pc < 3.23 MPa (468 psi) After 15 sec.

frequency: 1-step up from
Pc > 3.64 MPa (528 psi)

When occurring 10 times within 60
High pressure minutes, high pressure switch is activated
standby without high pressure standby, thus
outputting the error code E3.

Protection Control SiUS281811EA
Heating operation
High pressure drop
Pc > 3.04 MPa (441 psi)
High pressure not limited
Pc < 2.89 MPa (419 psi)
High pressure limited

After 10 sec. Pc > 3.04 MPa (441 psi)
Pc < 2.94 MPa (426 psi) After 60 sec.

Pc > 3.64 MPa (528 psi)

When occurring 10 times within 60
High pressure minutes, high pressure switch is activated
standby without high pressure standby, thus
outputting the error code E3.
4.2 Low Pressure Protection Control

This low pressure protection control is used to protect compressors against the transient decrease
of low pressure.
Cooling
operation
Low pressure not limited
Pe < 0.25 MPa Pe > 0.39 MPa

(36.3 psi) (56.6 psi)
Low pressure
Hot gas bypass valve: OFF
limited
Pe < 0.15 MPa Pe > 0.30 MPa

36 Hz Unload (21.8 psi) (43.5 psi)
Hot gas bypass valve: ON
Pe < 0.07 MPa

(10.2 psi)
Low pressure When occurring 3 times within 30 minutes,

standby the error code E4 is output.

Heating operation
Pe < 0.17 MPa (24.7 psi) Pe: Low pressure sensor detection value
Low pressure not limited
• Pe > 0.09 MPa (13.1 psi)
OR • Ts – Teg < 8˚C (14.4˚F)

&
• Pe > 0.06 MPa (8.7 psi)
Low pressure limited

Pe < 0.17 MPa (24.7 psi) After 10 seconds

Current step limited Hot gas bypass valve: OFF
Pe > 0.20 MPa (29.0 psi) After 15 seconds Pe < 0.12 MPa Pe > 0.17 MPa
(17.4 psi) (24.7 psi)
frequency: 1-step up from Hot gas bypass valve: ON
Pe < 0.07 MPa (10.2 psi)
Low pressure When occurring 3 times within 30 minutes,

standby the error code E4 is output.

4.3 Discharge Pipe Temperature Protection Control

This discharge pipe temperature protection control is used to protect the compressor internal
temperature against an error or transient increase of discharge pipe temperature.
HTdi: Value of inverter compressor discharge pipe temperature (Tdi) compensated with outdoor air
temperature
Tp: Value of compressor port temperature calculated by Tc, Te, and suction superheated degree.
Discharge pipe protection

control not limited
• HTdi > 115˚C (239˚F)

OR
• Tp > 135˚C (275˚F)
& • HTdi < 100˚C (212˚F)
Compressor upper limit • Tp < 110˚C (230˚F)
After 30 seconds
OR • HTdi > 115˚C (239˚F)

• Tp > 135˚C (275˚F)
& • HTdi < 110˚C (230˚F)
• Tp < 125˚C (257˚F)
• HTdi > 130˚C (266˚F) In discharge pipe temp.
Compressor upper limit frequency: 1-step
• HTdi > 120˚C (248˚F) protection control
up from current compressor frequency
OR for 90 seconds After 20 seconds
or more.
OR • HTdi > 135˚C (275˚F)

36 Hz Unload • HTdi > 120˚C (248˚F) for 10 minutes or more.
Discharge pipe When occurring 3 times within 100 minutes,

temperature standby the error code F3 is output.

4.4 Inverter Protection Control

Inverter current protection control and radiation fin temperature control are performed to prevent
tripping due to an error, or transient inverter overcurrent, and radiation fin temperature increase.
Tfin: Radiation fin temperature
Inverter overcurrent protection control
Not limited
• Inverter current ≤ 22 A
Inverter current > 22 A &
• Compressor upper limit: Maximum frequency
Limited Compressor upper limit

• 10 seconds Inverter current > 22 A

& • Matching of frequency
Inverter current ≤ 22 A
continues for 3 minutes Without conditions
Inverter current ≥ 22 A × 10% continues for 260 seconds
Inverter current When occurring 4 times within 60 minutes,

standby the error code L8 is output.
Inverter radiation fin temperature control
Not limited
• Tfin < 76°C (168.8°F)

Tfin t79°C (174.2°F) &
• Compressor upper limit: Maximum frequency
Limited
• 10 seconds Tfin t79°C (174.2°F)

&
• Matching of frequency
Tfin d76°C (168.8°F)

continues for 3 minutes Without conditions
Tfin t84°C (183.2°F)
When occurring 4 times within 60 minutes,

Fin temperature standby the error code L4 is output.

According to the current limit of direct current
Not limited
Compressor stopped
Existing DC power limit OR • No DC power limit requirement.
requirement. • Compressor upper limit: Maximum frequency
Limited
Inverter upper limit frequency:
1-step down from current
compressor frequency Existing DC power
• 10 seconds
• Matching limit requirement.
OR frequency
15 seconds
No DC power limit Without conditions

requirement continuously Inverter upper limit frequency:
for 3 minutes. 1-step up from current
compressor frequency

SiUS281811EA Other Control
5. Other Control
5.1 Demand Operation
In order to reduce power consumption, the outdoor unit capacity is reduced forcibly with control by
using Demand Setting 1.
To enable this operation, the additional setting of Constant Demand Setting is required.
Demand setting 1
Level Standard for upper limit of power consumption
Level 1 Approx. 60%
Level 2 (Factory setting) Approx. 70%
Level 3 Approx. 80%
∗ Other protection control functions have precedence over the above operation.
5.2 Heating Operation Prohibition

Heating operation is prohibited above 24°CDB (75.2°FDB) outdoor air temperature.

Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) SiUS281811EA
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)

6.1 Remote Controller Thermistor
Temperature is controlled by both the remote controller thermistor and suction air thermistor (∗1)
for the indoor unit. (This is however limited to when the field setting for the remote controller
thermistor is set to Use.)
Note(s) When fresh air intake kit is used, outdoor air is mixed with indoor air, and the room temperature
may not reach the set temperature, since TS and TH1 do not enter the area in which remote
controller thermistor can be used. In such case, install the remote sensor (optional accessory) in
your room, and set the field settings to not use the remote controller thermistor.
∗ FTQ-TA models do not have this control because they do not have suction air thermistor. The
thermistor is selectable manually when remote sensor (optional accessory) is installed.
Cooling If there is a significant difference in the set temperature and the suction temperature, fine
adjustment control is carried out using a suction air thermistor (∗1), or using the remote controller
thermistor near the position of the user when the suction temperature is near the set temperature.
(°F) (°C)
90 32
Set temperature
(Ts) TH1 = Ts – 1
86 30
TH1 = Ts + 1
82 28
TH1 = Ts – 3
TH1 = Ts + 3
79 26
A B C D E F
75 24
72 22
68 20
64 18
60 16
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 (°C)
54 57 60 64 68 72 75 79 82 86 90 93 (°F)
Suction temperature (TH1)
Range in which remote controller Range in which Differential

thermistor can be used suction air thermistor
can be used
 Assuming the set temperature in the figure above is 24°C (75°F), and the suction
temperature has changed from 18°C (64°F) to 30°C (86°F) (A → F):
(This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, and the suction temperature
changes even when the thermostat is off.)
Suction air thermistor (∗1) is used for temperatures from 18°C (64°F) to 23°C (73°F) (A → C).
Remote controller thermistor is used for temperatures from 23°C (73°F) to 27°C (81°F) (C → E).

SiUS281811EA Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
Suction air thermistor (∗1) is used for temperatures from 27°C (81°F) to 30°C (86°F) (E → F).
 Assuming suction temperature has changed from 30°C (86°F) to 18°C (64°F) (F → A):
Suction air thermistor (∗1) is used for temperatures from 30°C (86°F) to 25°C (77°F) (F → D).
Remote controller thermistor is used for temperatures from 25°C (77°F) to 21°C (70°F) (D → B).
Suction air thermistor (∗1) is used for temperatures from 21°C (70°F) to 18°C (64°F) (B → A).
Note(s) ∗1. For FTQ: Remote sensor (Optional accessory)
Heating When heating, the hot air rises to the top of the room, resulting in the temperature being lower near
the floor where the occupants are. When controlling by suction air thermistor (∗1) only, the indoor
unit may therefore be turned off by the thermostat before the lower part of the room reaches the set
temperature. The temperature can be controlled so the lower part of the room where the occupants
are does not become cold by widening the range in which remote controller thermistor can be used
so that suction temperature is higher than the set temperature.
(°F) (°C)
90 32
Set temperature
(Ts)
86 30
82 28
TH1 = Ts – 1
79 26
A B C D
75 24
72 22
TH1 = Ts + 1 d 31°C
68 20
64 18 TH1 = Ts + 12 d 33°C
TH1 = Ts + 10 d 31°C
60 16
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 (°C)
54 57 60 64 68 72 75 79 82 86 90 93 (°F)
Suction temperature (TH1)

Range in which
Range in which remote controller suction air thermistor
can be used Differential
thermistor can be used
 Assuming the set temperature in the figure above is 24°C (75°F), and the suction
temperature has changed from 18°C (64°F) to 28°C (82°F) (A → D):
(This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, and the suction temperature
changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.)
Suction air thermistor (∗1) is used for temperatures from 18°C (64°F) to 25°C (77°F) (A → C).
Remote controller thermistor is used for temperatures from 25°C (77°F) to 28°C (82°F) (C → D).
 Assuming suction temperature has changed from 28°C (82°F) to 18°C (64°F) (D → A):
Remote controller thermistor is used for temperatures from 28°C (82°F) to 23°C (73°F) (D → B).

Suction air thermistor (∗1) is used for temperatures from 23°C (73°F) to 18°C (64°F) (B → A).
Note(s) ∗1. For FTQ: Remote sensor (Optional accessory)
6.2 Thermostat Control

6.2.1 Without Optional Infrared Presence/Floor Sensor
Whether the thermostat is turned ON or OFF is determined by the difference between the remote
controller set temperature and the actual detected room temperature (∗1).
• Normal operation
· Cooling operation
ΔT ≤ –1.0˚C (–1.8˚F)
Normal operation
Thermostat OFF
(Thermostat ON)
ΔT ≥ +1.0˚C (+1.8˚F)
· Heating operation
ΔT ≥ +1.0˚C (+1.8˚F)
Normal operation
Thermostat OFF
(Thermostat ON)
ΔT ≤ –1.0˚C (–1.8˚F)
• Dry operation
· When Tro < 24.5°C (76.1°F)
Tr < Tro – 1.0˚C (–1.8˚F)
Dry operation Thermostat OFF
Tr > Tro + 1.0˚C (+1.8˚F)
· When Tro ≥ 24.5°C (76.1°F)

Tr < Tro – 1.5˚C (–2.7˚F)
Tr > Tro + 1.5˚C (+2.7˚F)
• FTQ-TA only
If the field setting 14(24)-5 is set to 02, Tro will be the same as the cooling set temperature.
Tr < Tro – 1.0˚C (–1.8˚F)
Tr > Tro + 1.0˚C (+1.8˚F)
∗1: The thermistor for room temperature detection depends on the field setting 10 (20)-2.
∗2: Description of symbols
ΔT = Detected room temperature – Remote controller set temperature
Tro: Detected room temperature at the start of dry operation
Tr: Determined by the room temperature detected by the thermistor

6.2.2 With Optional Infrared Presence/Floor Sensor

Whether the thermostat is turned ON or OFF is determined by the difference between the remote
controller set temperature and the detected temperature around people.
• Normal operation
· Cooling operation
ΔT ≤ –1.0˚C (–1.8˚F)
Normal operation
Thermostat OFF
(Thermostat ON)
ΔT ≥ +1.0˚C (+1.8˚F)
· Heating operation
ΔT ≥ +1.0˚C (+1.8˚F)
Normal operation
Thermostat OFF
(Thermostat ON)
ΔT ≤ –1.0˚C (–1.8˚F)
• Dry operation
· When Tro ≤ 24.5°C (76.1°F)
Tr < Tro – 1.0˚C (–1.8˚F)
Tr > Tro + 1.0˚C (+1.8˚F)
· When Tro > 24.5°C (76.1°F)

Tr < Tro – 1.5˚C (–2.7˚F)
Tr > Tro + 1.5˚C (+2.7˚F)
∗: Description of symbols
ΔT = Detected room temperature – Remote controller set temperature
Tro: Detected room temperature at the start of dry operation
Tr: Determined by the room temperature detected by the thermistor
Control range of temperature around people

When the floor temperature is very low, operation using the temperature around people may cause
the suction air temperature to operate outside of use range.
To avoid the above condition, a limit based on the suction air temperature is set for the use range of
the temperature around people.
 Cooling operation
 When the floor temperature is lower than suction air temperature (R1T), R1T will be treated
as the control target temperature for operation.
 When the temperature around people is 15°C (59°F) or lower, R1T will be treated as the
control temperature for operation.
 Heating operation
 When the floor temperature is higher than suction air temperature (R1T), R1T will be treated
as the control target temperature in operation.
 When the temperature around people is 33°C (91.4°F) or higher, R1T will be treated as the
control temperature for operation.

6.3 Thermostat Control with Operation Mode Set to AUTO

The system will conduct this temperature control shown below, only when the wireless remote
controller or any central remote controller is connected.
Furthermore, setting changes of the differential value (D) can be made.
: Factory setting
Mode First code Second code No.

Contents of setting
No. No. 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
0°C
12 4 Differential value while in AUTO 0°F 1°C 2°C 3°C 4°C 5°C 6°C 7°C
(22) operation mode 1.8°F 3.6°F 5.4°F 7.2°F 9.0°F 10.8°F 12.6°F

Set heating temperature Set cooling temperature

(A – D) A
D
Cooling thermostat ON
Cooling thermostat OFF
Display change
Cooling o Heating
Display change
Heating o Cooling
Heating thermostat OFF

Heating thermostat ON
3qC (5.4qF)
(D
2 + 2)qC
(D
2
+ 3.6)qF
(Ex.) When automatic cooling temperature is set to 27qC (80.6qF):
Differential value: 0qC (0qF) Differential value set to 4qC (7.2qF)
Set cooling/ heating temp. Set heating temp. Set cooling temp.
25qC 27qC 30qC 23qC 26qC 27qC
(77qF) (80.6qF) (86qF) Cooling mode (73.4qF) (78.8qF) (80.6qF) Cooling mode
Control temp. Control temp.
Heating mode Heating mode
Differential value set to 1qC (1.8qF) Differential value set to 5qC (9qF)
Set heating temp. Set cooling temp. Set heating temp. Set cooling temp.
26qC 27qC 29qC 22qC 22.5qC 25qC 27qC
Cooling
24.5qC (78.8qF) (80.6qF) (84.2qF) mode (71.6qF) (72.5qF) (77qF) (80.6qF) Cooling mode
(76.1qF)
Differential value set to 2qC (3.6qF) Differential value set to 6qC (10.8qF)
Set heating temp. Set cooling temp. Set heating Set cooling temp.
temp.
25qC 27qC 28qC 22qC 24qC 27qC
Cooling
24qC (77qF) (80.6qF) (82.4qF) mode 21qC (71.6qF) (75.2qF) (80.6qF) Cooling mode
(75.2qF) (69.8qF)
Differential value set to 3qC (5.4qF) Differential value set to 7qC (12.6qF)
Set heating temp. Set cooling temp. Set heating Set cooling temp.
temp.
24qC 27qC 21.5qC 23qC 27qC
23.5qC (75.2qF) (80.6qF) 20qC (70.7qF) (73.4qF) (80.6qF) Cooling mode
Cooling mode
(74.3qF) (68qF)

6.4 List of Swing Flap Operations

Swing flaps operate as shown in table below.
Flap
Operation mode Fan
FCQ FHQ FAQ
Hot start from defrost Swing OFF Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal
operation
Airflow direction set OFF Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal
Defrost operation Swing OFF Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal
Airflow direction set OFF Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal
Thermostat OFF Swing LL Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal
Heating
Airflow direction set LL Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal
Hot start from thermostat Swing LL Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal
OFF mode (for prevention of
cold air) Airflow direction set LL Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal
Stop Swing OFF Horizontal Horizontal Totally closed

Airflow direction set OFF Horizontal Horizontal Totally closed
Thermostat ON in program Swing L (∗1) Swing Swing Swing
dry
Airflow direction set L (∗1) Set Set Set
Thermostat OFF in program Swing OFF or L Swing Swing Swing
dry
Airflow direction set Set Set Set
Thermostat OFF in cooling Swing Set Swing Swing Swing
Cooling
Airflow direction set Set Set Set Set
Stop Swing OFF Horizontal Horizontal Totally closed
Airflow direction set OFF Set Horizontal Totally closed
Microcomputer control Swing L Swing Swing Swing
(including cooling operation)
Airflow direction set L Set Set Set
Note(s) ∗1. L or LL only on FCQ models

6.5 Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)

At startup with thermostat ON or after the completion of defrosting in heating operation, the
indoor fan is controlled to prevent cold air from blasting out and ensure startup capacity.
TH2 : Temperature detected with the gas thermistor
Tc : High pressure equivalent saturated temperature
Starting condition Ending condition
· Defrost ending · Lapse of 3 minutes
OR · Oil return ending OR · TH2 > 34°C (93.2°F)
· Thermostat ON · Tc > 52°C (125.6°F)
Hot start control Hot start in progress
H/L remote Normal control

controller setting
Fan
LL
The fan is not OFF before initiating the hot start: LL
The fan is OFF before initiating the hot start: OFF
OFF
Remote controller Normal control
Louver
setting
P0 (Horizontal)
 FTQ-TA (when the heater is to be used)
Starting condition Ending condition

· Defrost ending · Lapse of 3 minutes
OR · Oil return ending OR · TH2 > 34˚C (93.2˚F)
· Thermostat ON · Tc > 52˚C (125.6˚F)
Hot start control Hot start in progress
Airflow rate at Normal control

heater startup
Fan
LL
The fan is not OFF before initiating the hot start: LL
The fan is OFF before initiating the hot start: OFF
OFF
Normal control
Heater
ON
OFF

6.6 Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt (FCQ Models

Only)
We have added a control feature that allows you to select the range of in which air direction can be
adjusted in order to prevent the ceiling surrounding the air discharge outlet of ceiling mounted
cassette type units from being soiled.
Existing position
P0
P1
P2
P3
P4
Draft prevention position Standard Setting Ceiling soiling prevention

position position
(Not for Multi flow type)
P0 P0 P0
P1 P1
P0' P2
P2
P3 P1' P4 P0''
P4 P1''
P4 P2'
P2''
P3' P3''
P4' P4''
Draft
prevention
position
P0 P1 P2 P3 P4 Same as existing position
Range of direction adjustment
Standard Separated into 5 positions

position
Prohibited P0' P1' P2' P3' P4' (P1 - 4)
Range of direction adjustment

Dirt Separated into 5 positions
prevention Prohibited P0'' P1'' P2'' P3'' P4'' (P2 - 4)
position
The factory setting position is draft prevention position.

6.7 Drain Pump Control

6.7.1 Normal Operation
OFF
Float switch
ON
Thermostat ON
(running)
OFF
ON
Error display
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min.
 The float switch is ON in normal operation.

 When cooling operation starts (thermostat ON), the drain pump turns ON simultaneously.
 After the thermostat turns OFF, the drain pump continues to operate for another 5 minutes.
 The aim of residual operation after thermostat OFF is to eliminate the dew that condenses on
the indoor heat exchanger during cooling operation.
6.7.2 If the Float Switch is OFF with the Thermostat ON in Cooling Operation
1 2 4
3
OFF
Float switch
ON
Thermostat ON
(running)
OFF
A3
ON
Error display
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min. 5 sec. 5 min. 5 sec.
 When the float switch turns OFF, the thermostat turns OFF simultaneously.
 After the thermostat turns OFF, the drain pump continues to operate for another 5 minutes.
∗1. If the float switch turns ON again during the residual operation of the drain pump, cooling
operation also turns on again (thermostat ON).
∗2. If the float switch remains OFF even after the residual operation of the drain pump has
ended, the error code A3 is displayed on the remote controller.
∗3. The drain pump turns OFF once residual operation has ended, then turns ON again after
5 seconds.
∗4. After A3 is displayed and the unit comes to an abnormal stop, the thermostat will remain
OFF even if the float switch turns ON again.

6.7.3 If the Float Switch is OFF with the Thermostat OFF in Cooling
Operation
OFF
Float switch
ON
Thermostat ON
(running)
OFF
A3
ON
Error display
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min. 5 sec.
 When the float switch turns OFF, the drain pump turns ON simultaneously.
 If the float switch remains OFF even after the residual operation of the drain pump has ended,
the error code A3 is displayed on the remote controller.
 The drain pump turns OFF once residual operation has ended, then turns ON again after 5
seconds.
6.7.4 If the Float Switch Turns OFF and ON Continuously, or the Float Switch
Turns OFF While AF Displayed
∗1 ∗2 ∗3
} }
OFF
Float switch
ON
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
Thermostat ON
(running)
OFF
AF A3
ON
Error display
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min. 5 min. 5 min. 5 min. 5 min. 5 min. 5 min. 5 sec.
 When the float switch turns OFF, the drain pump turns ON simultaneously.
∗1: If the float switch continues to turn OFF and ON 5 times consecutively, it is judged as a
drain system error and the error code AF is displayed on the remote controller.
∗2: The drain pump continues to turn ON/OFF in accordance with the float switch ON/OFF
even after AF is displayed on the remote controller.
∗3: While the error code AF is displayed, if the float switch remains OFF even after the
residual operation of the drain pump has ended, the error code A3 will be displayed on
the remote controller.

6.8 Freeze-Up Prevention

Freeze-Up Prevention by Off Cycle (Indoor Unit Individual Control)
When the temperature detected by the liquid pipe temperature thermistor of the indoor heat
exchanger drops too low, the unit enters freeze-up prevention control in accordance with the
following conditions, and is also set in accordance with the conditions given below. (Thermostat
OFF)
When freeze-up prevention is activated, the electronic expansion valve is closed, the drain pump
turns on and the airflow rate is fixed to L tap. When the following conditions for cancelling are
satisfied, it will reset.
Conditions for starting:

Liquid pipe temperature ≤ – 1°C (30.2°F) (for total of 40 minutes)
or
Liquid pipe temperature ≤ – 5°C (23°F) (for total of 10 minutes)
Condition for cancelling:

Liquid pipe temperature ≥ +7°C (44.6°F) (for 10 minutes continuously)
Liquid pipe 10 min.
temperature
+7ºC
(44.6°F)
0ºC
(32°F)
–5ºC
(23°F) Freeze-up prevention control
Forced OFF by thermostat Normal operation
10 min.
OR Start Cancel
10 min.
+7ºC
(44.6°F)
0ºC
(32°F)
–1ºC
(30.2°F) Freeze-up prevention control
t1 t2 t3 t4 t > 40 minutes
Start Cancel
Concept of freeze-up prevention control

System avoids freeze-up
 For comfort, system avoids unnecessary thermostat ON/OFF
 For ensuring compressor reliability, system avoids unnecessary compressor ON/OFF
When freeze-up prevention control starts, system makes sure the frost is completely removed.
 System avoids water leakage.

Note(s) When the indoor unit is FCQ, if the air outlet is set as dual-directional or tri-directional, the starting
conditions will be changed as follows.
Liquid pipe temperature ≤ 1°C (33.8°F) (for total of 15 minutes)
or
Liquid pipe temperature ≤ 0°C (32°F) (for 1 minute continuously)
During freeze-up prevention operation, the airflow rate is fixed to LL.
(The cancelling conditions are same as the standard.)
Liquid pipe 10 min.
temperature
+7ºC
(44.6°F)
0ºC
Freeze-up prevention control
(32°F) Normal operation
Forced OFF by thermostat
1 min.
Start Cancel
OR 10 min.
+7ºC
(44.6°F)
+1ºC
(33.8°F) Freeze-up prevention control
t1 t2 t3 t4 t > 15 minutes
Start Cancel

6.9 Heater Control (Except FTQ-TA Models)

Note(s) Optional PCB KRP1B... is required for heater control.
Heater control is conducted in the following manner.

Normal control
While in heating operation, heater control (ON/OFF) is conducted as shown on the right.
ON Set temperature
OFF
2ºC 2ºC
(3.6˚F) (3.6˚F)
Overload control
When the system is overloaded in heating operation, the heater will be turned OFF in the following
two manners.
(1) Heater control (ON/OFF) is conducted through the liquid pipe temperature (R2T) of the indoor
unit.
43ºC 50ºC
ON (109.4˚F) (122˚F) Liquid pipe temperature
OFF
(2) Heater control (ON/OFF) is conducted by converting the heater temperature into the
condensing pressure equivalent saturated temperature (Tc) according to the temperature detection
through the high pressure sensor (S1NPH) of the outdoor unit.
50ºC 60ºC
ON (122˚F) (140˚F) Condensing pressure
equivalent saturated
temperature
OFF
Fan residual operation

When the heater turns OFF, in order to prevent the activation of the thermal protector, the fan
conducts residual operation for a given period of time after the heater turns OFF. (This operation is
conducted regardless of whether or not a heater is equipped.)
Residual operation time: 100 seconds on ceiling suspended type or 60 seconds on other types

6.10 Heater Control (FTQ-TA Models)

Note(s) Optional heater kit HKS... is required.
For FTQ-TA models, heater ON/OFF output from wiring adaptor interlocks with the operation of
heater kit HKS….(When the heater 1 turns ON/OFF, heater output of wiring adaptor turns
ON/OFF.)
Fan residual operation also interlocks with the fan residual operation of heater kit HKS…. The
residual time will be 90 seconds. (Refer to Fan Control (Heater Residual) (FTQ-TA Models) on
page 142.)

6.10.1 Auxiliary Electric Heater Control

If heating is insufficient in heat pump system alone, an electric heater is to be used as the auxiliary
heater. The following shows the ON/OFF conditions for the electric heater.
Heater not allowed

• Heating/Automatic heating • Not in heating/Automatic heating
& OR • Auxiliary heater enabled: 0 (∗3)
• Auxiliary heater enabled: 1 Heater 1: OFF
Heater 2: OFF
Heater allowed Thermostat OFF

Thermostat OFF/Operation OFF
Heater 1: OFF
Heater 2: OFF
Thermostat ON Thermostat OFF
Thermostat ON
H/P Heating: In operation
Heater 1: OFF
Heater 2: OFF Condition C
Fan: ON
ENTRY/
5 minutes timer starts. H/P In defrost/oil return
Heater 1: ON
Heater 2: OFF
Fan: ON
• Condition A Condition B
& • Time up Condition B
• Thermostat step 2: ON
Not
Condition B
• Not Condition A
Heater 1: ON OR
• Thermostat step 2: OFF
Heater 2: OFF
Fan: ON
ENTRY/
5 minutes timer starts.
& • Time up
• Electric heater capacity
OR • Electric heater capacity setting:
setting (∗5): Setting available
Setting not available

Heater 1: ON
Heater 2: ON
(OFF for single heater) Not
Fan: ON Condition A

Condition A
• No fan motor system error
• High pressure condition: ON (∗1)
• Liquid pipe temperature condition: ON (∗2)
& • Heater ON permission (Defrost/oil Return): 0 (∗4)
& • Not during defrost/oil return
OR
• Heater ON permission (Defrost/oil return): 1 (∗4)
Condition B
& • During defrost/oil return
Condition C
• Not during defrost/oil return
OR • Fan motor system error
Note(s)
∗1: High pressure condition
ON
OFF
Tc
49 54 (˚C)
120.2 129.2 (˚F)
∗2: Liquid pipe temperature condition
ON
OFF
TH2
46 49 (˚C)
114.8 120.2 (˚F)
∗3: Auxiliary heater enabled
1: • Electric heater setting (Field setting 11 (21)-3): 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 (∗6)

&
• Electric heater capacity setting ≠ 01
0: Other than the above
∗4: Heater ON permission (Defrost/oil return)
1: Electric heater setting (Field setting 11 (21)-3): 8, 10, 12 (∗6)

0: Electric heater setting (Field setting 11 (21)-3): 2, 4, 6 (∗6)
∗5: Field setting 11 (21)-5. Refer to page 157.

∗6: Refer to page 157.

6.10.2 Heat Pump Lockout Control

For heating operation, users can select to use electric heater. For this, signals are sent using ABC
terminal of outdoor unit PCB.
When the hot-water heating signal is received from the outdoor unit PCB, heating operation is
performed only with the electric heater as manual backup operation. The ON/OFF conditions for
the electric heater are shown below.
Thermostat OFF/Operation OFF

ENTRY/
• Condition A
&
• Time up (∗2)
H/P Heating: Not in operation

Heater 1: ON
Heater 2: OFF
Fan: ON
Not
Entry/ Condition A
• Thermostat step 2: ON • Thermostat step 2: OFF

• Time up
& OR • Electric heater capacity setting:
• Electric heater capacity
Setting not available
setting: Setting available
H/P Heating: Not in operation

Heater 1: ON
Heater 2: ON Not
(OFF for single heater) Condition A
Fan: ON
Condition A
• Heating or automatic heating mode
&
• Hot-water heater: 1 (ON)
• Heater backup prohibiting conditions (∗1) not met
(Not Condition B)
Condition B: Heater backup prohibiting conditions (∗1)

• Indoor unit error (Abnormal stop)
• Indoor unit error (Remote controller thermistor error)
OR
• Indoor unit error (Remote sensor error)
• Electric heater capacity setting: 01 (No heater kit)
Note(s)
∗1: The heater backup prohibiting conditions are prioritized. Even when the heater ON
conditions are met, the heater is turned OFF when the prohibiting conditions are met.
∗2: When the remote controller is ON, Time-up will be set to the initial value.

6.11 3-Step Thermostat Processing (FTQ-TA Models)

Outline
The thermostat ON/OFF for the indoor unit is controlled in accordance with Thermostat step 1.
The heater ON/OFF operation during heating is controlled as follows.
Thermostat step 2, 3: Auxiliary electric heater control
Thermostat step 1, 2: Heat pump lockout control
For more details of the heater, refer to Heater Control (FTQ-TA Models) on page 137.
Detail
• No errors (except errors in which the system keeps operating)
& has occurred.
• Remote controller ON
• Thermostat step 1: OFF Perform the processing in
• Thermostat step 2: OFF the following chart. (∗5)
Other conditions
(1) Cooling (2) Heating
ON Thermostat step 2 ON Thermostat step 3

OFF 1.5 1.5
OFF
2+S (∗1)
4+S (∗1) ON Thermostat step 2
OFF Ton+S Toff+S (∗1,2,3)
Thermostat step 1 (∗1,2,3)
ON
OFF ON Thermostat step 1
OFF
A (∗4) B (∗4) Controlled temperature B (∗4) A (∗4) Controlled
Set temperature (Ts’) (Tcon)(˚C)
Set temperature (Ts’) temperature
(Tcon)(˚C)
Note(s)
∗1. S value varies automatically based on the room temperature trend.
∗2. Ton + S > –B (°C), Toff + S < A (°C)
∗3. For parameters, refer to page 156.
∗4. A and B values vary automatically based on the field setting 12 (22)-2.
∗5. If, directly after a change in conditions, it is such that the thermostat could be either ON or
OFF (controlled temperature is within ranges A and B), the thermostat will be switched to
ON.

6.12 Fan Control (Heater Residual) (FTQ-TA Models)

Outline
If the indoor heater turned OFF from ON during heating operation, the fan will keep operating for
further period of time in order to cool the heater.
Detail
Residual ON
• Heater turned OFF from ON
Fan (∗1)
Residual OFF
ENTRY/
• Heater ON 90 sec. timer starts.
OR • Time up (∗2)
∗1. When the heater is ON, the airflow rate of the fan will be whichever is the largest between
the CFM dictated by the heater's own capacity, or the fan tap CFM determined by other
controls.
∗2. Fan residual operation will continue, even if the indoor unit is turned off with the remote
controller operation button.
6.13 Interlocked with External Equipment (FTQ-TA Models)

6.13.1 Air Purifier (UV Lamp)
When an air purifier is connected onsite, the fan is operated with the airflow rate set of the remote
controller or with the H tap.
• Remote control operation Fan operation at preset tap

& (including thermostat OFF) (Fan tap can be changed by field setting
• External input: ON (∗1) 14 (24)-4.)
∗1. External input ON is an input signal to the X1M-AIR CLEANER terminal on the PCB.
∗2. Field setting 14 (24)-4. Refer to page 164.
6.13.2 Humidifier
When a humidifier is connected onsite, the fan operates with the airflow rate set of the remote
controller or with the H tap.
• Remote control operation: ON Fan operation at preset tap

& (including thermostat OFF) (Fan tap can be changed by field setting
• External input: ON (∗1) 14 (24)-4.)
• Remote control operation: ON

Fan residual operation for 30 seconds
& (including thermostat OFF)
(Fan tap can be changed by field setting
• When the external input
14 (24)-4.)
changes from ON to OFF.
∗1. External input ON is an input signal to the X1M-AIR CLEANER terminal on the PCB.
∗2. Field setting 14 (24)-4. Refer to page 164.
Note(s) This control is not applicable to the humidifier connected to the wiring adaptor, but to the humidifier
connected to HUMIDIFIER on the X1M terminal of the indoor unit PCB.

6.13.3 Economizer
When indoor and outdoor air temperatures are reversed, the compressor is stopped to let in the
outdoor air to save energy.
This operation is called economizer operation, and the equipment to detect indoor and outdoor air
temperatures and open and close the damper to perform this operation is called an economizer.
The economizer detects indoor and outdoor air temperatures, informs the air conditioner that the
economizer operation is ready, and opens and closes the damper.
The indoor unit stops the outdoor unit when it receives a signal from the economizer and performs
air supply operation.
When the indoor air temperature is cooled down sufficiently by the economizer operation, and it is
no longer necessary (thermostat OFF), the indoor unit outputs a signal to the economizer to close
the damper.
Thermostat ON signal
• Cooling mode
&
• When the thermostat is ON
Stop the thermostat ON signal (∗1) Transfer the thermostat ON signal (∗1) to
to the economizer. the economizer.
Other conditions
Operation
Normal operation
Other • Cooling mode
conditions & • When the thermostat is ON
• External output: ON (∗2)
Free cooling • Economizer set time (∗3) ≠ Free cooling & Mech Cooling
Free cooling only
• Air conditioner operation is & • Thermostat ON continues for • Air conditioner operation is
stopped. the economizer set time (∗3) started.
• The remote controller indicates • The remote controller
cooling operation. indicates cooling operation.
• The fan tap follows the remote • Tcon ≤ Ts’ continues for 1 • The fan tap follows the
controller. OR minute remote controller.
• Economizer set time (∗3):
Free cooling only
Indoor unit ON signal
Remote control ON
Stop indoor unit ON signal (∗4) Transfer indoor unit ON signal (∗4) to the
to the economizer. economizer.
Remote control OFF
∗1 Thermostat ON signal: A signal to turn ON the indoor unit thermostat and allow the
economizer to open the damper.
It turns ON the relay on the X2M-ECONOMIZER2 on the PCB.
∗2 External input ON is an input signal to the X1M-ECONOMIZER1 terminal on the PCB.
∗3 Refer to Optional Kit Setting (UV lamp + Humidifier + Economizer) (for FTQ-TA models)
on page 164.
∗4 Remote control ON signal: Contact output which shows the operating status of the indoor
unit.
This signal turns on the relay X2M-CONTROL ON/OFF on the PCB.

SiUS281811EA
Part 5
Field Settings and
Test Operation
1. Field Setting from Remote Controller......................................................145
1.2 Simplified Remote Controller.................................................................... 147
1.4 List of Field Settings for Indoor Unit ......................................................... 149
1.5 Details of Field Settings for Indoor Unit.................................................... 153
1.6 Operation Control Mode ........................................................................... 168
2. Field Settings from Outdoor Unit.............................................................169
2.1 Capacity Setting ....................................................................................... 169
2.2 Setting Mode and Monitor Mode .............................................................. 170
2.3 Setting Mode 1 ......................................................................................... 171
2.4 Setting Mode 2 ......................................................................................... 173
2.5 Monitor Mode ........................................................................................... 177
2.6 Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand Operation ......................... 179
2.7 Setting of Refrigerant Recovery Mode ..................................................... 182
2.8 Setting of Vacuuming Mode ..................................................................... 182
2.9 Check Operation ...................................................................................... 183
2.10 Setting of Auxiliary Heater Control ........................................................... 184
2.11 Setting of Heat Pump Lockout and Emergency Heat Mode..................... 185
3. Test Operation ........................................................................................187
3.1 Check Work Prior to Turning Power Supply ON ...................................... 187
3.2 Turn Power ON ........................................................................................ 187
3.3 Test Operation.......................................................................................... 188
3.4 Error Codes and Corresponding Measures.............................................. 191
3.5 When Turning ON Power First Time ........................................................ 193
3.6 When Turning ON Power the Second Time and Subsequent.................. 193
3.7 When an Indoor Unit or Outdoor Unit has been Added,
or Indoor or Outdoor Unit PCB has been Changed.................................. 193
144 Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation

SiUS281811EA Field Setting from Remote Controller
1. Field Setting from Remote Controller

Individual function of indoor unit can be changed from the remote controller. At the time of
installation or after service inspection / repair, make the field setting in accordance with the
following description.
Wrong setting may cause error.
(When optional accessory is mounted on the indoor unit, setting for the indoor unit may be required
to change. Refer to information in the option handbook.)

1.1.1 BRC1E73
1. Press and hold Cancel button for 4
<Basic screen>
seconds or more.
(1) Service settings menu is displayed.
2. Select Field Settings in the Service

Settings menu, and press Menu/OK
button.
Field settings screen is displayed.
Press and hold Cancel 3. Highlight the mode, and select desired
button for 4 seconds or
more during backlight lit. “Mode No.” by using (Up/Down)
button.
<Service Settings menu screen> 4. In the case of setting per indoor unit
(2) during group control (When Mode No.
such as 20, 21, 22, 23, 25 are selected),
highlight the unit No. and select
“Indoor unit No.” to be set by
using (Up/Down) button.
(In the case of group total setting,
this operation is not needed.)
Press Menu/OK button.
In the case of individual setting per indoor
unit, current settings are displayed. And,
<Service Settings screen> SECOND CODE NO. “ - ” means no
In the case of group total
function.
In the case of individual
setting per indoor unit setting
(3) (3) 5. Highlight SECOND CODE NO. of the
(4) (5) FIRST CODE NO. to be changed, and
select desired “SECOND CODE NO.” by
(5)
using (Up/Down) button. Multiple
identical mode number settings are
SECOND CODE NO. available.
FIRST CODE (SW) NO.
In case of setting for all indoor units in the
remote control group, available SECOND
CODE NO. is displayed as “ ∗ ” which
means it can be changed.
When SECOND CODE NO. is displayed
as “ - ”, there is no function.
Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation 145

Field Setting from Remote Controller SiUS281811EA
6. Press Menu/OK button. Setting

confirmation screen is displayed.
<Setting confirmation screen>
7. Select Yes and press Menu/OK button.
(6) Setting details are determined and field
(7) settings screen returns.
8. In the case of multiple setting changes,

repeat (3) to (7).
9. After all setting changes are completed,

press Cancel button twice.
Setting confirmation 10. Backlight goes out, and

Checking the connection.
Please standby. is displayed for
initialization. After the initialization,
the basic screen returns.
Note(s)  Installation of optional accessories on the indoor unit may require changes to field settings. See
the manual of the optional accessory.
 For field setting details related to the indoor unit, see installation manual shipped with the indoor
unit.

1.2 Simplified Remote Controller
Mode No.
First code
No.
Unit No.
Second
code No.
(3)
(3)
(2)(8) (7) (4) (5) (6)
1. Remove the upper part of remote controller.

2. When in the normal mode, press the BS6 button (2) (field setting) to enter the field setting
mode.
3. Select the desired Mode No. with the BS2 button (3) (temperature setting ) and the BS3
button (3) (temperature setting ).
4. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 22, and 23 have been
selected), press the BS8 (4) button (unit No.) and select the indoor unit No. to be set. (This
operation is unnecessary when setting by group.)
5. Press the BS9 button (5) (set A) and select first code No.
6. Press the BS10 button (6) (set B) and select second code No.
7. Press the BS7 button (7) (set/cancel) once and the present settings are confirmed.
8. Press the BS6 button (8) (field setting) to return to the normal mode.

UP button
Mode No.
RESERVE button
First code No.
MODE button
Second code No.
INSPECTION/TEST
button
Setting
To set the field settings, you have to change:
 Mode No.
 First code No.
 Second code No.
To change the field settings, proceed as follows:

1. Press the INSPECTION/TEST button for 4 seconds during normal mode to enter the field
setting mode.
2. Press the MODE button to select the desired mode No.
3. Press the UP button to select the first code No.
4. Press the DOWN button to select the second code No.
5. Press the RESERVE button to confirm the setting.
6. Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to return to the normal mode.

1.4 List of Field Settings for Indoor Unit

Mode First Second Code No.
Page
No. Code Description
(∗2) No. 01 02 03 04 Reference
Filter Ultra long life Approx. Approx.

cleaning filter 10,000 5,000
sign interval hrs. hrs.
Long life filter Approx. Approx.
Light
0 2,500 Heavy 1,250 — — 153
 hrs. hrs.
Standard filter Approx.
Approx.
200
hrs. 100 hrs.
0 (∗8) Filter sign setting Light Heavy — — 153

1 Filter type Long life filter Ultra long life filter — — 153
1 (∗8) Filter cleaning sign interval Short interval Long interval — — 153
10 (20)
Remote controller thermistor Remote
controller Only remote
2 thermistor + Only suction air controller — 153
thermistor
Suction air thermistor
thermistor
Remote sensor and remote Only remote
Only remote
2 (∗8) controller thermistor — controller — 153
sensor thermistor
thermistor
3 Filter cleaning sign Displayed Not displayed — — 155
Remote controller thermistor
6 Not permitted Permitted — — 153
control during group control
7 (∗6) Time for absence area 30 minutes 60 minutes — — 155

detection
Auxiliary electric heater ON
1 (∗8)
temperature: Ton
Auxiliary electric heater
1 Refer to the page on the right for details. 156
ON/OFF temperature: Ton/Toff
2 (∗8) Auxiliary electric heater OFF

temperature: Toff
Setting of airflow rate when
3 Standard Slightly increased Increased — 156
heating
3 (∗8) Electric heater setting Refer to the page on the right for details. 157
5 (∗8) Electric heater capacity setting Refer to the page on the right for details. 157
11 (21) Setting the rate of human Infrared
detection Standard presence
6 (∗6) High sensitivity Low sensitivity 157
sensitivity sensor
disabled
Automatic airflow adjustment Start of
Completion of
7 OFF airflow — 158
airflow adjustment
adjustment
Compensating the temperature Priority given on Priority given
Suction air
8 (∗6) around people the suction air Standard on the floor 159
temperature only
temperature temperature
Compensating the floor
9 (∗6) –4°C (–7.2°F) –2°C (–3.6°F) 0°C (0°F) 2°C (3.6°F) 159
temperature when heating

Mode First Second Code No.

Page
No. Code Description
(∗2) No. 01 02 03 04 Reference
Optional accessories output

0 selection (field selection of Refer to the page on the right for details. 160
output for adaptor for wiring)
External ON/OFF input
1 (Set when ON/OFF is to be Refer to the page on the right for details. 160
controlled from outside.)
Thermostat differential
2 changeover (Set when remote 1°C (1.8°F) 0.5°C (0.9°F) — — 160
12 (22) sensor is to be used.)
Airflow setting when heating
3 (∗7) LL tap Set fan speed OFF — 161
thermostat is OFF
4 Automatic mode differential Refer to the page on the right for details. 161
5 Auto restart after power failure OFF ON — — 161
Airflow setting when cooling
6 (∗7) thermostat is OFF LL tap Set fan speed OFF — 161
Ceiling height setting/setting of High ceiling

0 Standard High ceiling (1) — 162
normal airflow (2)
Airflow direction setting
F (4 W (2
1 (Set when a sealing material kit T (3 directions) — 162
directions) directions)
has been installed)
Swing pattern settings All direction
Facing
13 (23) 2 (∗6) synchronized — — 163
swing
swing
Airflow direction adjustment Ceiling
4 range Draft prevention Standard Soiling — 163
prevention
6 External static pressure Refer to the page on the right for details. 163
settings
Optional kit setting (UV lamp +
4 (∗8) Refer to the page on the right for details. 164
humidifier + economizer)
14 Residential dry Set
(24) Set temperature:
temperature:
5 (∗8) same as cooling — — 164
room set temperature
temperature
0 Drain pump operation settings — ON OFF — 164
1 Humidification when heating Not equipped Equipped — — 164

thermostat is OFF
Direct duct connection
15 (25) 2 (∗5) (when the indoor unit and Not equipped Equipped — — 165
energy recovery ventilator are
connected by duct directly.)
3 Drain pump and humidifier Not Interlocked — — 165

interlock selection interlocked
5 Individual ventilation setting — (Normal) Individual — — 165
1b 4 Display of error codes on the — Two-digit display — Four-digit 165

remote controller display
Room temperature display Room Room
0 temperature is temperature is — — 166
not displayed displayed
Thermistor sensor for auto Utilize the
1c
changeover and setback Utilize the return remote
1 control by the remote controller air thermistor controller — — 166
thermistor
3 Access permission level setting Level 2 Level 3 — — 166
2 Setback availability N/A Heat only Cool only Cool/heat 167
1e Setting restricted/permitted of
14 Refer to the page on the right for details. 167
airflow block

Note(s) 1. Settings are made simultaneously for the entire group, however, if you select the mode No.
inside parentheses, you can also set by each individual unit. Setting changes however
cannot be checked except in the individual mode for those in parentheses.
∗2. The mode numbers inside parentheses cannot be used by wireless remote controllers, so
they cannot be set individually. Setting changes also cannot be checked.
3. Do not make settings other than those described above. Nothing is displayed for functions
the indoor unit is not equipped with.
4. 88 or Checking the connection. Please stand by. may be displayed to indicate the remote controller is
resetting when returning to the normal mode.
∗5. If the setting mode set to Equipped, energy recovery ventilator fan conducts the fan residual
operation by linking to indoor unit.
∗6. Available for setting when option with the built-in human detection and floor temperature
detection functions are mounted.
∗7. If the airflow setting when thermostat is OFF is set to OFF (12 (22)-3-03, 12 (22)-6-03), the air in the indoor
unit will be stagnant and suction air thermistor may not detect room temperature correctly, resulting in
problems that thermostat will not be ON easily.
Use optional remote sensor in such conditions, or set the field setting 10 (20)-2 to 03 (only remote controller
thermistor).
∗8. Only for FTQ-TA models.

Applicable Range of Field Settings

Mode
First Code No. Description of Setting FCQ FHQ FAQ FBQ FTQ
No.
0 Filter cleaning sign interval     ―
0 Filter sign setting ― ― ― ― 
1 Filter type  ― ― ― ―
1 Filter cleaning sign interval ― ― ― ― 
10
(20) 2 Thermistor selection     
3 Filter sign display     
Remote controller thermistor control during group
6     
control
7 Time for absence area detection  ― ― ― ―
1 Auxiliary electric heater ON temperature ― ― ― ― 
1 Auxiliary electric heater ON/OFF temperature  ― ― ― ―
2 Auxiliary electric heater OFF temperature ― ― ― ― 
3 Setting of airflow rate when heating  ― ― ― ―
3 Electric heater setting ― ― ― ― 
11
(21) 5 Electric heater capacity setting ― ― ― ― 
6 Setting the rate of human detection  ― ― ― ―
7 Automatic airflow adjustment ― ― ―  ―
8 Compensating the temperature around people  ― ― ― ―
9 Compensating the floor temperature when  ― ― ― ―

heating
0 Optional accessories output selection     
1 External ON/OFF input     
2 Thermostat differential changeover     
12
3 Airflow setting when heating thermostat is OFF     
(22)
4 Automatic mode differential     
5 Auto restart after power failure reset     
6 Airflow setting when cooling thermostat is OFF     
0 Ceiling height setting, setting of normal airflow     ―
1 Airflow direction setting  ―  ― ―
13
2 Swing pattern settings  ― ― ― ―
(23)
4 Airflow direction adjustment range  ―  ― ―
6 External static pressure settings ― ― ―  ―
Optional kit setting (UV lamp + humidifier +
14 4 ― ― ― ― 
economizer)
(24)
5 Residential dry ― ― ― ― 
0 Drain pump operation settings ― ― ―  ―
1 Humidification when heating thermostat is OFF     
15
2 Direct duct connection  ―  ― ―
(25)
3 Drain pump and humidifier interlock selection     ―
5 Individual ventilation setting     
1b 4 Display of error codes on the remote controller     
0 Room temperature display     
Thermistor sensor for auto changeover and
1c 1 setback control by the remote controller     
3 Access permission level setting     

2 Setback availability     
1e
14 Setting restricted/permitted of airflow block  ― ― ― ―
: Available
—: Not available

1.5 Details of Field Settings for Indoor Unit

1.5.1 Filter Cleaning Sign Interval, Filter Type
When the setting 10 (20)-3 is set to 01 (Displayed), filter cleaning sign is displayed on the remote
controller after a certain period of operation time. This setting is used to change the display interval
of filter cleaning sign when the filter contamination is heavy.
The filter cleaning sign interval is determined as follows depending on the combination of Mode No.
10 (20)-0 and 10 (20)-1.
10 (20)-1 01: Long life filter 02: Ultra long life filter
Setting Filter contamination Light Heavy Light Heavy
heavy/light 10 (20)-0 01 02 01 02
FCQ-TA
FHQ-P
2,500 hrs. 1,250 hrs. 10,000 hrs. 5,000 hrs.
Model FHQ-M
FBQ-P
FAQ-TA 200 hrs. 100 hrs. 200 hrs. 100 hrs.
10 (20)-1 01: Short interval 02: Long interval
Setting Filter contamination Light Heavy Light Heavy
heavy/light 10 (20)-0 01 02 01 02
Model FTQ-TA 2,500 hrs. 1,250 hrs. 10,000 hrs. 5,000 hrs.
1.5.2 Thermistor Selection

Select a thermistor to control the room temperature.
When the unit is not equipped with an infrared floor sensor:
Mode First Code Second
Contents
No. No. Code No.
01 Remote controller thermistor and suction air thermistor for

indoor unit
10 (20) 2
02 Suction air thermistor for indoor unit
03 Remote controller thermistor
The factory setting for the Second code No. is 01 and room temperature is controlled by the suction
air thermistor for indoor unit and remote controller thermistor. When the Second code No. is set to
02, room temperature is controlled by the suction air thermistor. When the Second code No. is set
to 03, room temperature is controlled by the remote controller thermistor.
 FTQ-TA : Factory setting

Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No. Contents
01 —
02 Remote sensor thermistor
10 (20) 2
03 Remote controller thermistor
When the Second Code No. is set to 02, room temperature is controlled by the remote sensor
thermistor. When the Second Code No. is set to 03, room temperature is controlled by the remote
controller thermistor.

(°F) (°C)
96.8 36
93.2 34 In cooling
89.6 32
Suction air Remote controller Suction air
86 30
Set temperature
thermistor thermistor thermistor
82.4 28 Suction air Remote controller Suction air

78.8 26
75.2 24
71.6 22
68 20
17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 (°C)
62.6 66.2 69.8 73.4 77 80.6 84.2 87.8 91.4 95 98.6 (°F)
Suction air temperature
(°F) (°C)
89.6 32
86 30
82.4 28
78.8 26 In heating
Set temperature

75.2 24
71.6 22 thermistor thermistor thermistor
68 20
64.4 18
60.8 16
57.2 14
14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 (°C)
57.2 60.8 64.4 68 71.6 75.2 78.8 82.4 86 89.6 93.2 (°F)
Suction air temperature
When the unit is equipped with an infrared floor sensor:

Mode No. First Code No. Second Code No.
10 (20) 2 01 02 02 02 02 03
11 (21) 8 01 01 02 03 04 01
The thermistor to be used
Remote controller thermistor z — — — — z
Suction air thermistor z z z z z —
Infrared floor sensor — — z z z —
The infrared floor Priority given to Priority given to the

sensor is not used the suction air floor temperature ( )
temperature ( )
Only the remote
Only the suction air Standard setting controller thermistor
thermistor is used (Factory setting) is used
∗Refer to Compensating the temperature around people on page 159.

Note that the control is automatically switched to the one performed only by the suction air
thermistor for indoor unit when the Second code No. is 01 during group control.
To use the remote controller thermistor during the group control, select the Second code No. 02 in
First code No. 6.

Remote controller thermistor control is not
01
permitted during group control
10 (20) 6
Remote controller thermistor control is
02 permitted during group control
Note(s) When the 10 (20)-6 setting is changed to 02, several indoor units are controlled by one remote
controller thermistor, so note that the room temperature might be uneven.
1.5.3 Filter Cleaning Sign

Whether or not to display Filter Cleaning after operation of a certain duration can be selected.
Mode First Code No. Second Code Contents
No. No.
01 Displayed
10 (20) 3
02 Not displayed
∗Filter Cleaning is not displayed when an Auto-clean Panel is connected.
1.5.4 Time for Absence Area Detection

(For units with an infrared presence sensor)
By selecting the energy-saving operation mode when absent, the target temperature is shifted to
the energy-saving end by 1°C (1.8°F) (maximum 2°C (3.6°F)) after the state of absence continues
for a certain period of time.
Absent time defined for detection can be selected as follows:
Mode Second Code
First Code No. Contents
No. No.
01 30 minutes
10 (20) 7
02 60 minutes
Human detection
(°F) (°C) State of absence
87.8 31
86 30
84.2 29
82.4 28
Set temperature
80.6 27 Cooling (at 28°C (82.4°F))

78.8 26
69.8 21
Heating (at 20°C (68°F))
68 20
66.2 19
64.4 18
62.2 17
30 (60)∗ 60 (120)∗
Elapsed time of absence (min.)
∗ The values in parentheses represent the time
when Second code No. is 02.
 The set temperature displayed on the remote controller remains the same even if the target
temperature is shifted.
 As soon as people are detected while the temperature is shifted, this control will be cancelled
(reset).

1.5.5 Auxiliary Electric Heater ON/OFF Temperature

Thermostat
ON Set temperature
Thermostat
OFF
Toff + S(∗1)
Ton + S (∗1)
Note(s) ∗1. S value varies automatically based on the room temperature trend.
 FCQ-TA : Factory setting
First Code Second Code No.

Mode No. Symbol
No. 01 02 03 04 05 06
-4°C −3.5°C −3°C −2.5°C −2°C −1.5°C
Ton
(-7.2°F) (−6.3°F) (−5.4°F) (−4.5°F) (−3.6°F) (−2.7°F)
11 (21) 1
-2°C −1.5°C −1°C −0.5°C 0°C 0.5°C
Toff
(-3.6°F) (−2.7°F) (−1.8°F) (−0.9°F) (0°F) (0.9°F)

Mode No. Symbol
No. 01 02 03 04 05 06
-4°C −3.5°C −3°C −2.5°C −2°C −1.5°C
1 Ton
(-7.2°F) (−6.3°F) (−5.4°F) (−4.5°F) (−3.6°F) (−2.7°F)
11 (21)
2 Toff -2°C −1.5°C −1°C −0.5°C 0°C 0.5°C
(-3.6°F) (−2.7°F) (−1.8°F) (−0.9°F) (0°F) (0.9°F)
There is a limitation of combination between Ton and Toff as below due to 2°C (3.6°F) hysteresis
required for reliability.
Ton
01 02 03 04 05 06
Second Code No.
−4°C −3.5°C −3°C −2.5°C −2°C −1.5°C
(−7.2°F) (−6.3°F) (−5.4°F) (−4.5°F) (−3.6°F) (−2.7°F)
06 0.5°C (0.9°F) h h h h h h
05 0°C (0°F) h h h h h —
04 −0.5°C (−0.9°F) h h h h — —
Toff
03 −1°C (−1.8°F) h h h — — —
02 −1.5°C (−2.7°F) h h — — — —
01 −2°C (−3.6°F) h — — — — —
h: Available
—: Not available
1.5.6 Setting of Airflow Rate when Heating

The fan revolution is changed to maintain the sufficient distance for warm air to reach during the
heating operation. The setting should be changed depending on the installation condition of the
unit.
Mode First Code Second Code
No. No. No. Contents
01 Standard
11 (21) 3 02 Slightly increased
03 Increased
Note that this setting is effective only during the heating operation.

1.5.7 Electric Heater Setting

Contents
Second Code
Mode No. First Code No. No. Electric heater run for
Heater operation
defrost/oil return operation
Electric heater with heat
01 Not allowed
pump not allowed
02 pump allowed Not allowed
11 (21) 3
07 Allowed
pump not allowed
08 Allowed
pump allowed
1.5.8 Electric Heater Capacity Setting

Second Code No.
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
First
Mode Heater (kW)
Model Code
No.
No. No
heater 3 5 6 8 10 15 19
kit
FTQ18TAVJU h h h h h h — —
11 (21) 5
FTQ42TAVJU h — h h h h h h
FTQ48TAVJU h — h h h h h h
h: Available
—: Not available
1.5.9 Setting the Rate of Human Detection

(For units with an infrared presence sensor)
Set the sensitivity of the infrared presence sensor.
 The infrared presence sensor can be disabled by selecting the Second code No. 04.
Note(s) When the infrared presence sensor is disabled, the remote controller menu does not display some
functions such as the automatic draft reduction, energy-saving operation in absence and halt in
absence.
Contents
No. No. No.
01 High sensitivity
02 Low sensitivity
11 (21) 6
03 Standard sensitivity
04 Infrared presence/floor sensor disabled

1.5.10 Automatic Airflow Adjustment

Make external static pressure setting automatically using automatic airflow adjustment, or manually
using external static pressure settings.
 FBQ-P
The volume of blow-off air is automatically adjusted to the rated quantity.
Make settings before performing the test operation of the outdoor unit.
Setting procedure
1. Make sure that electric wiring and duct construction have been completed.
In particular, if the closing damper is installed on the way of the duct, make sure that it is open.
In addition, make sure that a field-supplied air filter is installed within the air passageway on the
suction port side.
2. If there are multiple blow-off and suction ports, adjust the throttle part so that the airflow volume
ratio of each suction/blow-off port conforms to the designed airflow volume ratio. In that case,
operate the unit with the operation mode "fan". When you want to change the airflow rate, adjust
it by pressing the airflow rate control button to select High, Middle or Low.
3. Make settings to adjust the airflow rate automatically.
After setting the operation mode to "fan", enter the field setting mode while operation is stopped
and then select the Mode No. 11 (21), set the First Code No. to 7 and the Second Code No. to
03.
4. After setting, return to the basic screen (to the normal mode in the case of a wireless remote
controller) and press the ON/OFF button. Fan operation for automatic airflow adjustment will
start with the operation lamp turned ON. Do not adjust the throttle part of the suction and
blow-off ports during automatic adjustment. After operation for approximately one to fifteen
minutes, airflow adjustment automatically stops with the operation lamp turned OFF.
5. After operation stopped, make sure that the Second Code No. is set to 02 as in the following
table by indoor unit with the Mode No. 11 (21). If operation does not stop automatically or the
Second Code No. is not set to 02, return to the step (3) above to make settings again.
Contents
No. No. No.
01 OFF
11 (21) 7 02 Completion of airflow adjustment
03 Start of airflow adjustment
Note(s) 1. Make sure that the external static pressure is within the range of specifications before making
settings. If it is outside the range, automatic adjustment fails, which may cause an insufficient
airflow volume or leakage of water.
2. If the air passageway including duct or blow-off ports is changed after automatic adjustment,
make sure to perform automatic airflow adjustment again.

1.5.11 Compensating the Temperature around People

(For units with an infrared floor sensor)
Change the ratio between the suction air temperature and floor temperature used to calculate the
temperature around people.
The temperature around people is calculated using the values of the suction air thermistor and the
infrared floor sensor. The factory setting is Normal (the average value of the suction air temperature
and the floor temperature is applied). However, the rate at which the suction air thermistor and the
infrared floor sensor affect the temperature around people can be changed with this setting.
 To reflect the effect of the temperature around the ceiling, select the "Priority given on the
suction air temperature" (the Second code No. 02).
 To reflect the effect of the temperature around the floor, select the "Priority given on the floor
temperature" (the Second code No. 04).
 The infrared floor sensor can be disabled by selecting "Suction air temperature only" (the
Second code No. 01).
Contents
No. No. No.
01 Suction air temperature only
02 Priority given on the suction air temperature
11 (21) 8
03 Standard
04 Priority given on the floor temperature
1.5.12 Compensating the Floor Temperature when Heating

Offset the detected value of the infrared floor sensor with a certain temperature. This setting should
be used to have the actual floor temperature detected when, for example, the unit is installed close
to a wall.
Contents
No. No. No.
01 –4°C (–7.2°F)
02 –2°C (–3.6°F)
11 (21) 9
03 0°C (0°C)
04 2°C (3.6°F)
Actual procedure to use the setting

Although the standard setting is normally used with no problem, the setting should be changed in
the following cases:
Environment Operation Problem Setting Value

Mode
- The unit is installed close to a wall or a window. Excessive heating 2°C (3.6°F)
- High thermal capacity of the floor (such as
concrete, etc).
Heating –2°C or –4°C
- There are many heat sources including PC. Insufficient heating
- There is a non-negligible heat source such as (–3.6°F or –7.2°F)
floor heating.

1.5.13 Optional Accessories Output Selection

Using this setting, "operation output signal" and "abnormal output signal" can be provided. Output
signal is output between terminals X1 and X2 of "adaptor for wiring", an optional accessory.
01 Indoor unit thermostat ON/OFF signal is provided.

02 —
03 Output linked with ON/OFF of remote controller is provided.
In case of Error Display appears on the remote controller, output is
04
12 (22) 0 provided.
05 —
06 —
Only for FBQ-P
07 Economizer (field supply) ON/OFF signal is provided.
1.5.14 External ON/OFF Input

This input is used for "ON/OFF operation" and "Protection device input" from the outside. The input
is performed from the T1-T2 terminal of the operation terminal block in the electrical component
box.
F2 T1 T2
Forced OFF
Input A
No. No. Code No. Contents
ON: Forced OFF (prohibition of using the remote controller)

01
OFF: Permission of using the remote controller
OFF → ON: Operation
02
ON → OFF: Stop
ON: Operation
12 (22) 1 03 OFF: The system stops, then the applicable unit indicates A0. The
other indoor units indicate U9.
04 —
Only for FBQ-P
05 ON: Economizer (field supply) is connected.
OFF: Not connected
1.5.15 Thermostat Differential Changeover

Differential value during thermostat ON/OFF control can be changed.
01 1.0ºC (1.8ºF)
12 (22) 2
02 0.5ºC (0.9ºF)
Factory Setting
Model Second Code No. Contents
FCQ-TA, FHQ-P, FHQ-M, FTQ-TA 01 1.0ºC (1.8ºF)
FAQ-TA, FBQ-P 02 0.5ºC (0.9ºF)

1.5.16 Airflow Setting when Heating Thermostat is OFF

This setting is used to set airflow when heating thermostat is OFF.
∗ When thermostat OFF airflow volume up mode is used, careful consideration is required before
deciding installation location.
01 LL tap
12 (22) 3 02 Set fan speed
03 OFF
1.5.17 Automatic Mode Differential

This setting makes it possible to change differential values for mode selection while in automatic
operation mode, only when the wireless remote controller or any central remote controller is
connected.

Mode No.
No. 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
0°C 1°C 2°C 3°C 4°C 5°C 6°C 7°C
12 (22) 4
(0°F) (1.8°F) (3.6°F) (5.4°F) (7.2°F) (9°F) (10.8°F) (12.6°F)
The automatic operation mode setting is made by the use of the "Operation Mode Selector" button.
1.5.18 Auto Restart after Power Failure

Contents
No. No. Code No.
01 OFF
12 (22) 5
02 ON
When the "Auto Restart after Power Failure" setting is turned OFF, all the units will remain OFF
after power failure, or after the main power supply is restored. When this setting is turned ON
(factory setting), the units that were operating before the power failure will automatically restart
operation after power failure, or after the main power supply is restored.
Due to the aforementioned, when the "Auto restart after power failure” setting is ON, be careful for
the following situations that may occur.
1. The air conditioner will start operation suddenly after power failure,
Caution or when the main power supply is restored. The user might be surprised
and wonder why the air conditioner turned ON suddenly.
2. During maintenance, if the main power supply is turned OFF while the
units are in operation, the units will automatically start operation
(the fan will rotate) after the power supply is restored due to completion
of the maintenance work.
1.5.19 Airflow Setting when Cooling Thermostat is OFF

This is used to set airflow to LL airflow when cooling thermostat is OFF.
Contents
No. No. No.
01 LL tap
12 (22) 6 02 Set fan speed
03 OFF

1.5.20 Ceiling Height Setting, Setting of Normal Airflow

Make the following setting according to the ceiling height. The second code No. is set to 01 at the
factory.
 FCQ18/24TA : Factory setting
First Ceiling Height

Mode Second
Code Setting All round 4-way 3-way 2-way
No. Code No.
No. outlet Outlets Outlets Outlets
Lower than Lower than Lower than Lower than
01 Standard 2.7 m 3.1 m 3.0 m 3.5 m
(8-3/4 ft) (10-1/8 ft) (10 ft) (11-1/2 ft)
13 High Ceiling
0 02 3.0 m 3.4 m 3.3 m 3.8 m
(23) (1) (10 ft) (11-1/8 ft) (10-3/4 ft) (12-1/2 ft)
Lower than Lower than Lower than
High Ceiling
03 3.5 m 4.0 m 3.5 m —
(2) (11-1/2 ft) (13-1/8 ft) (11-1/2 ft)
 FCQ30/36/42/48TA : Factory setting
First Second Ceiling Height

Mode
No. Code Code Setting All round 4-way 3-way 2-way
No. No. outlet Outlets Outlets Outlets
01 Standard 3.2 m 3.4 m 3.6 m 4.2 m
(10-1/2 ft) (11-1/8 ft) (12 ft) (13-3/4 ft)
13 High Ceiling Lower than Lower than Lower than Lower than
0 02 3.6 m 3.9 m 4.0 m 4.2 m
(23) (1)
(12 ft) (12-3/4 ft) (13-1/8 ft) (13-3/4 ft)
High Ceiling Lower than Lower than Lower than

03 4.2 m 4.5 m 4.2 m —
(2)
(13-3/4 ft) (14-3/4 ft) (13-3/4 ft)
Note(s) 1. The Second Code No. is factory set to Standard/All-direction airflow. For High ceiling (1) or (2),
initial setting by remote controller is required.
2. A closing member kit (optional) is required for 4-, 3-, or 2-direction airflow.
 FAQ-TA : Factory setting

Contents
No. No. No.
01 Standard
13 (23) 0 02 A little increase
03 Increase
1.5.21 Airflow Direction Setting

Set the airflow direction of indoor units as given in the table below. (Set when sealing material kit of
air discharge outlet has been installed.) The second code No. is factory set to 01.
Contents
No. No. No.
01 F: 4-direction airflow
13 (23) 1 02 T: 3-direction airflow
03 W: 2-direction airflow

1.5.22 Swing Pattern Settings

Set the flap operation in swing mode.
With the factory swing, flaps facing each other are synchronized to operate, and flaps placed side
by side are set to swing in an opposite direction to agitate airflow to reduce temperature irregularity.
Conventional swing operation (all direction synchronized swing) can be set onsite.
01 All direction synchronized swing

13 (23) 2 02 —
03 Facing swing
1.5.23 Airflow Direction Adjustment Range

Make the following airflow direction setting according to the respective purpose.
 FCQ-TA, FAQ-TA : Factory setting

Contents
No. No. No.
01 Draft prevention (Upward)
13 (23) 4 02 Standard
03 Ceiling soiling prevention (Downward)
Note(s) When the model FCQ-TA is attached with a closing member kit, set the Second Code No. to 02 or
03.
1.5.24 External Static Pressure Settings

Make external static pressure setting automatically using automatic airflow adjustment, or manually
using external static pressure settings.
 FBQ-P : Factory setting
02 50 Pa (0.20 inWG)
03 60 Pa (0.24 inWG)
04 70 Pa (0.28 inWG)
05 80 Pa (0.32 inWG)
06 90 Pa (0.36 inWG)
07 100 Pa (0.40 inWG)
08 110 Pa (0.44 inWG)
13 (23) 6
09 120 Pa (0.48 inWG)
10 130 Pa (0.52 inWG)
11 140 Pa (0.56 inWG)
12 150 Pa (0.60 inWG)
13 160 Pa (0.64 inWG)
14 180 Pa (0.72 inWG)
15 200 Pa (0.80 inWG)
Make sure that 11 (21)-7 (Airflow adjustment) is set to 01 (OFF).

1.5.25 Optional Kit Setting (UV lamp + Humidifier + Economizer)

Contents
Mode No. First Code No. Second Code Economizer setting for
No. UV lamp + humidifier fan
Mech standby duration
speed (minutes)
01 Refer to controller 10
02 High 10
04 High 20
06 High 30
14 (24) 4
08 High 40
10 High 50
12 High 60
13 Refer to controller Free cooling only
14 High Free cooling only
1.5.26 Residential Dry

01 Set temperature: room temperature
14 (24) 5 Set temperature: same as cooling set
02
temperature
1.5.27 Drain Pump Operation Settings

 FBQ-P
The drain pump operation can be disabled for natural drainage by changing the following field
setting.
01 —
02 ON
15 (25) 0
03 OFF
1.5.28 Humidification when Heating Thermostat is OFF

Setting to Equipped turns ON the humidifier if suction air temperature is 20ºC (68ºF) or more and
turns OFF the humidifier if suction air temperature is 18ºC (64.4ºF) or below when the heating
thermostat is OFF.
Contents
No. No. No.
01 Not equipped
15 (25) 1
02 Equipped

1.5.29 Direct Duct Connection

This is used when "fresh air intake kit equipped with fan" is connected. The indoor unit fan carries
out residual operation for 1 minute after the thermostat is stopped. (For the purpose of preventing
dust on the air filter from falling off.)
01 Not equipped
15 (25) 2
02 Equipped
1.5.30 Drain Pump and Humidifier Interlock Selection

This is used to interlock the humidifier with the drain pump. When water is drained out of the unit,
this setting is unnecessary.
01 Not interlocked

15 (25) 3
02 Interlocked
1.5.31 Individual Ventilation Setting

This is set to perform individual operation of energy recovery ventilator using the remote
controller/central unit when heat reclaim ventilation is built in.
(Switch only when heat reclaim ventilation is built in.)
Mode First Code Second Code Contents
No. No. No.
01 — (Normal) 
15 (25) 5
02 Individual
1.5.32 Display of Error Codes on the Remote Controller

For BRC1E series only
Error code (four digits) is displayed for limited products.
Select two-digit display if four-digit display is not preferred.
Contents
No. No. No.
01 —
02 Two-digit display
1b 4
03 —
04 Four-digit display

1.5.33 Room Temperature Display

A "Detailed display screen" can be selected as the display screen. This setting is used if you do not
want "Room temperature display" to be shown on the "Detailed display screen".
Contents
No. No. No.
01 Room temperature is not displayed.
1c 0
02 Room temperature is displayed.
1.5.34 Thermistor Sensor for Auto Changeover and Setback Control by the
Remote Controller
Select a thermistor to utilize for the cool/heat mode automatic changeover and setback functions.
The sensed temperature will be displayed on the remote controller as the room temperature.
Contents
No. No. No.
01 Utilize the return air thermistor
1c 1
02 Utilize the remote controller thermistor
1.5.35 Access Permission Level Setting

There are 2 levels as follows:
 Level 2: The following buttons are selectable to be disable or enable.
 Level 3: No buttons are selectable and only On/Off button is available.
Button Level 2 Level 3
Selectable (Enable) Unselectable (Disable)
On/Off Selectable (Enable) Unselectable (Enable)
Mode Selectable (Enable) Unselectable (Disable)
Fan Speed Selectable (Enable) Unselectable (Disable)
Menu/OK Unselectable (Disable) Unselectable (Disable)
Cancel Unselectable (Disable) Unselectable (Disable)
( ) shows the factory setting
Contents
No. No. No.
01 Level 2
1c 3
02 Level 3

1.5.36 Setback Availability

Select the operation mode in which the setback function is available.
01 N/A
02 Heat only
1e 2
03 Cool only
04 Cool/heat
1.5.37 Setting Restricted/Permitted for Airflow Block

For Sensing flow type only
The airflow block function cannot be enabled when closure material kit, fresh air intake kit,
separately installed natural evaporation type humidifier, or branch air duct is equipped, due to
the possibility of dew condensation.
This setting restricts the airflow block function, preventing that the airflow block is inadvertently set
to ON.
Ensure that “Airflow block restricted” is set when using the options listed above.
Mode First Second
Contents
No. Code No. Code No.
01 Airflow block permitted
02 —
1e 14 03 —
04 —
05 Airflow block restricted

1.6 Operation Control Mode

The operation control mode is compatible with a variety of controls and operations by limiting the
functions of the operation remote controller. Furthermore, operations such as remote controller
ON/OFF can be limited in accordance with the combination conditions. (Refer to information in the
next page.)
Centralized controller is normally available for operations. (Except when centralized monitor is
connected)
Contents of Control Modes

20 modes consisting of combinations of the following 5 operation modes with temperature and
operation mode setting by remote controller can be set and displayed by operation modes 0
through 19.
 ON/OFF control impossible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn ON/OFF by centralized remote controller only.
(Cannot be turned ON/OFF by remote controller.)
 OFF control only possible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn ON by centralized remote controller only, and OFF by remote
controller only.
 Centralized
Used when you want to turn ON by centralized remote controller only, and turn ON/OFF
freely by remote controller during set time.
 Individual
Used when you want to turn ON/OFF by both centralized remote controller and remote
controller.
 Timer operation possible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn ON/OFF by remote controller during set time and you do not want
to start operation by centralized remote controller when time of system start is programmed.

SiUS281811EA Field Settings from Outdoor Unit
2. Field Settings from Outdoor Unit

2.1 Capacity Setting
Caution Be sure to carry out capacity setting after changing the main PCB (A1P) to spare PCB.
(for RZR30/36/42/48TAVJU and RZQ30/36/42/48TAVJU only)
Attach the capacity setting adaptor corresponding to capacity class to connector X51A.
Capacity setting is not required for RZR18/24TAVJU and RZQ18/24TAVJU.
X51A
Model Adaptor type

RZR30/36/42/48TAVJU
RZQ30/36/42/48TAVJU J56

Field Settings from Outdoor Unit SiUS281811EA
2.2 Setting Mode and Monitor Mode

The following 3 modes can be changed over with the button switches on the PCB and you can find
the present mode by the status of the H1P indicator.
H1P H3P H5P H7P
H2P H4P H6P
BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4 BS5

(MODE) (SET) (RETURN) (TEST) (RESET)
(1) Setting mode 1 (H1P OFF)

Initial status (normal) : Also indicates during abnormal.
(2) Setting mode 2 (H1P ON)
Used to modify the operating status and to set program addresses, etc. Usually used in servicing
the system.
(3) Monitor mode (H1P blinks)
Used to check the program made in setting mode 2.
Setting mode 1
Press the MODE (BS1) button for more (Initial condition) Press the MODE (BS1) button.
than 5 seconds. H1P
OFF
MODE
H1P H1P
Setting mode 2 ON Monitor mode Blinking
MODE MODE
Select a setting item with Select a check item with

the SET (BS2) button. the SET (BS2) button.
Press the RETURN (BS3) button. Press the RETURN (BS3) button.
Select a setting condition

with the SET (BS2) button. Contents display
Press the RETURN (BS3) button. Press the RETURN (BS3) button.
Setting condition
(Contents) display
Press the RETURN (BS3) button.
Press the MODE (BS1) button. Press the MODE (BS1) button.

2.3 Setting Mode 1

This mode is used to set and check the following items.
1. Set items
In order to make COOL/HEAT selection in a batch of outdoor unit group, change the setting.
Used to select COOL or HEAT by individual
COOL/HEAT selection (IND) outdoor unit (factory setting).
Used to select COOL or HEAT by outdoor unit
COOL/HEAT selection (MASTER)
group with the master unit.
Used to select COOL or HEAT by outdoor unit
COOL/HEAT selection (SLAVE)
group with the slave unit.
2. Check items
The following items can be checked.
(1) Current operating conditions (Normal / Abnormal / In check operation)
(2) Setting conditions of COOL/HEAT selection (Individual / Batch master / Batch slave)
(3) Low noise operating conditions (In normal operation / In low noise operation)
(4) Demand operating conditions (In normal operation / In demand operation)

Procedure for changing COOL/HEAT selection setting
Setting mode 1 is the initial status k ON

(normal). In case of other status, h OFF
press the MODE (BS1) button one l Blink
time and return to the setting mode 1.
Setting (displaying) item COOL/HEAT select LOW
MODE TEST DEMAND
H1P H2P IND MASTER SLAVE NOISE H7P
H3P H4P H5P H6P
Press the SET (BS2) button to set For selection by individual outdoor h h l h h h h
the blinking LED according to the unit (factory setting)
pattern shown on the right. For selection in a batch of outdoor h h h l h h h
unit group with master unit
For selection in a batch of outdoor h h h h l h h
unit group with slave unit
Press the RETURN (BS3) button to The system returns to the initial status of setting mode 1.
determine the setting.
Procedure for checking

Setting mode 1 is the initial status
(normal). In case of other status, COOL/HEAT select Low
press the MODE (BS1) button one MODE TEST Demand
time and return to the setting mode 1. IND MASTER SLAVE noise
H1P H2P H7P
H3P H4P H5P H6P
h h k h h h h
Current operating conditions
h Normal
k Abnormal
l In preparation or in
check operation
Setting of COOL/HEAT selection
Check the system for each condition
k h h By individual outdoor
through LED displays. (Refer to
unit
information in table on the right.)
h k h In a batch of outdoor unit
group with master unit
h h k In a batch of outdoor unit
group with slave unit
Low noise operating conditions
Press the RETURN (BS3) button and h In normal operation
return to the initial status of setting k In low noise operation
mode 1. Demand operating conditions
h In normal operation
k In demand operation

2.4 Setting Mode 2

Press the MODE (BS1) button for 5 No. Setting item Description
seconds and enter the setting mode 1 Cool / heat unified Sets address for cool / heat unified operation.
address
2.
2 Low noise / demand Address for low noise / demand operation
address
Used to conduct test operation without making changes to the
3 Test operation settings PCB and replacing the refrigerant, after the completion of
maintenance.
5 Indoor unit forced fan H Allows forced operation of indoor fan while unit is stopped. (H tap)
Selection of setting items 6 Indoor unit forced Allows forced operation of indoor unit.
operation
Press the SET (BS2) button and 8 Te setting Target evaporation temperature for cooling
select a setting item according to the
9 Tc setting Target condensation temperature for heating
LED pattern shown in the table on
the right. 10 Defrost changeover Changes the temperature condition for defrost and sets to earlier
setting start defrost or later start defrost.
p
External low noise /
Press the RETURN (BS3) button 12 demand setting Reception of external low noise or demand signal
and decide the item. (The present
13 AIRNET address Set address for AIRNET.
setting condition is shown.)
16 Setting of heat pump Make this setting for heat pump lockout.
lockout 1
19 Emergency automatic Heat pump is automatically locked out in the event of a system
heat pump lockout failure.
Additional refrigerant
20 charge operation Carries out additional refrigerant charge operation.
setting
Refrigerant
21 recovery / vacuuming Sets to refrigerant recovery or vacuuming mode.
Selection of setting conditions mode setting
Press the SET (BS2) button and Night-time low noise Sets automatic nighttime low noise operation in a simple way.
22 setting The operating time is based on Starting Set and Ending Set.
select to the setting condition you
want. 25 Setting of low noise Sets low noise level when the low noise signal is received.
p level
Press the RETURN (BS3) button and 26 Night-time low noise Sets starting time of nighttime low noise operation.
decide the condition. operation start setting (Night-time low noise setting is also required.)
Night-time low noise Sets ending time of nighttime low noise operation.
27 operation end setting (Night-time low noise setting is also required.)
Power transistor check Used for trouble diagnosis of DC compressor. Since the waveform
mode of inverter is output without wiring to the compressor, it is
28 Check after convenient to probe whether the trouble comes from the
disconnection of compressor or PCB.
compressor wires
Capacity precedence If the capacity control is required, the low noise control is
29 setting automatically released by this setting during carrying out low noise
Press the RETURN (BS3) button operation and night-time low noise operation.
and return to the initial status of Changes target value of power consumption when demand control
30 Demand setting 1 1 is received.
setting mode 2.
Constant demand Enables demand control 1 without external input. (Effective to
32 setting prevent a problem that circuit breaker of small capacity is shut
down due to large load.)
If you become unsure of how to 37 Setting of heat pump Make this setting for heat pump lockout.
proceed, press the MODE (BS1) lockout 2
button and return to the setting 41 Cooling comfort setting Selects comfort level of VRT cooling.
mode 1. 42 Heating comfort setting Selects comfort level of VRT heating.
Heat pump lockout Heat pump would be resumed when the outdoor air temperature is
47 release differential recovered by differential above the heat pump lockout
temperature.
Auxiliary heater Auxiliary heater is allowed to energize when the outdoor air
50 maximum allowable temperature is smaller than the auxiliary heater maximum
temperature allowable temperature.
Auxiliary heater Auxiliary heater is not allowed to energize when the outdoor air
maximum allowable
56 temperature release temperature is recovered by differential above the auxiliary heater
differential maximum allowable temperature.
Heat pump lockout Heat pump would be locked out when the outdoor air temperature
57 temperature is smaller than the heat pump lockout temperature. This setting is
only effective when heat pump lockout mode has been set.
The numbers in the No. column represent the number of times to press the SET
(BS2) button.

Setting item display

No. C/H selection Low Setting condition display
MODE TEST Demand
Setting item IND Master Slave noise
H1P H2P H7P
H3P H4P H5P H6P Factory setting
Address 0 khhhhhh
1
Cool / heat
k h h h h h k
Binary number 1 khhhhhk
unified address (6 digits) ~
31 khkkkkk
Address 0 khhhhhh
2
Low noise / demand
k h h h h k h
address (6 digits) ~
31 khkkkkk
3 Test operation settings k h h h h k k
Test operation : OFF khhhhhk
Test operation : ON khhhhkh
5 Indoor unit forced fan H k h h h k h k
Normal operation khhhhhk
Indoor forced fan H khhhhkh
6
Indoor unit forced
k h h h k k h
Normal operation khhhhhk
operation Indoor forced operation khhhhkh
Target Te: 11°C (51.8°F) khhhkkk
10°C (50°F) khhhkkh
9°C (48.2°F) khhhkhk
8 Te setting k h h k h h h 8°C (46.4°F) khhhkhh
Variable (VRT) khhhhkk
6°C (42.8°F) khhhhkh
3°C (37.4°F) khhhhhk
Target Tc: 52°C (125.6°F) khhhkhh
9 Tc setting k h h k h h k 46°C (114.8°F) khhhhkh
Variable (VRT) khhhhhk
Earlier start defrost khhhkhh
Defrost changeover
10 setting k h h k h k h Normal (factory setting) khhhhkh
Later start defrost khhhhhk
External low noise/demand:
NO khhhhhk
External low noise /
12 demand setting k h h k k h h External low noise/demand:
YES
khhhhkh
Address 0 khhhhhh
13 AIRNET address k h h k k h k
(6 digits) ~
63 kkkkkkk
16 Setting of heat pump
k h k h h h h
OFF khhhhhk
lockout 1 ON khhhhkh
19 Emergency
automatic
k h k h h k k
OFF khhhhhk
heat pump lockout ON khhhhhh
Additional refrigerant
20 charge operation setting k h k h k h h
Refrigerant charging: OFF khhhhhk
Refrigerant charging: ON khhhhkh
Refrigerant recovery /
khhhhhk
k h k h k h k
vacuuming: OFF
21 Refrigerant
recovery /
khhhhkh
vacuuming mode setting Refrigerant recovery /
vacuuming: ON
OFF khhhhhh
22 Night-time low noise k h k h k k h
Level 1 (outdoor fan with 6 step or lower) khhhhhk
setting Level 2 (outdoor fan with 5 step or lower) khhhhkh
Level 3 (outdoor fan with 4 step or lower) khhhhkk
The numbers in the No. column represent the number of times to press the SET (BS2) button.


Setting item MODE TEST Demand
IND Master Slave noise
H1P H2P H7P
H3P H4P H5P H6P ∗ Factory setting
Level 1 (outdoor fan with 6 step or lower) khhhhhk
25 Setting of low noise level k h k k h h k Level 2 (outdoor fan with 5 step or lower) khhhhkh ∗
Level 3 (outdoor fan with 4 step or lower) khhhkhh
About 8:00 PM khhhhhk
26
Night-time low noise
operation start setting k h k k h k h About 10:00 PM (factory setting) khhhhkh ∗
About 12:00 AM khhhkhh
About 6:00 AM khhhhhk
27
Night-time low noise
operation end setting k h k k h k k About 7:00 AM khhhhkh
About 8:00 AM (factory setting) khhhkhh ∗
28
Power transistor check
k h k k k h h
OFF khhhhhk ∗
mode ON khhhhkh
29 Capacity precedence k h k k k h k
OFF khhhhhk ∗
setting ON khhhhkh
60 % demand khhhhhk
30 Demand setting 1 k h k k k k h 70 % demand khhhhkh ∗
80 % demand khhhkhh
32 Constant demand setting k k h h h h h
OFF khhhhhk ∗
ON khhhhkh
OFF khhhhhh ∗
Mode 1 khhhhhk
Mode 2 khhhhkh
37
Setting of heat pump
lockout 2 k k h h k h k Mode 3 khhhhkk
Mode 4 khhhkhh
Mode 5 khhhkhk
Mode 6 khhhkkh
Eco khhhhhh
41 Cooling comfort setting k k h k h h k
Mild khhhhhk ∗
Quick khhhhkh
Powerful khhhkhk
Eco khhhhhh
42 Heating comfort setting k k h k h k h
Mild khhhhhk ∗
Quick khhhhkh
Powerful khhhkhk
2.8°C (5°F) khhhhhh
47
Heat pump lockout
release differential k k h k k k k 5.6°C (10°F) khhhhhk ∗
8.3°C (15°F) khhhhkh


Setting item MODE TEST noise Demand
H1P H2P IND Master Slave H7P
H3P H4P H5P H6P ∗ Factory setting
–17.7°C (0°F) khhhhhh
–15°C (5°F) khhhhhk
–12.2°C (10°F) khhhhkh
–9.4°C (15°F) khhhhkk
–6.6°C (20°F) khhhkhh
–3.8°C (25°F) khhhkhk
–1.1°C (30°F) khhhkkh
50
Auxiliary heater
maximum allowable k k k h h k h
1.6°C (35°F) khhhkkk ∗
temperature 4.4°C (40°F) khhkhhh
7.2°C (45°F) khhkhhk
10°C (50°F) khhkhkh
12.7°C (55°F) khhkhkk
15.5°C (60°F) khhkkhh
18.3°C (65°F) khhkkhk
Auxiliary heater always not allowed khhkkkh
Auxiliary heater always allowed khhkkkk
Auxiliary heater 2.8°C (5°F) khhhhhh
56 maximum allowable
temperature release k k k k h h h 5.6°C (10°F) khhhhhk ∗
differential 8.3°C (15°F) khhhhkh
–26.1°C (–15°F) khhhhhh ∗
–23.3°C (–10°F) khhhhhk
–20.5°C (–5°F) khhhhkh
–17.7°C (0°F) khhhhkk
–15°C (5°F) khhhkhh
–12.2°C (10°F) khhhkhk
–9.4°C (15°F) khhhkkh
57
Heat pump lockout
temperature k k k k h h k –6.6°C (20°F) khhhkkk
–3.8°C (25°F) khhkhhh
–1.1°C (30°F) khhkhhk
1.6°C (35°F) khhkhkh
4.4°C (40°F) khhkhkk
7.2°C (45°F) khhkkhh
10°C (50°F) khhkkhk
Forced heat pump lockout khhkkkh

2.5 Monitor Mode

Press the MODE (BS1) button and LED display
No. Setting item Data display
enter the monitor mode. H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
0 Various setting l h h h h h h See the note below.
1 Cool / heat unified address l h h h h h k

2 Low noise / demand address l h h h h k h
3 Not used l h h h h k k
Selection of check item 4 AIRNET address l h h h k h h Lower 6 digits
Press the SET (BS2) button and
select a check item according to the
5 Number of connected indoor units l h h h k h k
LED pattern. 7
Number of connected zone units
(excluding outdoor and BS unit) l h h h k k k
8 Number of outdoor units l h h k h h h
11
Number of zone units (excluding
outdoor and BS unit) l h h k h k k Lower 6 digits
Confirmation on check item
12 Number of terminal blocks l h h k k h h Lower 4 digits:
upper
Press the RETURN (BS3) button to
display different data of check item. 13 Number of terminal blocks l h h k k h k Lower 4 digits: lower
14 Error description (the latest) l h h k k k h

15
Error description
(1 cycle before) l h h k k k k
16
Error description
(2 cycle before) l h k h h h h Refer to the
error code table
20 Contents of retry (the latest) l h k h k h h on Part 6.
Press the RETURN (BS3) button

21 Contents of retry (1 cycle before) l h k h k h k
and return to the initial status of 22 Contents of retry (2 cycle before) l h k h k k h
monitor mode.
Lower2 digits:
kh
25
Normal judgment of outdoor units
PCB l h k k h h k hk
Abnormal
Normal
hh Unjudgment
∗ If you become unsure of how to
proceed, press the MODE (BS1) The numbers in the No. column represent the number of times to press the SET
button and return to the setting (BS2) button.
mode 1.
Note(s) Various Settings

H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Emergency operation / ON l h h k h h h
backup operation setting
OFF l h h h h h h
Defrost select setting Short l h h h k h h
Medium l h h h l h h
Long l h h h h h h
Te setting H l h h h h k h
M l h h h h l h
L l h h h h h h
Tc setting H l h h h h h k
M l h h h h h l
L l h h h h h h
Press the SET (BS2) button and match with the LEDs No. 1 - 15, push the RETURN (BS3) button,
and confirm the data for each setting.

 Data such as addresses and number of units is expressed as binary numbers; the two ways of
expressing are as follows:
Figure 1 The No. 1 cool / heat unified address is expressed as a binary number
l hlhllh consisting of the lower 6 digits. (0 - 63)
16 4 1
32 8 2 In the figure 1, the address is 010110 (binary number), which translates
to 16 + 4 + 2 = 22 (base 10 number). In other words, the address is 22.
Figure 2 The number of terminal blocks for No. 12 and 13 is expressed as an

lhh hlhl 8-digit binary number, which is the combination of four upper, and four
64 16 lower digits for No. 12 and 13 respectively. (0 - 128)
No.12 128 32 In the figure 2, the address for No. 12 is 0101, the address for No. 13 is
0110, and the combination of the two is 01010110 (binary number),
lhh hllh
which translates to 64 + 16 + 4 + 2 = 86 (base 10 number). In other
4 1 words, the number of terminal block is 86.
No.13 8 2
∗Refer to the preceding page for a list of data, etc. for No. 0 - 25.

2.6 Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand Operation

Setting of Low Noise Operation
By connecting the external contact input to the low noise input of the external control adaptor for
outdoor unit (optional), you can lower operating noise by 2-3 dB.
When the low noise operation is automatically carried out at night (The external control
adaptor for outdoor unit is not required)
1. While in setting mode 2, select the setting condition (i.e., Mode 1, Mode 2, or Mode 3) for
set item No. 22 (Setting of night-time low noise level).
2. If necessary, while in setting mode 2, select the setting condition (i.e., 8:00 PM, 10:00
PM, or 12:00 AM) for set item No. 26 (Setting of start time of night-time low noise
operation).
(Use the start time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.)
3. If necessary, while in setting mode 2, select the setting condition (i.e., 06:00 AM, 07:00
AM, or 08:00 AM) for set item No. 27 (Setting of end time of night-time low noise
operation).
(Use the end time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.)
4. If necessary, while in setting mode 2, set the setting condition for set item No. 29 (Setting
of capacity precedence) to ON.
(If the condition is set to ON, when the air-conditioning load reaches a high level, the
system enters to normal operation mode even during night-time.)
Image of operation
If capacity precedence is set in capacity

Operation sound precedence setting, the fan speed will be
increased according to the load of air
Time set with night-time low noise start setting conditioning when load is heavier. Time set with night-time low noise end setting
Rated
Operation sound during
Night-time night-time low noise mode
Level 1 can be set with night-time
low noise level setting.
(Factory setting is OFF.)
Level 2
Level 3
Operation sound level set with
night-time low noise setting
8:00 PM 10:00 PM 12:00 AM 6:00 AM 7:00 AM 8:00 AM
Set with night-time low noise start setting. Set with night-time low noise end setting.
(Factory setting is 10:00 PM.) (Factory setting is 8:00 AM.)

Setting of Demand Operation

By connecting the external contact input to the demand input of the external control adaptor for
outdoor unit (optional), the power consumption of unit operation can be saved suppressing the
compressor operating condition.
Set item Condition Content
Demand Mode 1 The compressor operates at 60% or less of rating.
Mode 2 The compressor operates at 70% or less of rating.
Mode 3 The compressor operates at 80% or less of rating.
When the constant demand operation is carried out. (Use of the external control adaptor for
outdoor unit is not required.)
1. While in setting mode 2, make setting of the set item No. 32 (Setting of constant demand)
to ON.
2. While in setting mode 2, select the set item No. 30 (Setting of Demand 1 level) and then
set the setting condition to targeted mode.
Image of operation
Power consumption When the
Constant demand
setting is set to ON
Rated (OFF has been set at
factory.) , the power
80 % consumption can be
70 % set with the Demand 1
60 %
The power consumption set with Demand 1 level setting. level setting. (70 % of
rated power
consumption has been
set at factory.)
Detailed Setting Procedure of Low Noise Operation and Demand Control

1. Setting mode 1 (H1P OFF)
In setting mode 2, push the MODE (BS1) button one time. → The system enters setting mode
1 and the H1P goes off.
In setting mode 1, the H6P (In low noise operation) and the H7P (In demand control) keep
lighting.
2. Setting mode 2 (H1P ON)

(1) In setting mode 1, push and hold the MODE (BS1) button for more than 5 seconds.
→ The system enters setting mode 2 and the H1P lights up.
(2) Push the SET (BS2) button several times and match the LED display with the Setting No.
you want.
(3) Push the RETURN (BS3) button one time, and the present setting content is displayed.
→ Push the SET (BS2) button several times and match the LED display with the setting
content (as shown on next page) you want.
(4) Push the RETURN (BS3) button two times. → The system returns to (1).
(5) Push the MODE (BS1) button one time. → The system returns to setting mode 1 and the
H1P goes OFF.

: ON : OFF l : Blink
(1) (2) (3)
Setting Setting Setting No. indication Setting No. indication Setting Setting contents indication (Initial setting)
No. contents contents
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
12 External NO
low noise / (Factory l
demand setting)
setting
YES l
22 Night-time OFF
low noise (Factory
setting setting)
Level 1 l
Level 2 l
Level 3 l l
26 Night-time 8:00 PM l
low noise
operation 10:00 PM
start setting (Factory l
setting)
12:00 AM l
27 Night-time 6:00 AM l
low noise
operation 7:00 AM l
end setting
8:00 AM
(Factory l
setting)
29 Capacity Low noise
precedence precedence
setting (Factory l
setting)
Capacity
precedence l
30 Demand 60 % of
setting 1 rated power l
consumption
70 % of
rated power
consumption l
(Factory
setting)
80 % of
rated power l
consumption
32 Constant OFF
demand (Factory l
setting setting)
ON l
Setting mode indication section Setting No. indication section Set contents indication section

2.7 Setting of Refrigerant Recovery Mode

When carrying out the refrigerant collection on site, fully open the respective electronic expansion
valve of indoor and outdoor units
All indoor and outdoor unit’s operation are prohibited.
Operation procedure
(1) In setting mode 2 with units in stop mode, set the item No.21 (refrigerant recovery /
vacuuming mode) to ON. The respective expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units are
fully opened. Test Operation and Under Centralized Control are displayed on the
remote controller, and the indoor / outdoor unit operation is prohibited. After setting, do
not cancel setting mode 2 until completion of refrigerant recovery operation.
(2) Collect the refrigerant using a refrigerant recovery unit. (See the instruction attached to
the refrigerant recovery unit for more detail.)
(3) Press the MODE (BS1) button once and return to setting mode 2.
2.8 Setting of Vacuuming Mode

In order to perform vacuuming operation on site, fully open the electronic expansion valves of
indoor and outdoor units and turn on some solenoid valves.
Operating procedure
(1) In setting mode 2 with units in stop mode, set the item No.21 (refrigerant recovery /
vacuuming mode) to ON. The respective expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units are
fully opened. Test Operation and Under Centralized Control are displayed on the
remote controller, and the indoor / outdoor unit operation is prohibited.
After setting, do not cancel setting mode 2 until completion of Vacuuming operation.
(2) Use the vacuum pump to perform vacuuming operation.
(3) Press the MODE (BS1) button once and reset setting mode 2.

2.9 Check Operation

To prevent any trouble in the period of installation on site, the system is provided with a test
operation mode enabling check for incorrect wiring, stop valve left in closed, coming out (or
misplacing with suction pipe thermistor) or discharge pipe thermistor and judgment of piping length,
refrigerant overcharging, and learning for the minimum opening degree of electronic expansion
valve.
LED display (H1P~H7P) (k: ON h: OFF l: BLINK)
Unit stopping
hhkhhhh
Press the TEST button for 5 seconds.
Step 1 Pressure equalizing
10 seconds to 10 minutes hlhhhhk
Step 2 Cooling start control

hlhhhkh
20 seconds to 2 minutes
Step 3 Stability waiting operation

hlhhhkk
10 minutes
Step4~6 Judgment function • Stop valve close check hlhhkhh

• Wrong wiring check hlhhkhk
• Piping length check hlhhkkh
3 minutes
Step 7 Refrigerant overcharge judgment hlhhkkk

15 minutes
Step 8 Pump down residual operation hlhkhhk

5 seconds
Step 9 Standby for restarting hlhkhkh

2 minutes
Completion

2.10 Setting of Auxiliary Heater Control

To improve efficiency and lower install cost the auxiliary heater can be lockout based on outdoor
temperature.
Auxiliary heater maximum allowable temperature

Auxiliary heater is allowed to energize when the outdoor air temperature is smaller than the
auxiliary heater maximum allowable temperature.
Setting condition display
C/H selection Low
No. MODE TEST Demand
Setting item H1P H2P IND Master Slave noise H7P
H6P
H3P H4P H5P ∗ Factory setting
–17.7°C (0°F) k h h h h h h
–15°C (5°F) k h h h h h k
–12.2°C (10°F) k h h h h k h
–9.4°C (15°F) k h h h h k k
–6.6°C (20°F) k h h h k h h
–3.8°C (25°F) k h h h k h k
–1.1°C (30°F) k h h h k k h
Auxiliary
heater 1.6°C (35°F) k h h h k k k ∗
50 maximum k k k h h k h
allowable 4.4°C (40°F) k h h k h h h
temperature
7.2°C (45°F) k h h k h h k
10°C (50°F) k h h k h k h
12.7°C (55°F) k h h k h k k
15.5°C (60°F) k h h k k h h
18.3°C (65°F) k h h k k h k
Auxiliary heater
always not allowed k h h k k k h
Auxiliary heater k h h k k k k
always allowed
Auxiliary heater maximum allowable temperature release differential

Auxiliary heater is not allowed to energize when the outdoor air temperature is recovered by
differential above the auxiliary heater maximum allowable temperature.
C/H selection Low
H6P
Auxiliary
heater
2.8°C (5°F) k h h h h h h
maximum
56 allowable k k k k h h h 5.6°C (10°F) k h h h h h k ∗
temperature
release
differential
8.3°C (15°F) k h h h h k h

2.11 Setting of Heat Pump Lockout and Emergency Heat Mode

Heat pump is locked out when the setting below and/or external input to ABC terminal has been
made.
No. C/H selection Low
MODE TEST Demand
H1P H2P H7P
H6P
Setting of OFF k h h h h h k ∗
16 heat pump k h k h h h h
lockout 1 ON k h h h h k h
OFF k h h h h h h ∗
Mode 1 k h h h h h k
Mode 2 k h h h h k h
Setting of
37 heat pump k k h h k h k Mode 3 k h h h h k k
lockout 2
Mode 4 k h h h k h h
Mode 5 k h h h k h k
Mode 6 k h h h k k h
Actions
Type Description Shorted Heating Thermo-on Heating Thermo-off
Field setting
between Heater Fan Heater Fan
I – Heat-pump heating is
always locked out 2-16: ON – ON ON (H/L) OFF LL
A-C LL
Mode 1 2-37: Mode 1 ON (H/L)
Lockout is controlled B-C OFF
ON OFF
Mode 2 (for a heater by ABC terminals A-C LL LL
which does not need 2-37: Mode 2
airflow) B-C OFF OFF
II
Mode 3 Lockout is controlled 2-37: Mode 3 Same as 2-37: Mode 1, A-C shorted
by the outdoor air
Mode 4 temperature and 2-37: M ode 4 Same as 2-37: Mode 1, B-C shorted
Mode 5 setpoint which is 2-37: M ode 5 Same as 2-37: Mode 2, A-C shorted
configured by the field
Mode 6 setting 2-57 and 2-47 2-37: M ode 6 Same as 2-37: Mode 2, B-C shorted

Heat pump lockout temperature

Heat pump would be locked out when the outdoor air temperature is smaller than the heat pump
lockout temperature. This setting is only effective when heat pump lockout mode has been set.
C/H selection Low
H6P
–26.1°C (–15°F) k h h h h h h ∗
–23.3°C (–10°F) k h h h h h k
–20.5°C (–5°F) k h h h h k h
–17.7°C (0°F) k h h h h k k
–15°C (5°F) k h h h k h h
–12.2°C (10°F) k h h h k h k
–9.4°C (15°F) k h h h k k h
Heat pump
57 lockout k k k k h h k –6.6°C (20°F) k h h h k k k
temperature
–3.8°C (25°F) k h h k h h h
–1.1°C (30°F) k h h k h h k
1.6°C (35°F) k h h k h k h
4.4°C (40°F) k h h k h k k
7.2°C (45°F) k h h k k h h
10°C (50°F) k h h k k h k
Forced heat k h h k k k h
pump lockout
Heat pump lockout release differential

Heat pump would be resumed when the outdoor air temperature is recovered by differential above
the heat pump lockout temperature.
No. C/H selection Low
MODE TEST Demand
H1P H2P H7P
H6P
2.8°C (5°F) k h h h h h h
Heat pump
lockout
47 release k k h k k k k 5.6°C (10°F) k h h h h h k ∗
differential
8.3°C (15°F) k h h h h k h
Automatic lockout
When heat pump lockout mode has been set, the auto backup function will automatically be set.
This will allow the auxiliary or secondary heat source to be automatically energized in the event of a
system failure related to outdoor units.

SiUS281811EA Test Operation
3. Test Operation
Follow the following procedure to conduct the initial test operation after installation.
3.1 Check Work Prior to Turning Power Supply ON

• Is the power supply appropriate?
Check the below items.
• Have you finished a ductwork to drain?
• Power wiring
• Have you detach transport fitting?
• Control transmission wiring
• Is the wiring performed as specified?
between units
• Are the designated wires used?
• Earth wire
• Is the grounding work completed?
Use a 500 V Megger tester to measure the insulation.
Do not use a Megger tester for low voltage circuits.
• Are the setscrews of wiring not loose?
• Is the electrical component box covered with an insulation cover
completely?
Check on refrigerant piping / • Is pipe size proper? (The design pressure of this product is 4.0
insulation material MPa (580 psi).)
• Are pipe insulation materials installed securely?
Liquid and gas pipes need to be insulated. (Otherwise causes
water leak.)
• Are respective stop valves on liquid and gas line securely open?
Check on amount of refrigerant • Is refrigerant charged up to the specified amount?

charge If insufficient, charge the refrigerant from the service port of stop
valve on the liquid side with outdoor unit in stop mode after turning
power ON.
• Has the amount of refrigerant charge been recorded on “Record
Chart of Additional Refrigerant Charge Amount”?
3.2 Turn Power ON

Turn outdoor unit power ON. • Be sure to turn the power ON 6 hours before starting operation to
protect compressors.
• Close outside panels of the outdoor unit.
Turn indoor unit power ON.
Carry out field setting on

outdoor PCB

Test Operation SiUS281811EA
3.3 Test Operation

To start smoothly, a crankcase heater is equipped to the unit. To power up the crankcase heater in
advance, be sure to turn on the power supply 6 hours before operation.
Warning Be sure to inform other installers or attach the front panel well before leaving with the power supply
turned on for the outdoor unit.
Before powering on
 Protect the electronic components with insulating tape in accordance with the "Service
Precautions" label attached to the front panel.
 All indoor units connected with the outdoor unit will operate automatically after powering on. To
ensure safety, ensure that the indoor unit installation has been completed.
1. Powering on ~ test operation

 Make sure to perform a test run first after installation (If the unit is operated with the indoor unit
remote controller but without performing a test operation, the error code U3 will be indicated on
the display of the remote controller and the unit will not operate normally).
 After turning on the power supply, do not touch any switches excluding button switches and
changeover switches when setting the outdoor unit PCB (A2P).
(For positions of the button switches (BS1~5) and changeover switches (DS1-1, 2) on the PCB,
refer to the "Service Precautions" label)
 Check the state of the outdoor units and fault wiring with this operation.
(1)  Attach the front panel of the outdoor unit.
 Turn on the power supply of the outdoor and indoor units.
Caution To power up the crankcase heater in advance, be sure to turn on the power supply 6 hours before
operation.
(2)  Remove the front panel of the outdoor unit.
 Check LED display of the outdoor unit PCB (A1P, A2P), to observe whether data
transmission is normal.
Outdoor
A1P A2P
unit PCB
SERVICE C/H CHANGEOVER
MONITORING MODE READY / LOW NOISE DEMAND
LED ABNORMAL
display LAMP IND MASTER SUB
(Factory
HAP H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
setting)
l h h k h h h h
LED display h Light OFF k Light ON l Blinking
Caution Don't touch the switches other than button switches and changeover switches of the PCB (A2P)
during setting. Doing so may result in electric shock.
(3)  If customer wishes to perform LOW NOISE operation or DEMAND operation, perform
setting with the push buttons (BS1 ~ 5) on outdoor unit PCB (A2P).
 Operate the push buttons from the opening of the insulating cover. (See Protective
range of the "Service Precautions" label for details)
Caution Power supply has been turned on for outdoor unit, be careful to avoid electric shock.
 Set the push buttons (BS1 ~ 5) after making sure the service monitoring lamp has
been ON.

 For setting method, see the "Service Precautions" label attached to the front panel of
the outdoor unit. (Be sure to keep a record of the setting items to the "Service
Precautions" label.)
 Don't touch the changeover switches (DS1-1) while setting them. Doing so may result
in malfunction.
(4)  Check whether the gas side and liquid side stop valves have been opened. Open
them if they are closed.
Caution Operation with the stop valve closed may result in compressor malfunction.
(5) Press TEST (BS4) button for 5 seconds or more to perform test operation. See About
test operation on the "Service Precautions" label for details.
 Ask other installers to perform test operation or attach the front panel before having to
leave the outdoor unit working alone.
 Test operation is automatically stopped after about 30 minutes (maximum 1 hour)
operation. (Perform checks of fault wiring, closed stop valves & refrigerant charging
and auto determination of piping length)
 After test operation is completed, if there is no error code on the display of the remote
controller, the unit can perform normal operation 3 minutes later.
 The display of the remote controller indicates symbol of test operation during this
operation.
(6) Be sure to attach the front panel of the outdoor unit after test operation is completed.
About test operation

 If the system is started about 12 minutes after the indoor and outdoor units are opened or later,
the compressor will not operate and H2P will light up.
Before operating, always check whether the symbols indicated on the LED display are those in
the table under “1. Powering on ~ test operation (2)”.
 In order to ensure uniform refrigerant distribution, it may take up to around 10 minutes for the
compressor to start up after the unit starting operation. This is not a malfunction.
 The operation check is not for checking individual indoor units. After completing the operation
check, operate the system normally with the remote controller.
 Test operation can't be performed when the unit is in other modes such as refrigerant recycling
mode.
 Never perform test operation with discharge pipe thermistor (R2T), suction pipe thermistor
(R3T) and pressure sensor (S1NPH, S1NPL) removed. Failure to do so will result in
compressor damage.

2. For normal operation

Set the master unit (the indoor unit with cooling and heating option rights)
For wired remote controller
 After test operation is completed, the symbol MASTER CONTROLLED blinks on all connected
remote controllers.
 Set the master unit as per customer's request.
(It is recommended to set the indoor unit with highest frequency of use as the master unit.)
 Press the operation mode changeover button on the remote controller of the master unit.
 Conduct cool/heat changeover with this remote controller and the symbol MASTER
CONTROLLED vanishes.
 For other remoter controllers excluding the above, the symbol MASTER CONTROLLED lights
up.
For wireless remote controller
 After test operation is completed, timer lamps blink on all connected indoor units.
 Set the master unit as per customer's request.
 (It is recommended to set the indoor unit with highest frequency of use as the master unit.)
 Press the operation mode changeover button on the remote controller of the master unit. Then a
sound of beeps can be heard and the timer lamps on all indoor units go out.
 The indoor unit has the option rights to change between cooling/heating operation.
For details, refer to the installation manual included with the indoor unit.
 After test operation is completed, operate the unit normally.

(Heating is not possible if the outdoor temperature is 24°C (75.2°F) or higher. Refer to the
operation manual.)
(1) Check the indoor and outdoor units are in normal operation.
(If a knocking sound produced by liquid compression of the compressor can be heard, stop the
unit immediately.)
(2) Operate each indoor unit one by one and check the corresponding outdoor unit is also in
operation.
(3) Check to see if cold (or hot) air is coming out from the indoor unit.
(4) Press the fan direction and strength buttons of the indoor unit to see if they operate properly.
About normal operation check

 The compressor will not restart in about 5 minutes even if the ON/OFF button of the remote
controller is pressed.
 When system operation is stopped by the remote controller, the outdoor unit may continue
operating for further 1 minute at maximum.
 If any check operation was not performed through test operation on first installation, the error
code U3 will be displayed. In this case, perform check operation in accordance with “1.
Powering on ~ test operation”.

3.4 Error Codes and Corresponding Measures

Please check the remote controller connected to the indoor unit for verification.
Error code
Primary Sub Description Solution
code code
High pressure switch activated (S1PH) Check the stop valve or (field) piping
01 abnormality or the airflow on the air
cooling heat exchanger.
• Too much refrigerant charged • Check the amount of refrigerant and
02 • Stop valve closed recharge the unit.
E3 • Open the stop valve.
13 Stop valve closed (liquid). Open the liquid stop valve.
• Too much refrigerant charged • Check the amount of refrigerant and
18 • Stop valve closed recharge the unit.
• Open the stop valve.
Defective low pressure: • Open the stop valve.
• Stop valve closed • Check the amount of refrigerant and
• Refrigerant undercharged recharge the unit.
E4 01
• Defective indoor unit • Check the user interface display.
• Check the transmission wiring
between the indoor and outdoor units.
Defective electronic expansion valve Check the connection of the PCB or
01 (Subcooling) (30/36/42/48 class: Y3E) the actuator.
E9
Defective electronic expansion valve (Main) Check the connection of the PCB or
04
(Y1E) the actuator.
Discharge pipe temperature too high: • Open the stop valve.
F3 01 • Stop valve closed • Check the amount of refrigerant and
• Refrigerant undercharged recharge the unit.
• Too much refrigerant charged • Open the stop valve.
F6 02 • Stop valve closed • Check the amount of refrigerant and
recharge the unit.
H9 01 Defective outdoor air thermistor (R1T) Check the connection of the PCB or
the actuator.
Defective discharge pipe thermistor (R2T): Check the connection of the PCB or
16
Tripping the actuator.
J3
Defective discharge pipe thermistor (R2T): Check the connection of the PCB or
17
Short circuit the actuator.
J5 01 Defective suction pipe thermistor (R3T and Check the connection of the PCB or
R5T): Tripping the actuator.
Defective outdoor heat exchanger deicer Check the connection of the PCB or
J6 01
thermistor (R4T) the actuator.
Defective heat exchanger liquid pipe Check the connection of the PCB or
J7 01
thermistor (R7T) the actuator.
J9 01 Defective subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe Check the connection of the PCB or
thermistor (R6T: 30/36/42/48 class only) the actuator.
Defective high pressure sensor (S1NPH): Check the connection of the PCB or
06
Tripping the actuator.
JA
Defective high pressure sensor (S1NPH): Check the connection of the PCB or
07
Short circuit the actuator.
Defective low pressure sensor (S1NPL): Check the connection of the PCB or
06 Tripping the actuator.
JC
Defective low pressure sensor (S1NPL): Short Check the connection of the PCB or
07
circuit the actuator.
Inverter unbalanced power supply voltage Check if the power supply meets the
P1 01
specifications.
Inverter insufficient voltage Check if the power supply meets the
01 specifications.
U2
Inverter power supply phase missing Check if the power supply meets the
02
specifications.
System test operation not yet executed (Test Execute system test operation.
U3 03
operation cannot be executed.)

Error code
Primary Sub Description Solution
code code
01 Q1/Q2 or indoor-outdoor units wiring error Check (Q1/Q2) wiring.
U4 03 Q1/Q2 or indoor-outdoor units wiring error Check (Q1/Q2) wiring.
04 System test operation ends abnormally. Re-execute the test operation.
System mismatch Check if there are any other defective
Mismatched indoor unit models used (R-410A, indoor units and verify if the indoor unit
U9 01 R-407C, RA, Hydrobox, etc.). combination meets requirements.
Defective indoor unit
Defective indoor unit connection or Check if there are any other defective
03 mismatched models (R-410A, R-407C, RA, indoor units and verify if the indoor unit
Hydrobox, etc.). combination meets requirements.
Defective indoor unit connection or Check if there are any other defective
UA 18 mismatched models (R-410A, R-407C, RA, indoor units and verify if the indoor unit
Hydrobox, etc.). combination meets requirements.
31 Wrong combination of units (multi-unit system) Check the compatibility of unit types.
49 Wrong combination of units (multi-unit system) Check the compatibility of unit types.
Defective automatic addressing Check if the quantity of connected
(inconsistency) units is below the maximum number of
01 units that can be connected (through
UF monitor mode) or if initiation is
complete.
05 Stop valve closed or defective (During system Open the stop valve.
test operation)
Defective automatic addressing Check if the quantity of connected
(inconsistency) units is below the maximum number of
UH 01 units that can be connected (through
monitor mode) or if initiation is
complete.
External protection device abnormality Check if 24 VAC power has been
supplied to R and C terminals.
A0 01 Check if TB4 and TB5 terminals have
not been opened.
Check F1U fuse.
No display on the remote controller
 Error in connection/communication among indoor unit remote controllers. Check if there is any
disconnection or loosening of connectors.
Caution For the plumber

For the electrician
Before giving the air conditioner back to the customer after a test operation, please make sure that
the casing is securely in place and the screws are well fastened.

3.5 When Turning ON Power First Time

The unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the master power and address
(indoor-outdoor address, etc.).
Status
Outdoor unit Test lamp H2P …. Blinks
Can also be set during operation described above.
Indoor unit If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the UH error indicator
blinks. (Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete.)
3.6 When Turning ON Power the Second Time and

Subsequent
Tap the RESET (BS5) button on the outdoor unit PCB. Operation becomes possible for about 2
minutes. If you do not push the RESET (BS5) button, the unit cannot be run for up to 10 minutes to
automatically set master power.
Status
Outdoor unit Test lamp H2P …. Blinks
Indoor unit If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the operation lamp
lights but the compressor does not operate. (Returns to normal when automatic
setting is complete.)
3.7 When an Indoor Unit or Outdoor Unit has been Added, or

Indoor or Outdoor Unit PCB has been Changed
Be sure to push and hold the RESET (BS5) button for 5 seconds. If not, the addition cannot be
recognized. In this case, the unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the
address (indoor-outdoor address, etc.)
Status
Outdoor unit Test lamp H2P …. ON
Indoor unit If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the UH or U4 error
indicator blinks. (Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete.)

SiUS281811EA
Part 6
Service Diagnosis
1. Servicing Items to be Confirmed .............................................................197

1.1 Troubleshooting........................................................................................ 197
1.2 Precautions for Maintenance.................................................................... 197
1.3 Refrigerant Properties (R-410A)............................................................... 199
2. Symptom-based Troubleshooting ...........................................................200
2.1 Indoor Unit Overall ................................................................................... 200
2.2 With Optional Infrared Presence/Floor Sensor......................................... 203
3. Troubleshooting with Remote Controller.................................................205
4. Troubleshooting by Error Codes .............................................................208
4.1 Error Codes and Description .................................................................... 208
4.2 Error Codes - Sub Codes ......................................................................... 210
4.3 Error Code Indication by Outdoor Unit PCB............................................. 212
4.4 External Protection Device Abnormality (Except FTQ-TA)....................... 216
4.5 External Protection Device Abnormality (FTQ-TA Only) .......................... 217
4.6 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality ................................................................... 218
4.7 Drain Level Control System (S1L) Abnormality........................................ 219
4.8 Indoor Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload .................................................. 221
4.9 Indoor Fan Motor Abnormality.................................................................. 223
4.10 Blower Motor Not Running ....................................................................... 227
4.11 Indoor Fan Motor Status Abnormality....................................................... 228
4.12 Low Indoor Airflow.................................................................................... 229
4.13 Swing Flap Motor Abnormality ................................................................. 230
4.14 Power Supply Voltage Abnormality .......................................................... 232
4.15 Blower Motor Stops for Over/Under Voltage ............................................ 233
4.16 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Abnormality, Dust Clogging .................. 234
4.17 Drain Level Above Limit ........................................................................... 236
4.18 Defective Capacity Setting ....................................................................... 237
4.19 Transmission Abnormality (between Indoor Unit PCB and Fan PCB) ..... 238
4.20 Blower Motor Communication Error ......................................................... 240
4.22 Combination Abnormality (between Indoor Unit PCB and Fan PCB)....... 242
4.23 Blower Motor HP Mismatch...................................................................... 243
4.24 Indoor Blower Does Not Have Required Parameters to Function............ 244
4.25 Remote Sensor Abnormality .................................................................... 245
4.26 Infrared Presence/Floor Sensor Error ...................................................... 246
4.27 Remote Controller Thermistor Abnormality .............................................. 251
4.28 Outdoor Main PCB Abnormality ............................................................... 252
194 Part 6 Service Diagnosis

SiUS281811EA
4.29 Activation of High Pressure Switch .......................................................... 253

4.30 Activation of Low Pressure Sensor .......................................................... 255
4.31 Inverter Compressor Motor Lock.............................................................. 257
4.32 Outdoor Fan Motor Abnormality ............................................................... 259
4.33 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Abnormality........................................... 261
4.34 Discharge Pipe Temperature Abnormality ............................................... 262
4.35 Refrigerant Overcharged.......................................................................... 263
4.37 High Pressure Sensor Abnormality .......................................................... 265
4.38 Low Pressure Sensor Abnormality ........................................................... 266
4.39 PCB (for Inverter Compressor) Abnormality............................................. 267
4.40 Radiation Fin Temperature Rise Abnormality .......................................... 268
4.41 Inverter Compressor Instantaneous Overcurrent ..................................... 269
4.42 Inverter Compressor Overcurrent............................................................. 270
4.43 Inverter Compressor Startup Abnormality ................................................ 271
4.44 Transmission Error (Between Microcomputers on the Outdoor Main PCB)... 272
4.45 Inverter Circuit Capacitor High Voltage .................................................... 273
4.46 Radiation Fin Thermistor Abnormality ...................................................... 274
4.47 Refrigerant Shortage ................................................................................ 275
4.48 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Abnormality ......................... 277
4.49 Check Operation Not Executed................................................................ 279
4.50 Transmission Error between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units.................. 280
4.51 Transmission Error between Remote Controller and Indoor Unit............. 282
4.52 Transmission Error between Main and Sub Remote Controllers ............. 283
4.53 Transmission Error between Indoor and Outdoor Units in the Same System ... 284
4.54 Improper Combination of Indoor and Outdoor Units, Indoor Units
and Remote Controller ............................................................................. 285
4.55 Incorrect Electric Heater Capacity Setting................................................ 287
4.56 Address Duplication of Centralized Controller.......................................... 288
4.57 Transmission Error between Centralized Controller and Indoor Unit ....... 289
4.58 System Not Set ........................................................................................ 290
4.59 System Abnormality, Refrigerant System Address Undefined ................. 291
5. Check ......................................................................................................292
5.1 High Pressure Check ............................................................................... 292
5.2 Low Pressure Check ................................................................................ 293
5.3 Superheat Operation Check..................................................................... 294
5.4 Power Transistor Check ........................................................................... 295
5.5 Refrigerant Overcharge Check................................................................. 296
5.6 Refrigerant Shortage Check..................................................................... 297
5.7 Vacuuming and Dehydration Procedure .................................................. 298
5.8 List of Inverter-Related Error Codes......................................................... 299
5.9 Concept of Inverter-Related Error Codes................................................. 300
5.10 Thermistor Check ..................................................................................... 301
5.11 Pressure Sensor Check ........................................................................... 304
5.12 Broken Wire Check of the Relay Wires .................................................... 305
5.13 Fan Motor Connector Check .................................................................... 306
5.14 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Check ................................................... 308
Part 6 Service Diagnosis 195

SiUS281811EA
5.15 Fan Motor Connector Check for FTQ-TA ................................................. 311

SiUS281811EA Servicing Items to be Confirmed
1. Servicing Items to be Confirmed

1.1 Troubleshooting
(1) Initial verification and troubleshooting
1. Properly understand the end user's needs and issues.
2. Check the cause of errors according to the description provided by the end user.
3. Check if the remote controller displays any error codes.
(Or use the outdoor unit monitoring mode to check for errors).
4. If there is no display of error codes, refer to Symptom-based Troubleshooting on page 200
for diagnosis.
If an error code is displayed, refer to troubleshooting flowchart for diagnosis.
(2) Take appropriate measures.

1. Repair the defect or replace the parts according to the troubleshooting results.
2. Turn off the power supply for 10 minutes before disassembling.
3. The refrigerant has to be collected before refrigerant system components are replaced.
(3) Verification after taking appropriate measures

1. Run the unit after repairing the defect to confirm normal unit operation.
2. Record the check results and inform the client.
1.2 Precautions for Maintenance

Pay attention to the following matters in servicing.
(1) Precaution for maintenance

Touch the paint-free metal part of the product (electrical box lid of the standard model; tap bolts of
electrical box of anti-corrosion and heavy anti-corrosion models) to release static electricity before
starting work.
(2) Precautions for maintaining the service cover

After maintenance, make sure to close the service cover.
(Otherwise, leakage of water or contamination by foreign matter may cause defects)
(3) Precautions for maintaining the electrical box

1. Turn off the power for 10 minutes before opening the cover of the electrical box.
2. After opening the cover, use the tester to measure the terminal voltage of the power supply
terminal to make sure that the power has been cut.
Then check if the circuit capacitor voltage is under 50 VDC.
3. To avoid PCB defects, touch the earth terminal of the electrical box with your hand when
unplugging the connector to release static electricity.
4. Unplug the connectors X106A and X107A (30/36/42/48 class models only), of the outdoor fan
motor.
When unplugging the connectors, do not touch the live parts.
(When the outdoor fan is rotating because of strong wind, there is a risk of electric shock due to
main circuit board capacitor power storage.)
5. After maintenance, reconnect the connectors of the outdoor fan in their original positions.
 Otherwise, the remote controller will display error code E7, preventing normal operation.

Servicing Items to be Confirmed SiUS281811EA
(4) Precautions for piping work and refrigerant charging:

This unit uses R-410A refrigerant. Pay attention to the following conditions.
1. The charging pipe and the manifold tube use R-410A products for pressure maintenance and
avoiding contamination by impurities (SUNISO oil, etc.).
2. Be sure to purge with nitrogen when brazing.
 Properly perform airtightness test and vacuum drying. (Airtight test pressure: 4.0 MPa (580
psi))
 Charge refrigerant in liquid state.
(5) Precautions for operating in servicing mode (field setting):
When a test operation is interrupted or after exiting service mode, please wait for at least one
minute before entering service mode again. In case of continuous execution, the outdoor unit PCB
may sometimes display an error code. If any error codes are displayed, press the RETURN (BS3)
button. If performing the above operation still does not eliminate the error, reconnect the unit to the
power supply.

SiUS281811EA Servicing Items to be Confirmed
1.3 Refrigerant Properties (R-410A)

psi MPa MPa G psi G
580 4.0 3.9 566
551 3.8 3.7 537
522 3.6 3.5 508
493 3.4 3.3 479
464 3.2 3.1 450
435 3.0 2.9 421
406 2.8 2.7 392
377 2.6 2.5 363
348 2.4 2.3 334
Pressure gauge value

Absolute pressure
319 2.2 2.1 305
290 2.0 1.9 276
261 1.8 1.7 247
232 1.6 1.5 218
203 1.4 1.3 189
174 1.2 1.1 160
145 1.0 0.9 131
116 0.8 0.7 102
87 0.6 0.5 73
58 0.4 0.3 44
29 0.2 0.1 15
0 0.0 –0.1 –15

–50 –40 –30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 °C
–58 –40 –22 –4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122 140 °F
Temperature
Absolute Absolute Absolute Absolute

Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature
Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure
°C °F MPa psi °C °F MPa psi °C °F MPa psi °C °F MPa psi
–50 –58 0.11 16.0 –20 –4 0.40 58.0 10 50.0 1.09 158 40 104.0 2.42 351
–48 –54.4 0.12 17.4 –18 –0.4 0.43 62.4 12 53.6 1.15 167 42 107.6 2.54 368
–46 –50.8 0.13 18.9 –16 3.2 0.46 66.7 14 57.2 1.22 177 44 111.2 2.67 387
–44 –47.2 0.15 21.8 –14 6.8 0.50 72.5 16 60.8 1.29 187 46 114.8 2.80 406
–42 –43.6 0.16 23.2 –12 10.4 0.54 78.3 18 64.4 1.37 199 48 118.4 2.93 425
–40 –40 0.18 26.1 –10 14 0.57 82.7 20 68.0 1.45 210 50 122.0 3.07 445
–38 –36.4 0.19 27.6 –8 17.6 0.61 88.5 22 71.6 1.53 222 52 125.6 3.21 466
–36 –32.8 0.21 30.5 –6 21.2 0.66 95.7 24 75.2 1.61 234 54 129.2 3.36 487
–34 –29.2 0.23 33.4 –4 24.8 0.70 102 26 78.8 1.70 247 56 132.8 3.51 509
–32 –25.6 0.25 36.3 –2 28.4 0.75 109 28 82.4 1.79 260 58 136.4 3.64 528
–30 –22 0.27 39.2 0 32 0.80 116 30 86.0 1.89 274 60 140.0 3.83 555
–28 –18.4 0.29 42.1 2 35.6 0.85 123 32 89.6 1.99 289 62 143.6 4.00 580
–26 –14.8 0.32 46.4 4 39.2 0.91 132 34 93.2 2.09 303 64 147.2 4.17 605
–24 –11.2 0.34 49.3 6 42.8 0.96 139 36 96.8 2.20 319 ― ― ― ―
–22 –7.6 0.37 53.7 8 46.4 1.02 148 38 100.4 2.31 335 ― ― ― ―

Symptom-based Troubleshooting SiUS281811EA
2. Symptom-based Troubleshooting
2.1 Indoor Unit Overall
Symptom Supposed Cause Countermeasure
1 The system does not start operation at all. Blowout of fuse(s) Turn OFF the power supply and
then replace the fuse(s).
Cutout of breaker(s) • If the knob of any breaker is in
its OFF position, turn ON the
power supply.
• If the knob of any circuit
breaker is in its tripped position,
do not turn ON the power
supply.
ON
Knob
Tripped
OFF
Circuit breaker
Power failure After the power failure is reset,

restart the system.
The connector loose or not fully Turn off the power supply to
plugged in verify the connection of the
connector.
2 The system starts operation but makes an Blocked air inlet or outlet of Remove obstacle(s).
immediate stop. indoor or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s) Clean the air filter(s).
3 The system does not cool or heat air well. Blocked air inlet or outlet of Remove obstacle(s).
indoor or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s) Clean the air filter(s).
Enclosed outdoor unit(s) Remove the enclosure.
Improper set temperature Set the temperature to a proper
degree.
Airflow rate set to LOW Set it to a proper airflow rate.
Improper direction of air Set it to a proper direction.
diffusion
Open window(s) or door(s) Shut it tightly.
In cooling Hang curtains or shades on
Direct sunlight received windows.
In cooling The model must be selected to
Too many persons staying in a match the air conditioning load.
room
In cooling
Too many heat sources (e.g.
OA equipment) located in a
room

SiUS281811EA Symptom-based Troubleshooting

4 The system The system stops and If the operation lamp on the Normal operation. The system
does not immediately restarts remote controller turns ON, the will automatically start
operate. operation. system will be normal. These operation after a lapse of five
Pressing the temperature symptoms indicate that the minutes.
setting button immediately system is controlled so as not
resets the system. to put unreasonable loads on
the system.
The remote controller The system is controlled with Operate the system using the
displays CENTRAL centralized controller. Blinking COOL/HEAT centralized
CONTROL, which blinks for display indicates that the remote controller.
a period of several seconds system cannot be operated
when the OPERATION using the remote controller.
button is depressed.
The system stops The system is in preparation Wait for a period of
immediately after turning ON mode of microcomputer approximately one minute.
the power supply. operation.
5 The system The remote controller The system stops due to an Remove causes of electrical
makes displays error codes U4 or interruption in communication noises.
intermittent U5, and the system stops between units caused by If these causes are removed,
stops. but restarts after a lapse of electrical noises coming from the system will automatically
several minutes. equipment other than air restart operation.
conditioners.
6 COOL/HEAT The remote controller This remote controller has no Use a remote controller with
selection is displays CENTRAL option to select cooling option to select cooling
disabled. CONTROL. operation. operation.
The remote controller COOL/HEAT selection is made Use the COOL/HEAT selection
displays CENTRAL using the COOL/HEAT remote controller to select cool
CONTROL, and the COOL/ selection remote controller. or heat.
HEAT selection remote
controller is provided.
7 The system This symptom occurs The system is in preparation Wait for a period of
conducts fan immediately after turning ON mode of operation. approximately 10 minutes.
operation but the power supply.
not cooling or The remote controller In thermal storage operation, Normal operation.
heating displays CENTRAL the unit is set to fan operation in
operation. CONTROL; no cooling or cooling or heating operation,
heating operation is and the remote controller
performed. shows CENTRAL CONTROL.
Switch to fan operation.
8 The airflow rate Even pressing the airflow In heating operation, when the Normal operation.
is not rate setting button makes no room temperature reaches the
reproduced changes in the airflow rate. set degree, the outdoor unit will
according to the stop while the indoor unit is
setting. brought to fan LL operation so
that no one gets cold air.
Furthermore, if fan operation
mode is selected when other
indoor unit is in heating
operation, the system will
be brought to fan LL operation.
9 The airflow The airflow direction is not Automatic control Normal operation.
direction is not corresponding to that
reproduced displayed on the remote
according to the controller.
setting. The flap does not swing.


10 A white mist Indoor unit Uneven temperature Clean the inside of the indoor
comes out from In cooling operation, the distribution due to heavy stain unit.
the system. ambient humidity is high. of the inside of the indoor unit
(This indoor unit is installed
in a place with much oil or
dust.)
Indoor unit Hot gas (refrigerant) that has Normal operation.
Immediately after cooling flowed in the indoor unit results
operation stopping, the to be vapor from the unit.
indoor air temperature and
humidity are low.
Indoor and outdoor units Defrosted moisture turns to be Normal operation.
After the completion of vapor and comes out from the
defrost operation, the units.
system is switched to
heating operation.
11 The system Indoor unit These are operating sounds of Normal operation.
produces Immediately after turning ON the electronic expansion valve This sound becomes low after a
sounds. the power supply, indoor unit of the indoor unit. lapse of approximately one
produces ringing sounds. minute.
Indoor and outdoor units These sounds are produced Normal operation.
Hissing sounds are from gas (refrigerant) flowing
continuously produced while respectively through the indoor
in cooling or defrost and outdoor units.
operation.
Indoor and outdoor units These sounds are produced Normal operation.
Hissing sounds are when the gas (refrigerant) stops
produced immediately after or changes flowing.
the startup or stop of the
system, or the startup or
stop of defrost operation.
Indoor unit These sounds are produced Normal operation.
Faint sounds are from the drain discharge device
continuously produced while in operation.
in cooling operation or after
stopping the operation.
Indoor unit These sounds are produced Normal operation.
Creaking sounds are from resin parts expanding and
produced while in heating contracting with temperature
operation or after stopping changes.
the operation.
Outdoor unit The reason is that the Normal operation.
Pitch of operating sounds compressor changes the
changes. operating frequency.
12 Dust comes out Dust comes out from the Dust, which has deposited on Normal operation.
from the system when it restarts after the inside of indoor unit, is
system. the stop for an extended blown out from the system.
period of time.
13 Odors come out In operation Odors of room, cigarettes or The inside of the indoor unit
from the else adsorbed to the inside of should be cleaned.
system. indoor unit are blown out.
14 Outdoor fan In operation The reason is that fan Normal operation.
does not rotate. revolutions are controlled to put
the operation to the optimum
state.
15 LCD display 88 Immediately after turning ON The reason is that the system is Normal operation.
or Checking the power supply checking to be sure the remote This code is displayed for a
the controller is normal. period of approximately one
connection. minute at maximum.
Please stand
by. appears on
the remote
controller.

SiUS281811EA Symptom-based Troubleshooting

16 The outdoor After stopping operation It stops in order to prevent oil or Normal operation.
unit compressor refrigerant from dwelling. It stops after a lapse of
or the outdoor approximately 5 to 10 minutes.
fan does not
stop.
17 The outdoor While stopping operation The reason is that the Normal operation.
unit gets hot. compressor is warmed up to
provide smooth startup of the
system.
18 The system The system is in dry The reason is that the dry Change the system to cooling
does not cool operation. operation serves not to reduce operation.
air well. the room temperature where
possible.
2.2 With Optional Infrared Presence/Floor Sensor

Problem Measure
"Louver operation different from setting" or "No downward Refer to the flowchart below.
1
airflow in heating operation"
Individual airflow direction setting different from the actual · Check the "Louver operation different from setting" error
2
airflow direction diagnosis.
3 When in stop mode, the louver does not close completely. Turn off the circuit breaker and then turn it on again.
The remote controller menu does not display energy saving
operating mode for when people are not present.
Please check "Infrared presence/infrared floor sensor error
The remote controller menu does not display the stop function (CE)" in troubleshooting.
4
for when people are not present.
The remote controller menu does not display the automatic
draft prevention function.
5 The menu does not display the eco-friendly display function. No defect.
Set the clock.
During cooling and dry operation, the louver automatically No defect.
6 switches from horizontal (P0) to one-level downward (P1). When relative ambient humidity is higher, automatic louver
control will be activated.
During heating operation, the use of an airflow block will not No defect.
7 cause other louvers to turn downward (P4). In heating operation, if an airflow block is set, then the air
outlet control outside the airflow block will be within the
range P0-P3.
8 When using airflow block, the airflow block will be routinely No defect.
lifted (become horizontal) during heating operation. Set louver to horizontal (P0) during thermostat OFF.
Although people are not present, the infrared presence sensor Check if there are any objects that generate temperature
detects human presence. change when moving.
For example:
· An electric heater with swing function
9
· Doors, curtains, blind switches
· Output of paper from a fax machine or a printer
· Turning on/off of incandescent lights
· Moving objects
Although people are present, the infrared presence sensor fails Check for the following conditions.
to determine their presence. · Lack of movement
10 · Facing away from the sensor
· Little skin exposed
· Slight movement in a place far from the sensor
Large difference between floor temperature and actual Check for the following conditions.
temperature · Sensor detection zone affected by solar radiation
· High or low temperature objects in the sensor detection
zone
11 · Large difference between floor temperature and
temperature of the living space
· Sensors installed near walls may be affected by wall
temperature.

Error diagnosis of "Louver operation different from setting"
Is the individual YES

Normal
airflow set? Reset (Cancel)
individual airflow.
NO
Is the Is the
YES automatic draft prevention YES
airflow direction set to Normal
automatic? function "enabled"? Automatic draft
NO NO prevention function
switches flap to
horizontal position
when human
presence is detected.
Is the connection YES Is the YES

of the step motor wire harness Replace the wire
connector normal? broken? harness.
NO
Replace the step
NO motor. (Motor failure)
Connect to the
connector
correctly before
action verification.

SiUS281811EA Troubleshooting with Remote Controller
3. Troubleshooting with Remote Controller

3.1.1 BRC1E73
The following will be displayed on the screen when an error (or a warning) occurs during operation.
Check the error code and take the corrective action specified for the particular model.
Screen
Operation lamp
(1) Check if it is an error or warning.

Operation Status Display
Abnormal The system stops The operation lamp (green) starts to
shutdown operating. blink. The message Error: Push Menu
button will blink at the bottom of the
screen.
Warning The system continues its The operation lamp (green) remains
operation. on. The message Warning: Push
Menu button will blink at the bottom of
the screen.
(2) Taking corrective action.

Press the Menu/OK button to check the error code.
A6-01 Error code
Take the corrective action specific to the model. FCQ18TAVJU

Applicable
model names

Troubleshooting with Remote Controller SiUS281811EA

If unit stops due to an error, the operation indicating LED on the signal receiving part of indoor unit
blinks.
The error code can be determined by following the procedure described below. (The error code is
displayed when an operation error has occurred. In normal condition, the error code of the last
problem is displayed.)
UP button
DOWN button
Unit number
MODE button
1. Press INSPECTION/TEST button to enter inspection mode. Then the figure 0 blinks on the unit
number display.
2. Press UP button or DOWN button and change the unit number until the receiver of the remote
controller starts to beep.
3 short beeps : Follow all steps below.
1 short beep : Follow steps 3 and 4. Continue the operation in step 4 until you hear a
continuous beep. This continuous beep indicates that the error code is confirmed.
Continuous beep : There is no abnormality.
3. Press MODE button. The left 0 (upper digit) indication of the error code blinks.
4. Press UP button or DOWN button to change the error code upper digit until the receiver of the
indoor unit starts to beep.
 The upper digit of the code changes as shown below.
O0 A C E H F J L P U 9 8 7 6 5 4
"UP" button "DOWN" button
Continuous beep : Both upper and lower digits match. (Error code is confirmed.)
2 short beeps : The upper digit matches but the lower digit does not.
1 short beep : The upper digit does not match.
5. Press MODE button. The right 0 (lower digit) indication of the error code blinks.
6. Press UP button or DOWN button and change the error code lower digit until the receiver of the
indoor unit generates a continuous beep.

SiUS281811EA Troubleshooting with Remote Controller
 The lower digit of the code changes as shown below.
01 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A H CJ E F
"UP" button "DOWN" button
Continuous beep : Both upper and lower digits match. (Error code is confirmed.)
2 short beeps : The upper digit matches but the lower digit does not.
1 short beep : The upper digit does not match.
7. Press MODE button to return to the normal mode. If you do not press any button for 1 minute,
the remote controller automatically returns to the normal mode.
2. Change the unit number with

Normal mode UP button or DOWN button.
1. Press INSPECTION/TEST button to enter

inspection mode.
If no button is pressed
for 1 minute, equipment
returns to normal mode.
3. Press MODE
button.
The upper digit
7. When MODE button is blinks.
pressed or no button is
pressed for 1 minute,
equipment returns to
normal mode.
If no button is pressed
for 1 minute, equipment
returns to normal mode.
6. Change the lower

digit with UP
button or DOWN 4. Change the
button. upper digit with
UP button or
5. Press MODE button. DOWN button.
The lower digit blinks.

Troubleshooting by Error Codes SiUS281811EA
4. Troubleshooting by Error Codes

4.1 Error Codes and Description
k: ON h: OFFl : Blink
Operation Reference
Error code Description
lamp Page
External protection device abnormality 216
A0 l
External protection device abnormality (FTQ-TA only) 217
A1 l Indoor unit PCB abnormality 218
A3 l Drain level control system (S1L) abnormality 219
Indoor fan motor (M1F) lock, overload 221
Indoor fan motor abnormality 223
A6 l Blower motor not running (FTQ-TA only) 227
Indoor fan motor status abnormality (FTQ-TA only) 228
Low indoor airflow (FTQ-TA only) 229
A7 k Swing flap motor abnormality 230
Power supply voltage abnormality 232
A8 l
Blower motor stops for over/under voltage (FTQ-TA only) 233
A9 l Electronic expansion valve coil abnormality, Dust clogging 234
Indoor Unit AF k Drain level above limit 236
AJ l Defective capacity setting 237
Transmission abnormality (between indoor unit PCB and fan PCB) 238
C1 l
Blower motor communication error (FTQ-TA only) 240
C4 l Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor abnormality 241
C5 l Heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor abnormality 241
Combination abnormality (between indoor unit PCB and fan PCB) 242
C6 l Blower motor HP mismatch (FTQ-TA only) 243
Indoor blower does not have required parameters to function (FTQ-TA only) 244
Suction air thermistor (R1T) abnormality 241
C9 l
Remote sensor abnormality 245
CA k Discharge air thermistor abnormality 241
CE k Infrared presence/floor sensor error 246
CJ(∗1) k Remote controller thermistor abnormality 251

SiUS281811EA Troubleshooting by Error Codes
Operation Reference
Error code Description
lamp Page
E1 l Outdoor main PCB abnormality 252
E3 l Activation of high pressure switch 253
E4 l Activation of low pressure sensor 255
E5 l Inverter compressor motor lock 257
E7 l Outdoor fan motor abnormality 259
E9 l Electronic expansion valve coil abnormality 261
F3 l Discharge pipe temperature abnormality 262
F6 l Refrigerant overcharged 263
H9 l Outdoor air thermistor abnormality 264
J3 l Discharge pipe thermistor abnormality 264
J5 l Suction pipe thermistor abnormality 264
J6 l Outdoor heat exchanger deicer thermistor abnormality 264
Outdoor Unit
J7 l Outdoor heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor abnormality 264
J9 l Subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor abnormality 264
JA l High pressure sensor abnormality 265
JC l Low pressure sensor abnormality 266
L1 l PCB (for inverter compressor) abnormality 267
L4 l Radiation fin temperature rise abnormality 268
L5 l Inverter compressor instantaneous overcurrent 269
L8 l Inverter compressor overcurrent 270
L9 l Inverter compressor startup abnormality 271
LC l Transmission error (between microcomputers on the outdoor main PCB) 272
P1 l Inverter circuit capacitor high voltage 273
P4 k Radiation fin thermistor abnormality 274
U0 k Refrigerant shortage 275
U2 l Power supply insufficient or instantaneous abnormality 277
U3 l Check operation not executed 279
U4 l Transmission error between indoor units and outdoor units 280
U5 l Transmission error between remote controller and indoor unit 282
U8 l Transmission error between main and sub remote controllers 283
U9 l Transmission error between indoor and outdoor units in the same system 284
System
Improper combination of indoor and outdoor units, indoor units and remote
285
UA l controller
Incorrect electric heater capacity setting (FTQ-TA only) 287
UC k Address duplication of centralized controller 288
UE l Transmission error between centralized controller and indoor unit 289
UF l System not set 290
UH l System abnormality, refrigerant system address undefined 291
:In the case of error codes identified, system operation continues, however, be sure to check and
repair.
Note(s) ∗1. The system may not continue operation depending on the conditions.

4.2 Error Codes - Sub Codes

If an error code like the one shown below is displayed when the navigation remote controller
(BRC1E series) is in use, make a detailed diagnosis.
4.2.1 Indoor Unit
Troubleshooting
Error code
Description of error Description of diagnosis
A0 - 01 External protection device abnormality Refer to page 217.
Fan motor locked A locked fan motor current has been detected.
A6 - 01
Turn the fan by hand to check for the connection of connectors.
Fan overcurrent error A fan motor overcurrent has been detected.
Check for the connection of the connector between the fan
A6 - 10 motor and the fan PCB. If the connection is normal, replace the
fan motor. If this still cannot solve the error, replace the fan
PCB.
Fan position detection error An error in the detection of position of the fan motor. Check for
the connection of the connector between the fan motor and the
A6 - 11
fan PCB. If the connection is normal, replace the fan motor. If
this still cannot solve the error, replace the fan PCB.
A6 - 20 Indoor fan motor status abnormality Refer to page 228.
A6 - 21 Low indoor airflow Refer to page 229.
A8 - 01 Power supply voltage error Check for the input voltage of the fan motor.
A9 - 01 Electronic expansion valve error There is an error in the electronic expansion valve coil or a
connector disconnected.
Refrigerant leakage detection error Refrigerant leaks even if the electronic expansion valve is
A9 - 02 closed.
Replace the electronic expansion valve.
Transmission error (between the self-cleaning Check for the connection of the harness connector between the
AH - 03 decoration panel and the indoor unit) panel PCB and the indoor unit PCB.
(when the self-cleaning decoration panel is
mounted)
Dust detection sensor error Check for the connections of the connector X12A on the panel
AH - 04 (when the self-cleaning decoration panel is PCB and the connectors X18A and X19A on the sensor PCB.
mounted)
Dust collection sign error Check for clogging with dust at the dust collection port as well
(when the self-cleaning decoration panel is as in the brush unit, S-shaped pipe, and dust box. Furthermore,
AH - 05
mounted) check for any stains of the light receiving and emitting parts of
the infrared unit.
Air filter rotation error Check for anything getting in the way of rotating the filter (e.g.
AH - 06 (when the self-cleaning decoration panel is the filter comes off or the drive gear is clogged with foreign
mounted) matter).
Damper rotation error The damper does not rotate normally. Check for any foreign
AH - 07 (when the self-cleaning decoration panel is matter around the damper and for the operation of the gear and
mounted) limit switch.
Filter self-cleaning operation error The unit has not yet completed the filter self-cleaning operation
AH - 08 (when the self-cleaning decoration panel is even after the lapse of specified period of time. Check for any
mounted) external noise, etc.
Filter self-cleaning operation start disabled error The unit has been put into a state in which the filter
AH - 09 (when the self-cleaning decoration panel is self-cleaning operation is disabled. Check the unit for the
mounted) operating conditions.
AJ - 01 Capacity setting error There is an error in the capacity setting of the indoor unit PCB.
Electronic expansion valve setting error There is a fault in the setting of the gear type electronic
AJ - 02
expansion valve/direct acting type electronic expansion valve.
Transmission abnormality between indoor unit Check for the conditions of transmission between the indoor
C1 - 01
PCB and fan PCB unit PCB and the fan PCB.
C1 - 07 Blower motor communication error Refer to page 240.
Defective combination of indoor unit PCB and the A combination of indoor unit PCB and the fan PCB is defective.
fan PCB Check whether the capacity setting adaptor is correct and the
C6 - 01 type of the fan PCB is correct.
Blower motor HP mismatch Refer to page 243.
Indoor blower does not have required Refer to page 244.
C6 - 02
parameters to function

Troubleshooting
Error code
Description of error Description of diagnosis
U4 - 01 Indoor-outdoor transmission error Refer to the U4 flowchart.
Refrigerant type error The type of refrigerant used for the indoor unit is different from
UA - 13
that used for the outdoor unit.
Not applicable for self-cleaning decoration panel An outdoor unit is not applicable for the self-cleaning decoration
UA - 15 [when the self-cleaning decoration panel panel is connected.
is mounted]
UA - 17 Incorrect electric heater capacity setting Refer to page 287.

4.3 Error Code Indication by Outdoor Unit PCB

Monitor mode
To enter the monitor mode, press Error Description Error Code
the MODE (BS1) button when in
“Setting mode 1”. PCB abnormality E1
Abnormal high pressure switch High pressure switch activated E3
Abnormal low pressure switch Low pressure switch activated E4
Compressor lock Detection of inverter compressor lock E5
Overload, overcurrent, Detection of DC fan 1 motor lock E7
abnormal lock of outdoor fan motor
Detection of DC fan 2 motor lock
Selection of setting item
Electronic expansion valve Main E9
Press the SET (BS2) button and set abnormality
Subcooling
the LED display to a setting item. Abnormal discharge pipe temperature Abnormal Tdi F3
Abnormal heat exchanger temperature Refrigerant overcharge F6
Defective thermistor of outdoor air Defective Ta sensor (short) H9
temperature
Defective discharge pipe thermistor Defective Tdi sensor (short) J3
Confirmation of error 1
Defective suction pipe thermistor Defective Ts1 sensor (short) J5
Press the RETURN (BS3) button Defective Ts2 sensor (short)
once to display "First digit" of error
Defective outdoor heat exchanger Defective Tb sensor (short) J6
code. deicer thermistor
Defective outdoor heat exchanger Defective TI sensor (short) J7
liquid pipe thermistor
Defective subcooling heat exchanger Defective Tsh sensor (short) J9
gas pipe thermistor
Defective sensor of high pressure Defective Pc sensor (short) JA
Defective sensor of low pressure Defective Pe sensor (short) JC
Press the SET (BS2) button once to Detailed Defective PCB (for inverter Defective IPM L1
display "Second digit" of error code. description compressor)
Abnormal current sensor offset
on next Abnormal IGBT
page.
Defective current sensor
Abnormal SP-PAM overvoltage
Abnormal Interleave
Abnormal inverter jumper setting
Abnormal EEPROM
Press the SET (BS2) button once to Inverter radiation fin temperature rising Overheating of inverter radiation fin temperature L4
display "error location". DC output overcurrent Inverter instantaneous overcurrent L5
Electronic thermal Electronic thermal switch 1 L8
Electronic thermal switch 2
Out-of-step
Speed down after startup
Lightening detection
Confirmation of error 4 Stall prevention (Limit time) Stall prevention (Current increasing) L9
Press the SET (BS2) button once to Stall prevention (Defective start up)
display "master or slave 1 or slave 2" Abnormal wave form in startup
and "error location". Out-of-step
Transmission error (Between microcomputers on the outdoor main PCB) LC

and switches to the initial status of
“Monitor mode”.
Press the MODE (BS1) button and

return to “Setting mode 1”.

k: ON h: OFF l: Blink
Confirmation of Error 1 Confirmation of Error 2 Confirmation of Error 3 Confirmation of Error 4
Error Code
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
E1 l l h h h l l l h k h h h l l k h h h h h l k k h h l l
E3 l h k h h l l l k h h h h h l k k h h
E4 l h k h l h h l k h h h h h l k k h h
E5 l h k h l h l l k h h h h h l k k h h
E7 l h k h l l l l k h h h h h l k k h l 1
l k h h h h l l k k h l
E9 l h k l h h l l k h h h h h l k k h h
l k k l h
F3 l l h h l h l l h k h h l l l k h h h h h l k k h h 1
F6 l h k h l l h l k h h h h h l k k h h l l
H9 l l h h l h h l h k l h h l l k h h h h h l k k h h 1
J3 l l h h l l h l h k h h l l l k h h h h h l k k h h
J5 l h k h l h l l k h h h h h l k k h h
l k k h l
J6 l h k h l l h l k h h h h h l k k h h
1
J7 l h k h l l l l k h h h h h l k k h h
J9 l h k l h h l l k h h h h h l k k h h
JA l h k l h l h l k h h h h h l k k h h
JC l h k l l h h l k h h h h h l k k h h
L1 l l h h l l l l h k h h h l l k h h h h h l k k h h h h
l k k h h h l
l k k h h l h
l k k h h l l
l k k h l h h
l k k h l l l
l k k h l h l
l k k l h h h
L4 l h k h l h h l k h h h h h l k k h h
L5 l h k h l h l l k h h h h h l k k h h
L8 l h k l h h h l k h h h h h l k k h h
L9 l h k l h h l l k h h h h h l k k h h
LC l h k l l h h l k h h h h h l k k h l
Display of error Display of error description Display 1 of Display 2 of

description (first digit) (second digit) error in detail error in detail
1 h h Master
h l Slave1
l h Slave2
l l System

Monitor mode
Error Description Error Code
To enter the monitor mode, press
Inverter circuit capacitor high voltage Imbalance of inverter power supply P1
the MODE (BS1) button when in voltage
“Setting mode 1”. Defective temperature sensor of Defective thermistor of inverter fin P4
inverter radiation fin
Refrigerant shortage Refrigerant shortage alarm U0
Liquid pipe temperature abnormality
Abnormal power supply voltage Insufficient Inverter voltage U2
Open phase in inverter (Phase T)
Selection of setting item
Error due to SP-PAM overvoltage
Press the SET (BS2) button and set Error due to P-N short circuit
the LED display to a setting item.
No implementation of test-run U3
Transmission error between indoor I/O transmission error U4
and outdoor unit
Indoor unit system error
Transmission error of other system Indoor unit system abnormal in other U9
system or other indoor unit system
abnormal in own system
Erroneous field setting System transmission error UA
Press the RETURN (BS3) button Overconnection error of indoor units
once to display "First digit" of error Error of field setting
code.
Refrigerant abnormal
Connection error (BP unit)
Conflict in wiring and piping, no setting Conflict in wiring and piping UF
for system
Defective system Wiring error (Auto-address error) UH
Press the SET (BS2) button once to Detailed
display "Second digit" of error code. description
on next
page.
Press the SET (BS2) button once to
display "error location".
Press the SET (BS2) button once to
display "master or slave 1 or slave 2"
and "error location".

and switches to the initial status of
“Monitor mode”.
Press the MODE (BS1) button and

return to “Setting mode 1”.

k: ON h: OFF l: Blink
Error Confirmation of Error 1 Confirmation of Error 2 Confirmation of Error 3 Confirmation of Error 4
Code H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
P1 l l h l h h h l h k h h h l l k h h h h h l k k h h
1
P4 l h k h l h h l k h h h h h l k k h h
U0 l l h l h h l l h k h h h h l k h h h h h l k k h h l l
l k k h l h h
U2 l h k h h l h l k h h h h h l k k h h h h
k k h l h h
l k k h h l h
l k k h h h l
U3 l h k h h l l l k h h h h h l k k h h l l
U4 l h k h l h h l k h h h h h l k k h h l l
l k k h l l l
U9 l h k l h h l l k h h h h h l k k h h l l
UA l h k l h l h l k h h h h h l k k h h l l
l k h h h h h l k k h l l l
l k h h h h h l k k l h l l
l k h h h h l l k k h h l l
l k h h h l h l k k h l l l
UF l h k l l l l l k h h h h h l k k h h l l
UH l h k l h l l l k h h h h h l k k h h l l
Display of error Display of error description Display 1 of Display 2 of

description (first digit) (second digit) error in detail error in detail
1 h h Master
h l Slave1
l h Slave2
l l System

4.4 External Protection Device Abnormality (Except FTQ-TA)

Error Code A0
Applicable All indoor models (except FTQ-TA)
Models
Method of Error Detect open or short circuit between external input terminals in indoor unit.
Detection
Error Decision When an open circuit occurs between external input terminals with the remote controller set for
Conditions external ON/OFF terminal.
Supposed  Activation of external protection device

Causes  Improper field setting
 Defective indoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off the power switch before connecting or disconnecting
Caution connectors, or parts may be damaged.
External
protection
device is connected to YES
terminals T1 and T2 of the Activation of external protection
indoor unit terminal device.
block.
NO
Check the setting state of the

ON/OFF input by remote
controller.
ON/OFF
input from
outside (mode No.
12, first code No. 1) has
YES Change the second code No. to
been set to external
protection device input 01 or 02.
(second code No.
03) by remote
controller.
NO
Replace the indoor unit main PCB

(A1P).

4.5 External Protection Device Abnormality (FTQ-TA Only)

Error Code A0-01
Applicable FTQ-TA
Models
Method of Error Detect open or short circuit between external input terminals in indoor unit.
Detection
Error Decision When an open circuit occurs between external input terminals.
Conditions
Supposed  Activation of external protection device

Causes  Defective indoor unit PCB
 Indoor unit fuse blown
 24 VAC power is not supplied to TH2 and TR2 terminals on the indoor unit PCB.
Troubleshooting
External
protection device The external
is connected to TB4 and YES protection device is YES
Activation of external protection
TB5 of the indoor unit opened. device.
terminal.
NO NO
Fuse (F1U) is YES

Replace the fuse (F1U).
blown.
NO
24 VAC
power is supplied to YES
TH2 and TR2 terminals. Replace the indoor unit PCB.
NO
Confirm that wiring follows
the wiring diagram and then
supply power to each
terminal.

4.6 Indoor Unit PCB Abnormality

Error Code A1
Applicable All indoor models
Models
Method of Error Data from EEPROM is checked.

Detection
Error Decision When data cannot be correctly received from the EEPROM
Conditions EEPROM: Type of nonvolatile memory. Maintains memory contents even when the power supply is
turned OFF.
Supposed  Defective indoor unit PCB

Causes  External factor (Noise etc.)
Troubleshooting
Turn the power supply OFF,

then the power ON again.
Does the YES

system return to The indoor unit main
normal? PCB (A1P) is normal.
External factor other than
NO error (for example, noise
etc.).
Replace the indoor unit
main PCB (A1P).

4.7 Drain Level Control System (S1L) Abnormality

Error Code A3
Applicable FCQ-TA, FBQ-P
Models
Method of Error By float switch OFF detection

Detection
Error Decision When the float switch goes OFF when conditions for rise of water level are not met
Conditions
Supposed  Defective drain pump

Causes  Improper drain piping work
 Drain piping clogging
 Defective float switch
 Defective short circuit connector on PCB

Troubleshooting
Is the
Is the drain pump NO short circuit NO
mechanism connected? connector connected to the Short circuit connector
indoor unit PCB? connection
( 1)
YES YES
Check the
continuity of short NO
circuit connector. Is there Replace the short circuit
continuity? connector.
YES
Replace the indoor unit main
PCB (A1P).
Is a drain
pump connected to the NO
Connect the drain pump.
indoor unit PCB?
YES
Does the Is the drain

drain pump work after YES water level abnormally YES
Drain system abnormality
restarting operation? high?
NO NO
Is the float
switch connected to the NO Connect the float switch (S1L).
indoor unit PCB? Check if drain water is being
( 1) drained, and if the drain pipe is
YES not clogged.
Remove the float switch and

attach a jumper connector.
Then restart operation.
Set to “emergency” and check
the voltage of the connector
( 2) to which the drain pump is
connected. Error is NO
displayed again. Replace the float switch (S1L).
YES
Replace the indoor unit main PCB
(A1P).
Drain
pump voltage is in YES
accordance to the Replace the drain pump.
criteria. ( 3)
NO
PCB (A1P).
Note(s)
∗1: Float switch (S1L) / ∗2: Drain pump (M1P) ∗3: Drain pump (M1P)
Model
short circuit connector connector voltage
FCQ-TA X15A X10A 13 VDC
FBQ-P X15A X25A 220-240 VAC
Note: If a PCB that does not have X15A connector detects A3 error code, the PCB is defective.

4.8 Indoor Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload

Error Code A6
Applicable FCQ-TA, FAQ-TA
Models
Method of Error Abnormal fan revolutions are detected by signal output from the fan motor.
Detection
Error Decision When the fan revolutions do not increase

Conditions
Supposed  Broken wires in, short circuit of, or disconnection of connectors from the fan motor harness
Causes  Defective fan motor (Broken wires or defective insulation)
 Abnormal signal output from the fan motor (defective circuit)
 Defective indoor unit main PCB
 Instantaneous disturbance in the power supply voltage
 Fan motor lock (Due to motor or external causes)
 The fan does not rotate due to foreign matter blocking the fan.

Troubleshooting
Turn OFF the power

supply, and then wait for
a period of 10 minutes.
Are there
any foreign matter YES
Remove the foreign matter.
around the fan?
NO
Is the
connector properly NO
connected to the indoor Properly connect the connector.
unit main PCB?
( 1)
YES
By
disconnecting the NO
connector, the fan can be Replace the fan motor.
lightly rotated by
hand.
YES
CHECK 16
Disconnect the connector
from the fan motor, and then
make measurement of
resistance between pins.
Is the
resistance between NO
the pins less than the Replace the indoor unit main
judgment criteria? PCB (A1P).
YES
Replace the fan motor and the
indoor unit main PCB (A1P).
Note(s) ∗1. Check the following connectors.

Model Connector
FCQ-TA X20A, Relay connector
FAQ-TA X20A
Reference CHECK 16 Refer to page 306.

4.9 Indoor Fan Motor Abnormality

4.9.1 Indoor Fan Motor Abnormality (FHQ-P, FHQ-M Models)
Error Code A6
Applicable FHQ-P, FHQ-M
Models
Method of Error This error is detected if there is no revolution detection signal output from the fan motor.
Detection
Error Decision When no revolutions can be detected even at the maximum output voltage to the fan
Conditions
Supposed  Defective indoor fan motor

Causes  Broken wires
 Defective contact.
Troubleshooting
Is the
X4A NO
connector securely Properly connect the connectors.
connected?
(At this time, check for any
defective connector contact or
YES broken wires.)
Is the
power of 12
VDC supplied
between the Pins 1
and 3 when the X4A is YES
CHECK 16
disconnected Check the indoor fan motor and
and the power
the wiring circuits of the fan
supply turns
ON? motor.
NO

PCB (A1P).

4.9.2 Indoor Fan Motor Abnormality (FBQ-P Models)

Error Code A6
Applicable FBQ-P
Models
Method of Error Error from the current flow on the fan PCB
Detection Error from the rotation speed of the fan motor in operation
Error from the position signal of the fan motor
Error from the current flow on the fan PCB when the fan motor starting operation
Error Decision  An overcurrent flows.

Conditions  The rotation speed is less than a certain level for 6 seconds.
 A position error in the fan rotor continues for 5 seconds or more.
Supposed  Clogging of a foreign matter

Causes  Disconnection of the fan motor connectors (X1A and X2A)
 Disconnection of the connectors between the indoor unit main PCB (A1P) and fan PCB (A2P)
 Defective fan PCB (A2P)
 Defective fan motor

Troubleshooting
Turn off the power and wait for

10 minutes.
There is a YES
foreign matter around Remove the foreign matter.
the fan.
NO
The fan
motor connectors (X1A and YES
X2A) of the fan PCB (A2P) Connect the connector
are disconnected. properly.
NO
The connectors
between the indoor unit YES
PCB (A1P) and the fan Connect the connector
PCB (A2P) are properly.
disconnected.
NO
The fuse (F3U, white) NO

on the fan PCB (A2P) Replace the fan PCB (A2P).
has no continuity.
YES
The fan
can be moved lightly
by hand after the fan motor NO
connector of the fan PCB Replace the indoor fan
(A2P) is removed. motor.
YES
The
resistance between
the power wire terminals of YES
the fan motor and motor frame Replace the indoor fan
(metal part) is 1 M: or motor.
below.
NO
CHECK 16
Remove the power wire
connector from the fan motor
and measure the resistance
between U and V, V and W, and
W and U phases.
A Go to the next page.

The resistance YES

among U, V, and W are unbalanced Replace the indoor fan
or short circuited. motor.
NO
CHECK 16
Remove the signal connector
from the fan motor and check
the resistance.
Between VCC and GND YES

terminals, and between GND Replace the indoor fan
and HW, HV, or HU terminals are
short-circuited. motor.
NO
Turn on the power.
The HAP
lamp of the indoor
unit PCB (A1P) blinks and the YES
Replace the fan PCB (A2P).
HAP lamp of the fan PCB
(A2P) is off.
NO
Replace the indoor fan
motor.

4.10 Blower Motor Not Running

Error Code A6
Applicable FTQ-TA
Models
Outline Error is issued if the indoor unit determines that the indoor fan motor cannot rotate.
Error Decision  Determining successive abnormalities

Conditions Checks the rotation speed at 5-second intervals using the feedback of the fan motor.
If that figure falls below 50 rpm 5 times successively, it is deemed abnormal operation.
If, during operation, the rotation command is stopped, the 5-second interval check is halted and
the counted number will be cleared.
 Determining long-term abnormalities

Checks the rotation speed at 5-second intervals using the feedback of the fan motor.
Performs rotation sampling 720 times (takes approx. one hour), and if the rotation speed falls
below 50 rpm over 100 times, it is deemed abnormal operation.
When the sampling reaches 720 times, the counted number will be cleared and the 720 times
sampling restarts.
If, during this, the rotation command is stopped, the 5-second interval check is halted, but the
counted number will be kept.
When the rotation command is restarted, the checks will resume.
Error Reset Reset by remote controller

Conditions
Supposed  Fan or motor obstruction

Causes  Power interruption (low voltage)
 Incorrect or loose wiring
Corrective  Check for obstruction on the fan or motor.

Actions  Verify the input voltage at the motor.
 Check wiring or tighten wiring connections if needed.
 Replace the indoor unit PCB or motor.

4.11 Indoor Fan Motor Status Abnormality

Error Code A6-20
Applicable FTQ-TA
Models
Outline The indoor unit periodically receives control status information from the fan motor.
Error is issued when the information shows abnormality.
Error Decision If the information shows Power Limit or Temp Limit status, it will be deemed a MOTOR LIMIT
Conditions abnormal operation. (The system can keep operating.)
If the information shows Motor Lost Control or Current Trip status, it will be deemed a MOTOR
TRIP abnormal operation. (The system stops operating.)
Error Reset If the indoor unit stops receiving abnormal information, the error will be cleared.
Conditions

Causes  Blocked filters
 Power interruption (low voltage)
 Incorrect wiring
 Blockage in the airflow (ductwork) or ductwork undersized
 High loading conditions
Corrective  Check for obstruction on the fan, motor, or ductwork.

Actions  Clean filters.
 Check filters, grille, duct system, heat exchanger air inlet/outlet for blockages.
 Verify the input voltage at the motor.
 Check wiring.
 Replace motor.

4.12 Low Indoor Airflow

Error Code A6-21
Applicable FTQ-TA
Models
Outline Error is issued if the indoor unit determines that the indoor fan motor rotation is insufficient,
regardless of the rotation command from indoor unit.
Error Decision  Determining successive abnormalities

If that figure exceeds 50 rpm and falls below 150 rpm 10 times successively, it is deemed
abnormal operation.
If, during operation, the rotation command is stopped, the 5-second interval check is halted and
the counted number will be cleared.
Performs rotation sampling 720 times (takes approx. one hour), and if the rotation speed
exceeds 50 rpm and falls below 150 rpm over 360 times, it is deemed abnormal operation.
When the counter reaches 720 times, the counted number will be cleared and the 720 times
sampling restarts.
If, during this, the rotation command is stopped, the 5-second interval check is halted, but the
counted number will be kept.
When the rotation command is restarted, the checks will resume.
Error Reset  Determining successive abnormalities

If that figure exceeds 150 rpm even once, the error will be cleared.
If that figure exceeds 150 rpm 36 times successively, the error will be cleared.
At that point, the counted number and sampling number will be cleared, and the 720 times
sampling starts again from the beginning.

Causes  Blocked filters
 Restrictive ductwork or ductwork undersized
 Wiring disconnected
 Wrong outdoor and indoor combination
 Indoor fan motor failure
Corrective  Check for obstruction on the fan or motor.

Actions  Check ductwork and filter for blockage.
 Clean filters.
 Remove obstruction. Verify all registers are fully open.
 Check the connections and the rotation of the motor.
 Verify the input voltage at the motor.
 Verify ductwork is appropriately sized for system. Resize or replace ductwork if needed.
 Replace motor.

4.13 Swing Flap Motor Abnormality

Error Code A7
Applicable FHQ-P, FHQ-M
Models
Method of Error Utilizes ON/OFF of the limit switch when the motor turns.
Detection
Error Decision When ON/OFF of the micro-switch for positioning cannot be reversed even though the swing flap
Conditions motor is energized for a specified amount of time (about 30 seconds).
∗ Error code is displayed but the system operates continuously.
Supposed  Defective swing motor

Causes  Defective connection cable (power supply and limit switch)
 Defective micro-switch
 Defective indoor unit main PCB

Troubleshooting
Is the
connector ( 1) NO Connect correctly.
correctly connected?
YES
Is
the limit
switch's connector NO Connect correctly.
( 2) correctly
connected?
YES
Turn the power supply OFF

once and back ON, and check
whether the swing flap motor
swings when the power
supply is turned back ON.
Disconnect the connector

Does the ( 2), turn the power supply
YES
swing flap motor swing? OFF once and restart, and
check if the limit switch has
continuity when the power
NO supply is restarted.
Turn the power supply OFF

Does
once and restart, and measure YES Replace the indoor unit PCB.
continuity/no continuity
the output voltage of connector
reverse?
( 3) when the power supply is
restarted. NO
NO Replace the indoor unit PCB.

208-230 VAC?
YES
Replace the swing flap motor.
Note(s) ∗1. Connector and indoor unit PCB

Connector for swing flap motor
Model PCB
∗1 ∗2 ∗3
FHQ X6A, X9A X9A X6A A1P

4.14 Power Supply Voltage Abnormality

Error Code A8
Applicable FBQ-P
Models
Method of Error Error is detected by checking the input voltage of the fan motor.
Detection
Error Decision When the input voltage of fan motor is 150 V or less, or 386 V or more.
Conditions
Supposed  Defective power supply voltage

Causes  Defective connection on signal line
 Defective wiring
 Instantaneous power failure, others
Troubleshooting
Check the condition of the power supply.
(1) Check if power supply voltage is 208-230 V ± 10%.
(2) Check if there is power open phase or defective wiring.
(3) Check if power supply voltage side unbalance is within 6 V.
There are
problems on the YES
condition of power supply Correct any fault.
described
above.
NO
A8
Reoccurrence of YES
Check and correct each wiring.
error.
NO
It is possible to have external

factor, such as brownout and
instantaneous power failure.

4.15 Blower Motor Stops for Over/Under Voltage

Error Code A8
Applicable FTQ-TA
Models
Outline The indoor unit periodically receives control status information from the fan motor.
Error Decision If the information shows Over/Under Voltage status, it will be deemed a MOTOR VOLTS abnormal
Conditions operation.
Error Reset If the information is normal, the error will be cleared.

Conditions
Supposed  High AC line voltage to indoor blower motor

Causes  Low AC line voltage to indoor blower motor
 Incorrect wiring
Corrective  Verify line voltage to indoor blower motor is within the range specified on the ID blower rating
Actions plate.
 Check power to indoor blower motor.
 Check wiring.
 Replace motor.

4.16 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Abnormality, Dust

Clogging
Error Code A9
Models
Method of Error Electronic expansion valve coil conditions are checked via microcomputer.
Detection The electronic expansion valve main body is checked for dust clogging via microcomputer.
Error Decision Pin input for electronic expansion valve coil is abnormal when initializing microcomputer.
Conditions Either of the following conditions is seen/caused/occurs while the unit stops operation.
 R1T – R2T > 8°C (14.4°F)
 R2T shows fixed degrees or below.
R1T: temperature of suction air
R2T: temperature of liquid pipe of heat exchanger.
Supposed  Defective electronic expansion valve coil

Causes  Defective indoor unit main PCB
 Defective relay cables

Troubleshooting
NO
Power is supplied. Replace the electronic expansion
valve main body.
YES
Electronic
expansion valve is NO
connected to X7A Shut the power supply OFF after
of indoor unit connection and then restart.
PCB.
YES
Check
of electronic
expansion valve coil NO
Replace the electronic expansion
indicates normal.
CHECK 18 valve coil.
YES
Relay cables short YES

circuit or Replace the relay cables.
disconnected.
NO
When restarting the operation after
shutting the power supply OFF
does not work, replace the indoor
unit main PCB (A1P).

4.17 Drain Level Above Limit

Error Code AF
Applicable FCQ-TA, FBQ-P
Models
Method of Error Water leakage is detected based on float switch ON/OFF operation while the compressor is not in
Detection operation.
Error Decision When The float switch changes from ON to OFF while the compressor is not in operation.
Conditions ∗Error code is displayed but the system operates continuously.
Supposed  Error in the drain pipe installation

Causes  Defective float switch
 Defective connector connection
 Defective drain pump
Troubleshooting
Is the drain
NO
pump kit Check the connector X15A.
connected ?
YES
Is the
NO
drain pump Check the drain pump piping.
normal ?
YES
Is the
quantity of
condensed water after YES
Check the drain water discharge
the drain pump is
stopped too system.
much ? Check if drain-up height and
NO horizontal pipe length exceed
specifications.
Does
drain water flow
backwards while YES
The trap of the drain water
drain pump is discharge system is not installed
stopped ?
correctly.
NO
Replace the indoor unit control
PCB(A1P).

4.18 Defective Capacity Setting

Error code AJ
Method of Error Capacity is determined according to resistance of the capacity setting adaptor and the memory
Detection inside the IC memory on the indoor unit PCB, and whether the value is normal or abnormal is
determined.
Error Decision The capacity code is not saved to the PCB, and the capacity setting adaptor is not connected.
Conditions A capacity that does not exist for that unit is set.
Supposed  Defective capacity setting adaptor connection

Troubleshooting
The NO
indoor unit PCB was replaced Replace the indoor unit control
with a spare PCB. PCB (A1P).
YES
The
capacity setting NO
adaptor was installed when Install a capacity setting
replacing the PCB. adaptor.
YES Replace the indoor unit control

PCB (A1P).

4.19 Transmission Abnormality (between Indoor Unit PCB and

Fan PCB)
Error Code C1
Applicable FBQ-P
Models
Method of Error Transmission conditions between the indoor unit main PCB (A1P) and fan PCB (A2P) are checked
Detection via microcomputer.
Error Decision Normal transmission is not carried out for a certain duration.
Conditions
Supposed  Defective connection of the connector between indoor unit main PCB (A1P) and fan PCB (A2P)
Causes  Defective indoor unit main PCB (A1P)
 Defective fan PCB (A2P)
 External factor, such as instantaneous power failure
Troubleshooting
Is the
connector between
indoor unit PCB (A1P) and fan NO Connect the connector accurately.
PCB (A2P) accurately
connected? ( 1)
YES
Confirm the condition of
transmission on indoor unit
PCB using field setting mode.
( 2)
Under
above field setting mode, NO Replace the indoor unit control
second code PCB (A1P).
No. is 01.
YES
Connect the connector X70A
and turn ON the power again.
C1
YES Replace the fan PCB (A2P).
Reoccurrence
of error.
NO
Continue the operation (It is

possible there is cause, such as
instantaneous power failure).

Note(s)
∗1. Pull out and insert the connector once and check it is absolutely connected.
∗2. Method to check transmission part of indoor unit main PCB.
(1) Turn OFF the power and remove the connector X70A of indoor unit main PCB
(A1P).
(2) Short circuit X70A.
(3) After turning ON the power, check below numbers under field setting from
remote controller.
(Confirmation: Second code No. at the condition of first code No. 21 on mode No.
41)
Determination 01: Normal

Other than 01: Transmission error on indoor unit main PCB
∗ After confirmation, turn OFF the power, take off the short circuit and connect X70A
back to original condition.

4.20 Blower Motor Communication Error

Error Code C1-07
Applicable FTQ-TA
Models
Outline Error is issued if transmission abnormalities occur between indoor unit and fan motor.
Error Decision If the response message from the fan motor is an abnormal message, and determined as such by
Conditions the indoor unit, the indoor unit will execute a retry.
If everything fails for 5 seconds, it is deemed to be a transmission abnormality.
Error Reset If the indoor unit receives even a single normal response message from the fan motor, the error will
Conditions be cleared.
Supposed  Incorrect or loose wiring

Causes  Power interruption (low voltage)
Corrective  Check wiring or tighten wiring connections if needed.

Actions  Verify the input voltage at the motor.
 Replace the indoor unit PCB or motor.

4.21 Thermistor Abnormality

Error Code C4, C5, C9, CA
Applicable C4, C5: All indoor units
Models C9: except FTQ-TA models
CA: FBQ-P models only
Method of Error The error is determined by the temperature detected by the thermistor.
Detection
Error Decision The thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running.
Conditions
Supposed  Defective thermistor

 Defective connector connection
 Broken or disconnected wire
Troubleshooting
Remove the thermistor from

the indoor unit PCB. Then,
insert the connector again.
Is the thermistor YES

normal? Normal (The error is caused by
defective contact.)
NO
Remove the thermistor from
the indoor unit PCB, and then
make resistance measurement
of the thermistor using a
multimeter.
CHECK 11 NO
Normal? Replace the thermistor ( 1).
YES
PCB (A1P).
Note(s) ∗1. Error code and thermistor

FCQ-TA
FHQ-P
Error Code Thermistor FHQ-M FBQ-P FTQ-TA
FAQ-TA
C4 Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor R2T R2T R2T
C5 Heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor R3T R3T R3T
C9 Suction air thermistor R1T R1T ∗2
CA Discharge air thermistor — R4T —
∗2. Refer to page 245 for C9 for FTQ-TA models.

4.22 Combination Abnormality (between Indoor Unit PCB and

Fan PCB)
Error Code C6
Applicable FBQ-P
Models
Method of Error Transmission conditions with fan PCB (A2P) are checked using the indoor unit PCB (A1P).
Detection
Error Decision Communication data of fan PCB (A2P) is determined as incorrect.

Conditions
Supposed  Defective fan PCB (A2P).

Causes  Defective connection of capacity setting adaptor
 Defective setting error
Troubleshooting
Does
the fan PCB part NO
No. match that of the Replace it with correct fan PCB
spare parts list? (A2P).
YES
Was the
indoor unit PCB
NO After establishing transmission for
(A1P) replaced
with a spare indoor and outdoor, diagnose the
PCB? operation again.
YES
Was the
correct capacity
setting adaptor installed NO Install the correct capacity setting
when replacing it with adaptor.
a spare PCB?
YES
After establishing transmission for
indoor and outdoor, diagnose the
operation again.

4.23 Blower Motor HP Mismatch

Error Code C6-01
Applicable FTQ-TA
Models
Outline Error is issued if the manufacturer ID and output of the connected fan motor do not match those
recognized by the indoor unit.
Error Decision Gathers information on the manufacturer ID and output of the fan motor when initializing the fan
Conditions motor.
If those figures are not the values recognized by the indoor unit, it will be deemed abnormal
operation.
If deemed abnormal operation, it will keep retrying until the figures match.
Error Reset If the manufacturer ID and output match, the error will be cleared.
Conditions
Supposed  Incorrect size motor

Causes  Indoor unit capacity setting error
Corrective  Correct motor installation.

Actions  Correct the indoor unit capacity setting.

4.24 Indoor Blower Does Not Have Required Parameters to

Function
Error Code C6-02
Applicable FTQ-TA
Models
Outline Indoor units perform required settings for control on the fan motor, but if the minimum required
settings are not made then information indicating as such will be included among the periodic
control status information.
Error Decision If the parameter information shows abnormality, it will be deemed abnormal operation.
Conditions At that point, parameter settings when initializing the fan motor will be implemented from the
beginning.
Error Reset If the parameter information is normal, the error will be cleared.
Conditions
Supposed  Locked motor rotor condition

Causes
Corrective  Check for locked rotor condition.

Actions  Replace the indoor unit PCB or motor.

4.25 Remote Sensor Abnormality

Error Code C9
Applicable FTQ-TA
Models
Method of Error The error is detected by remote sensor temperature.

Detection
Error Decision When the remote sensor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running.
Conditions
Supposed  Defective indoor unit thermistor (R1T) for room temperature

Troubleshooting
Is the NO Field setting NO

optional remote sensor 10(20)-2 is set to 03. Set to 03.
is installed?
YES YES
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
Connector NO
is connected to the Connect the sensor and turn ON
indoor unit PCB again.
( 1).
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the sensor NO
Replace the sensor (R1T).
from the indoor unit
PCB.
CHECK 11
YES
Note(s) ∗1. Connector and indoor unit PCB

Model Connector for remote sensor PCB
FTQ-TA X4A A1P

4.26 Infrared Presence/Floor Sensor Error

Error Code CE
Applicable FCQ-TA
Models
Method of Error The contents of a failure vary with the detailed error code. Check the code and proceed with the
Detection flowchart.
Error Decision Error is detected based on sensor output signals

Conditions
Supposed  Defective or disconnected infrared presence sensor connector: CE-01

Causes  Defective infrared floor sensor (Temperature compensation circuit disconnection): CE-02
 Defective infrared floor sensor (Temperature compensation short circuit): CE-03
 Defective infrared floor sensor element: CE-04
Troubleshooting
Error type varies according

to error code. Check the
error code and take the
following steps.
Error code
See diagnosis procedure 1.
CE-01
Error code
CE-02
Error code
CE-03
Error code
CE-04

Troubleshooting
Diagnosis procedure 1
Infrared presence sensor
error (Error code CE-01)
Is the
connection
of the connector
on infrared presence NO
sensor PCB (A4P) and Connect the connector correctly.
the connector
X2A on A2P
normal?
YES
Is the
connection of the NO
Connect the connector correctly.
sensor connector
normal?
YES
Check infrared presence sensor output; refer to

sensor and address data No. 22-25.
Displays
15 by the above NO
Normal.
verification method.
YES
Turn off the power and then reconnect.
Displays CE-01
again or 15 for NO
Normal.
sensor and
address data.
YES
Replace the sensor.

Troubleshooting
Infrared floor sensor error
(Error code CE-02)
Is the
connection
of the connector
on infrared floor NO
the connector
X2A on A2P
normal?
YES
Is the
sensor connector
normal?
YES
Check infrared floor sensor output; refer to sensor

and address data No. 26.
Displays
"--" by the above NO
Normal.
YES
Displays CE-02
again or "--" for NO
Normal.
sensor and
address data.
YES
Replace the sensor.

Troubleshooting
(Error code CE-03)
Is the
connection
of the connector
the connector
X2A on A2P
normal?
YES
Is the
sensor connector
normal?
YES
Check infrared floor sensor output; refer to

sensor and address data No. 26.
Displays
Normal.
YES
Displays
CE-03 again or "--" NO
for sensor and address Normal.
data.
YES
Replace the sensor.

Troubleshooting
(Error code CE-04)
Is the
connection
of the connector
the connector
X2A on A2P
normal?
YES
Is the
sensor connector
normal?
YES
Check infrared floor sensor output; refer to

sensor and address data No. 26.
Displays
Normal.
verification
method.
YES
Displays
CE-04 again or "--" NO
for sensor and address Normal.
data.
YES
Replace the sensor.

4.27 Remote Controller Thermistor Abnormality

Error Code CJ
Models
Method of Error Error detection is carried out by the temperature detected by remote controller thermistor.
Detection
Error Decision When the remote controller thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running.
Conditions ∗ Error code is displayed but the system operates continuously.
Supposed  Defective remote controller thermistor

Causes  Defective remote controller PCB
 External factor (Noise, etc.)
Troubleshooting
Clear the error code history.

(∗1) (Press and hold the
ON/OFF button for a period of
4 seconds or more.)
Is CJ NO
displayed on the remote External factor other than
controller? equipment error.
(for example, noise etc.)
YES
Is the field NO
setting 10(20)-2 Correct the field setting.
correct?
YES
Is a
remote controller NO
with group control Replace the remote
being used? controller.
YES
Is the field NO
setting 10(20)-6 set to Set 10(20)-6 to 02.
02?
YES
Replace the remote
controller.
Note(s)
∗1. How to delete the history of error codes.
Press the ON/OFF button for 4 seconds and more while the error code is
displayed.

4.28 Outdoor Main PCB Abnormality

Error Code E1
Applicable All outdoor units
Models
Method of Error Abnormality is detected under the communication conditions in the hardware section between the
Detection indoor unit and outdoor unit.
Error Decision When the communication conditions in the hardware section between the indoor unit and the
Conditions outdoor unit are not normal.
Supposed  Defective outdoor main PCB (A1P)

Causes  Disconnection of the inside/outside relay wires
Troubleshooting
Turn OFF the power once and

turn ON again.
YES
Return to normal? External factor other than
error (for example, noise
etc.).
NO
Check if
inside/
outside relay wires of YES
Connect the inside/outside
outdoor main PCB are relay wires correctly.
disconnected.
NO
Replace the outdoor main

PCB (A1P).

4.29 Activation of High Pressure Switch

Error Code E3
Models
Method of Error Abnormality is detected when the contact of the high pressure switch opens.
Detection Use the protection device circuit to test high pressure switch conduction.
Error Decision Part of the protection device has an open circuit.

Conditions Error is generated when the high pressure switch activation count reaches the number specific to
the operation mode.
Reference
Operating pressure: 4.0 MPa (580 psi)
Reset pressure: 3.0 MPa (435 psi)
Supposed  Activation of outdoor unit high pressure switch

Causes  Defective high pressure switch
 Defective outdoor main PCB
 Instantaneous power failure
 Defective high pressure sensor

Troubleshooting
Check for the points shown below.
(1) Is the stop valve open?
(2) Is the high pressure switch connector properly
connected to the main PCB?
(3) Does the high pressure switch have continuity?
Are the three points NO

Rectify the defective points,
above OK? if any.
YES
(1) Mount a pressure gauge on the high pressure
service port.
(2) Reset the operation using the remote controller,
and then restart the operation.
Is the
high pressure
Does the abnormal YES NO
switch operating value Replace the high pressure switch.
stop E3 recur? normal (4.0 MPa
(580 psi))?
NO YES
CHECK 12
Compare the voltage
measurement of the
connector of the pressure sensor NO
(∗1) with the measurement of the Replace the high pressure sensor.
pressure gauge. Are the
characteristics of the high ( 1) Use the table on CHECK 12 to convert
pressure sensor the voltage measurement into pressure
normal? measurement.
YES
Service Checker CHECK 12
Connect the service checker, and then compare the high pressure value
measured by the service checker with the voltage measurement of the
connector of the pressure sensor (∗1)
Are both NO
pressure values Replace the outdoor unit
the same? main PCB (A1P).
YES
-The high pressure sensor is normal, and outdoor unit main PCB is also normal.
-The high pressure has really become high.
CHECK 1 : Eliminate factors that cause the high pressure to rise.

4.30 Activation of Low Pressure Sensor

Error Code E4
Models
Method of Error Abnormality is detected by the pressure value with the low pressure sensor.
Detection Use the outdoor main PCB to determine the low pressure sensor pressure test value.
Error Decision Error is generated when the low pressure drops below a specific pressure level.
Conditions Low pressure drops after compressor activation.
Operating pressure: 0.07 MPa (10.2 psi)
Supposed  Abnormal drop of low pressure

Causes  Defective low pressure sensor
 Stop valve is not opened

Troubleshooting
Is the stop NO
Open the stop valve.
valve open?
YES
(1)Mount a pressure gauge on the low pressure
service port.
(2)Reset the operation using the remote
controller, and then restart the operation.
CHECK 12
Compare the voltage
measurement of the connector
of the pressure sensor ( 1) with the NO
measurement of the pressure Replace the low pressure sensor
gauge. Are the characteristics (S1NPL).
of the low pressure
sensor normal?
( 1) Use the table on CHECK 12 to convert
the voltage measurement into pressure
measurement.
YES
Service Checker CHECK 12
Connect the service checker, and then compare the low pressure value
measured by the service checker with the voltage measurement of the
connector of the pressure sensor ( 1)
Are both NO
pressure values the Replace the outdoor unit main
same? PCB (A1P).
YES
- The low pressure sensor is normal, and outdoor unit main PCB is also normal.
- The low pressure has really become low.
CHECK 2 : Eliminate factors that cause the low pressure to fall.

4.31 Inverter Compressor Motor Lock

Error Code E5
Models
Method of Error PCB takes the position signal from UVW line connected between the inverter and compressor, and
Detection the error is detected when any abnormality is observed in the phase-current waveform.
Error Decision This error will be output when the inverter compressor motor does not start up even in forced
Conditions startup mode.
Supposed  Inverter compressor lock

Causes  High differential pressure (0.5 MPa (72.5 psi) and above)
 Incorrect UVW wiring
 Defective PCB
Troubleshooting
NO
Is the stop valve open? Onsite causes.
Open the stop valve.
Power OFF YES
Check the compressor cable
for disconnection and flaws.
The compressor cable YES

Replace the cable, and
has a defect. then securely connect the
connectors.
NO
Are wire
connections made to NO
phases U, V, and W in the Make wire connections
proper order and without a mistake.
manner? W
YES U
Does wire follow the NO V

Connect correctly.
wiring diagram?
YES
Disconnect the cable from the
compressor, and then check
the compressor for the
insulation resistance.

The
insulation resistance is YES
Replace the compressor.
low (i.e., not more than
100 k:.)
NO
Power OFF
Check the compressor motor
coil for any broken wire.
Some phase has YES

a broken wire.
NO
Restart the
compressor, and then NO
check whether or not End of work
the error recurs. Defective pressure
equalization or else
may have occurred.
Power ON YES Check the refrigerant
system.
Has the
compressor started YES
up at high differential pressure Defective pressure
(not less than 0.5 MPa equalization:
(72.5 psi))? Check the refrigerant
system.
NO
CHECK 4
Is the power NO
Power OFF Replace the outdoor
transistor normal? main PCB (A1P).
YES
Power ON Does the error recur NO

when restart operation? Continue the operation.
(Instantaneous power
failure, etc.)
YES
Power OFF Replace the outdoor main PCB.
Does the error recur NO

Power ON when restart operation? Continue the operation.
YES
(
No PCB error.
Reinstall the PCB.)

4.32 Outdoor Fan Motor Abnormality

Error Code E7
Models
Method of Error The fan motor circuit error is detected based on the rotation frequency detected by Hall IC during
Detection the fan motor operation.
Error Decision In the condition of fan motor rotation, the number of rotation is below the fixed number for more
Conditions than 6 seconds. (System down is caused by 4 times of detection.)
Supposed  Defective fan motor

Causes  Defect or connection error of the connectors/ harness between the fan motor and PCB
 The fan can not rotate due to obstruction of foreign matter.
 Clear condition: Continue normal operation for 5 minutes
 Missing phase L1 and missing phase N

Troubleshooting
Is the
voltage between L1
and N of power terminal board NO
Calibrate the power voltage.
X1M within the power supply If L1 and N phases are
voltage ±10%?
disconnected, replace the
power distribution box.
YES
Does the fan

YES Connect the connector.
motor connector
disconnect?
NO
Are there any

YES
obstacles around Remove the obstacles.
the fan?
NO
Do the fan
blades spin smoothly NO YES
by hand after disconnecting Is fuse F6U blown? Replace the fuse.
the fan motor
connector?
NO
YES Replace the fan motor.
CHECK 16
Check the fan motor connector.
Is pin-to-pin
resistance greater than NO YES
Is fuse F6U blown? Replace the fuse.
the threshold value?
YES NO
Replace the fan motor.
Replace the outdoor main PCB
(A1P).

4.33 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Abnormality

Error Code E9
Models
Method of Error Check continuity of electronic expansion valve coil.

Detection
Error Decision No current is detected in the common (COM [+]) when power supply is ON.
Conditions
Supposed  Defective electronic expansion valve coil

Causes  Defective outdoor main PCB
 Disconnection of connectors for electronic expansion valve
Troubleshooting
Turn power supply OFF, and

turn power supply ON again.
YES
Return to normal? External factor other than error
(for example, noise etc.).
NO
The connector of
outdoor main PCB (A1P) NO
for electronic expansion Ensure correct connection.
valve is connected.
YES
The
resistance of
electronic expansion NO
valve coil is normal. Replace the electronic
CHECK 18 expansion valve coil.
YES
PCB (A1P).

4.34 Discharge Pipe Temperature Abnormality

Error Code F3
Models
Method of Error Abnormality is detected according to the temperature detected by the discharge pipe thermistor.
Detection
Error Decision The discharge pipe temperature rises to an abnormally high level.
Conditions The discharge pipe temperature rises suddenly.
Supposed  Defective discharge pipe thermistor (R2T)

Causes  Disconnection of discharge pipe thermistor (R2T)
 Defective outdoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
When the unit

stops operating because of
YES Short of refrigerant,
an error, is the discharge pipe
temperature higher than compressor failure, etc.
120°C (248°F)? refrigerant system failure.
NO
Pull the discharge pipe thermistor out from

the outdoor unit PCB and then measure
the resistance with a multimeter.
Are the
discharge pipe thermistor NO
properties normal? Replace the discharge
CHECK 11 pipe thermistor (R2T).
YES
Replace the outdoor

main PCB (A1P).

4.35 Refrigerant Overcharged

Error Code F6
Models
Method of Error Excessive charging of refrigerant is detected by using the outdoor air temperature, heat exchanger
Detection deicer temperature and liquid pipe temperature during a check operation.
Error Decision During a check operation, the amount of refrigerant will be calculated based on the outdoor
Conditions temperature, the heat exchanger deicer temperature, and the liquid pipe temperature. If the
calculated amount exceeds the normal amount by 30%, too much refrigerant has been added.
(Adding only slightly more than the normal amount of refrigerant may also cause F6 to be
displayed)
Supposed  Refrigerant overcharge

Causes  Disconnection of outdoor air thermistor, heat exchanger deicer thermistor, liquid pipe thermistor
 Defective outdoor air thermistor, heat exchanger deicer thermistor, liquid pipe thermistor
Troubleshooting
Check the mounting condition of

the outdoor air temperature
thermistor, heat exchanger
deicer thermistor and liquid pipe
thermistor in the piping.
Are the above NO

thermistor installed on Install the thermistor correctly.
pipes correctly?
YES
Remove the outdoor air
temperature thermistor, heat
exchanger deicer thermistor and
the liquid pipe thermistor from the
outdoor unit PCB and measure
resistance with a multimeter.
Is the characteristic
of the above NO
Replace the thermistor.
thermistor normal?
CHECK 11
YES
Rectify the overcharge of the
refrigerant.

4.36 Thermistor Abnormality

Error Code H9, J3, J5, J6, J7, J9
Models
Method of Error Error is detected from the temperature detected by the thermistor (∗1).
Detection
Error Decision The thermistor has short circuit or open circuit.

Conditions
Supposed  Defective thermistor

 Disconnection of thermistor.
Troubleshooting
Connector is NO
connected to outdoor Connect the connector and turn on
unit PCB. again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after NO
disconnecting the thermistor Replace the defective thermistor.
from the outdoor main
PCB. CHECK 11
YES
(A1P).
Error 18/24 class 30/36/42/48 class

Thermistor
code Symbol Connector Symbol Connector
H9 Outdoor air thermistor R1T X11A R1T X11A
J3 Discharge pipe thermistor R2T R2T
Suction pipe thermistor R3T R3T
J5 X12A X12A
R5T R5T
J6 Outdoor heat exchanger deicer thermistor R4T R4T
Outdoor heat exchanger liquid pipe
J7 R7T X13A R7T
thermistor X13A
J9 Subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe — — R6T

4.37 High Pressure Sensor Abnormality

Error Code JA
Models
Method of Error Error is detected from the pressure detected by the high pressure sensor.
Detection
Error Decision The high pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit.
Conditions Pressure range: 0-4.3 MPa (0-624 psi)
Supposed  Defective high pressure sensor

Causes  Connection of low pressure sensor with wrong connection
 Disconnection of high pressure sensor
Troubleshooting
Does the
high-pressure
sensor connect to the NO
corresponding connector of Connect to the high-pressure
the outdoor main sensor and then reconnect to the
PCB (A1P)? power.
YES
CHECK 12
Are the characteristics of the high
pressure sensor normal? (Make a NO
Replace the high pressure sensor
comparison between the voltage (S1NPH).
characteristics and the
gauge pressure.)
YES
CHECK 12
Is the PCB pressure detection NO
normal? (Make a comparison between Replace the outdoor main PCB
the checker pressure data and (A1P).
the voltage
characteristics.)
YES
Reset the operation, and then
restart the outdoor unit.
Are the
characteristics of the NO
high pressure sensor Replace the high pressure sensor
normal? (S1NPH).
YES
(A1P).

4.38 Low Pressure Sensor Abnormality

Error Code JC
Models
Method of Error Error is detected from pressure detected by low pressure sensor.
Detection
Error Decision The low pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit.
Conditions Pressure range: 0-1.7 MPa (0-247 psi)
Supposed  Defective low pressure sensor

Causes  Connection of high pressure sensor with wrong connection
 Disconnection of low pressure sensor
Troubleshooting
Does the
low pressure
sensor connect to the NO
designated connector of the Connect the low pressure sensor
outdoor main PCB (S1NPL) correctly and then restart
(A1P)? operation.
YES
CHECK 12
Are the characteristics of
the low pressure sensor normal? NO
(Make a comparison between the Replace the low pressure sensor
voltage characteristics and the (S1NPL).
gauge pressure.)
YES
CHECK 12
Is the PCB pressure detection NO
normal? (Make a comparison Replace the outdoor main PCB
between the checker pressure (A1P).
data and the voltage
characteristics.)
YES
Reset the operation, and then
restart the outdoor unit.
Are the
characteristics of the NO
low pressure sensor Replace the low pressure sensor
normal? (S1NPL).
YES
(A1P).

4.39 PCB (for Inverter Compressor) Abnormality

Error Code L1
Models
Method of Error  Error is detected based on the current value during waveform output before starting
Detection compressor.
 Error is detected based on the value from current sensor during synchronous operation when
starting the unit.
Error Decision  Overcurrent (OCP) flows during waveform output.

Conditions  Error of current sensor during synchronous operation.
 IPM failure.
Supposed  IPM failure

Causes  Current sensor failure
 Drive circuit failure
Troubleshooting
Turn off the power. Then,

turn on the power again.
Does the power YES

supply normally come It is supposed that the error results
back on? from external causes other than
failures (e.g. exogenous noises or
NO thunder).
(A1P).

4.40 Radiation Fin Temperature Rise Abnormality

Error Code L4
Models
Method of Error The radiation fin temperature is detected by the radiation fin thermistor.
Detection
Error Decision The radiation fin temperature exceeds a certain temperature.

Conditions
Supposed  Activation of radiation fin thermistor

 Defective radiation fin thermistor
Troubleshooting
Is the radiator fin YES

temperature greater than the Defective radiation from the power
designed temperature? unit
• Blocked air suction port
• Stained radiation fin
NO • High outdoor air temperature
Does the
connector X111A of fin NO
thermistor connect to the Connect correctly.
outdoor unit PCB
correctly?
YES
Connect to the power.
Does the remote YES

controller display error code Go to P4 troubleshooting.
P4?
NO
When the unit starts YES

operating, is the error code L4 Replace the outdoor main
displayed again? PCB (A1P).
NO
Keep operating.

4.41 Inverter Compressor Instantaneous Overcurrent

Error Code L5
Models
Method of Error Error is detected from current flowing in the power transistor.
Detection
Error Decision An excessive current flows in the power transistor.

Conditions
Supposed  Defective compressor coil (disconnected, defective insulation)

Causes  Defective compressor startup (mechanical lock)
 Defective PCB
Troubleshooting
Insulation
resistance of YES
the compressor Replace the inverter
is 100 k: or compressor.
below.
NO
Compressor coils are YES Replace the inverter

disconnected. compressor.
NO
CHECK 4
Check if the power NO
transistor is PCB (A1P).
normal.
YES
Failure occurs NO
again after restarting the Continue the operation.
unit. Momentary power failure (
YES
(is possible.
Replace the outdoor main PCB.
Failure occurs NO
again after restarting the Continue the operation.
unit.
YES

4.42 Inverter Compressor Overcurrent

Error Code L8
Models
Method of Error Error is detected by current flowing in the power transistor.

Detection
Error Decision Overload in the compressor is detected.

Conditions
Supposed  Compressor overload

Causes  Broken wire inside compressor
 Defective PCB
 Disconnection of compressor
Troubleshooting
Check if the NO
compressor lead wires are Replace the compressor
normal. lead wires.
YES
Insulation
resistance of the compressor YES
Replace the inverter
is 100 k: or below.
compressor.
NO
Compressor coils are YES

Replace the inverter
disconnected. compressor.
NO
CHECK 4 NO
Check if the power transistor Replace the
is normal. outdoor main PCB
YES (A1P).
Connect the compressor lead

wires then restart the operation.
Error code L8 is NO
Continue the operation.
displayed again.
YES
Inspection of the
compressor.

4.43 Inverter Compressor Startup Abnormality

Error Code L9
Models
Method of Error Error is detected by the power transistor current

Detection
Error Decision Compressor overload during activation

Conditions
Supposed  Defective compressor

Causes  Large pressure difference before starting the compressor
 Defective PCB
Troubleshooting
When operation
starts, is the high and low NO
pressure difference greater than 0.2 MPa Nonconforming pressure
(29.0 psi)? balance. Check the
refrigerant system.
YES
Disconnect the compressor from the

inverter. Use power transistor to check
codes based on maintenance codes.
Unbalanced
inverter output voltage
(±5 V is normal). After stabilizing NO
Replace the outdoor
the inverter, is the inverter main PCB (A1P).
output pressure
measurable?
YES
Does L9 blink after NO

Reset and then restart
reconnecting to the power?
the unit.
YES
Check the compressor according to

diagnosis procedure for compressor
abnormal noises/vibrations and
operation conditions.

4.44 Transmission Error (Between Microcomputers on the

Outdoor Main PCB)
Error Code LC
Models
Method of Error Transmission conditions between microcomputers on the outdoor main PCB are tested via
Detection microcomputer.
Error Decision No normal transmission after a certain period of time

Conditions
Supposed  Connection error between microcomputers on the outdoor main PCB

Causes  Defective outdoor main PCB (Transmission part)
 Defective noise filter
 External factors (Noise, etc.)
 Defective inverter compressor
Troubleshooting
Is the
outdoor main PCB YES Replace the outdoor
damaged? main PCB.
NO
Inverter
compressor insulation YES Replace the inverter
resistance is less than compressor.
100 kΩ.
NO
Fan motor
insulation resistance is less YES
Replace the fan motor.
than 1 MΩ.
NO
Normal monitoring NO
light (green) of outdoor main PCB No LC error. Check
(A1P) blinks. the error code again.
YES
Normal
monitoring light NO
(green) of main PCB Replace the outdoor
blinks. main PCB (A1P).
YES
Keep operating.
(Possibly because of
sudden power failure, etc. )
4.45 Inverter Circuit Capacitor High Voltage

Error Code P1
Models
Method of Error The voltage waveform of the main circuit capacitor of the inverter is used to check for errors.
Detection
Error Decision The above-mentioned voltage waveform looks like the waveform of the power supply with a
Conditions missing phase
Supposed  Defective main circuit capacitor

Causes  Incorrect main circuit wiring
 Unbalanced voltage between phases
 Missing phase
Troubleshooting
Measure voltage between L1 and L2,

L1 and L3, and L2 and L3.
Is three-phase power
NO
voltage within rated voltage Calibrate the power voltage.
±10%?
YES
Is the
NO
unbalanced phasic voltage Calibrate the power voltage.
within ±10%?
YES

PCB (A1P).

4.46 Radiation Fin Thermistor Abnormality

Error Code P4
Models
Method of Error Resistance of the following thermistor is detected when the compressor is not operating.
Detection (1) Radiation fin thermistor
(2) PCB circuit thermistor
Error Decision When the resistance value of thermistor becomes a value equivalent to open circuited or short
Conditions circuited status
∗ Error is not decided while the unit operation is continued.
P4 will be displayed by pressing the inspection button.
Supposed  Defective radiation fin temperature thermistor

Causes  Defective PCB
 Defective inverter compressor
Troubleshooting
Measure resistance value of

the radiation fin thermistor.
CHECK 11
* Disconnect the connector (X111A) from the radiation
fin thermistor, and then check the thermistor.
Is the thermistor NO
resistance value normal? Replace the outdoor
main PCB (A1P).
YES
The
compressor's insulation YES
resistance is less than Replace the
100 k:. compressor (M1C).
NO
The fan motor's YES

insulation resistance is less Replace the fan motor.
than 1 M:.
NO
Does the error YES

recur when the Replace the outdoor
power supply turns main PCB (A1P).
ON?
NO
Continue the operation.

4.47 Refrigerant Shortage

Error Code U0
Models
Method of Error Refrigerant shortage check is conducted based on the discharge pipe thermistor temperature and
Detection the low-pressure saturated temperature.
Error Decision Microcomputer is used to determine and check for system refrigerant shortage.
Conditions ∗The unit can keep operating but there is an unconfirmed error.
Supposed  Refrigerant shortage or refrigerant clogging (piping error)

Causes  Defective suction pipe thermistor
 Defective pressure sensor
 Defective outdoor main PCB (A1P)

Troubleshooting
Is the low
YES pressure less or equal to 0.25 MPa YES
Is it cooling? Short of refrigerant, closed stop
(36.3 psi)? valve, or blocked cooling
system. Check the refrigerant
NO NO system.
CHECK 12
Is the voltage between
X18A pins (2) and (3) of outdoor YES
main PCB (A1P) less or equal to 1.0 Replace the outdoor main
VDC? (Low pressure sensor PCB (A1P).
output voltage)
NO
Is the Replace the low pressure
temperature sensor (S1NPL).
difference between the suction YES
pipe and the outdoor heat Short of refrigerant or blocked
exchanger greater than cooling system. Check the
20°C (68°F)? refrigerant system.
NO
CHECK 11
Is the resistance
measured from suction pipe NO
Replace the suction pipe
thermistor disconnected from the
thermistor.
outdoor unit PCB
normal?
YES
Is the low pressure NO

Replace the low pressure
sensor normal?
sensor (S1NPL).
YES
PCB (A1P).

4.48 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Abnormality

Error Code U2
Models
Method of Error The main circuit capacitor voltage of the inverter and the power supply voltage is checked.
Detection
Error Decision The main circuit capacitor of the tested inverter has abnormal voltage or the power supply voltage
Conditions is abnormal.
Supposed  Insufficient power supply

Causes  Instantaneous power failure
 Defective outdoor fan motor

Troubleshooting
Is the
power supply
voltage between L1 and L2, NO
L2 and L3, and L1 and L3 within Calibrate the power voltage.
208 V –10% to 230 V If L2 and Phase N are disconnected,
replace the distribution box.
+10%?
YES
CHECK 4 Check the inverter power transistor.
YES
Is the power transistor failing? Replace the outdoor main PCB (A1P).
Check the PCB condition.
In case of a serious failure,
NO compressor failure may lead to PCB
failure. Therefore, failure would recur
when replacing the PCB. To avoid
this situation, recheck whether the
compressor is grounded or whether
the wire is broken. Moreover, check
the compressor after replacing the
PCB.
CHECK 3 NO
Is the resistance greater than Replace the fan motor.
the standard?
YES
Measure voltage between + and - of

the electrolytic capacitor (C+, C-)
when the compressor is operating.
Is the
measured voltage greater or equal YES
Monitor voltage.
to 220-240 VDC? (Instantaneous voltage drop)
NO
Replace the outdoor main PCB (A1P).

4.49 Check Operation Not Executed

Error Code U3
Models
Method of Error Determined based on whether check operation is executed or not

Detection
Error Decision Error is decided when the unit starts operation without check operation.
Conditions
Supposed Check operation not executed

Causes
Troubleshooting
Has the check

operation performed NO
Press TEST (BS4) button on
on outdoor unit master outdoor unit PCB for 5
PCB? seconds or longer to check
YES operation.
Replace the outdoor main PCB (A1P).

4.50 Transmission Error between Indoor Units and Outdoor

Units
Error Code U4
Applicable All indoor and outdoor units
Models
Method of Error Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor and outdoor units is normal.
Detection
Error Decision When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Conditions
Supposed  Indoor to outdoor transmission wiring F1, F2 disconnection, short circuit or wrong wiring
Causes  Outdoor unit power supply is OFF
 System address does not match
Troubleshooting
Has the
indoor or outdoor
unit PCB been
replaced, or has the YES
indoor-outdoor unit Press and hold the RESET
transmission wiring (BS5) button on the master
been modified? outdoor unit PCB for 5 seconds.
∗ The unit will not operate for
up to 12 minutes.
NO
All indoor Are the

unit remote controllers NO indoor-outdoor unit YES
of the same refrigerant system transmission wirings Replace the indoor unit PCB
display U4. normal? indicated by the error code
U4.
YES NO
Fix the indoor-outdoor
unit transmission wiring.
Reset the power supply.

Outdoor unit PCB NO

microcomputer monitor Replace the outdoor main
(HAP) blinks. PCB (A1P).
YES
NO Operation ready
lamp (H2P) is
blinking.
YES
Lamp
does not go YES
off for 12 minutes or Press and hold the RESET
more. (BS5) button on the outdoor
unit PCB for 5 seconds.
NO
Is
indoor-outdoor unit NO
transmission wiring Fix the indoor-outdoor
normal? unit transmission wiring.
YES
PCB (A1P).

4.51 Transmission Error between Remote Controller and

Indoor Unit
Error Code U5
Applicable All indoor units
Models
Method of Error In case of controlling with 2 remote controllers, check the system using microcomputer if signal
Detection transmission between indoor unit and remote controller (main and sub) is normal.
Error Decision Normal transmission does not continue for specified period.
Conditions
Supposed  Transmission error between indoor unit and remote controller

Causes  Connection of 2 main remote controllers (when using 2 remote controllers)
 Defective remote controller PCB
 Defective transmission caused by noise
Troubleshooting
Main/Sub
Control by 2 YES setting of both YES
remote controllers remote controllers is set Set one of the remote
to Main. controllers to Sub, turn OFF
the power supply temporarily,
NO then restart operation.
NO
Resets
All indoor unit normally when
PCB microcomputer NO NO
power supply is turned OFF Replace the indoor unit
normal monitors temporarily. PCB.
blinking
YES YES
The error could be produced by
Replace the remote controller noise. Check the surrounding
and restart operation. area and restart operation. (Ex.:
Heavy-duty wireless equipment,
etc.)
YES
Is operation normal? Normal.
NO
Replace the indoor unit PCB

and restart operation.
YES
Is operation normal? Normal.
NO
The error could be produced by
noise. Check the surrounding
area and restart operation.
Reference Refer to page 90 for Main/Sub setting.

4.52 Transmission Error between Main and Sub Remote

Controllers
Error Code U8
Models
Method of Error In case of controlling with 2 remote controllers, check the system using microcomputer if signal
Detection transmission between indoor unit and remote controller (main and sub) is normal.
Error Decision Normal transmission does not continue for specified period.
Conditions
Supposed  Transmission error between main and sub remote controller

Causes  Connection between sub remote controllers
 Defective remote controller PCB
Troubleshooting
Using 2 remote NO Main/Sub setting of the NO

controllers. remote controller is set to Set Main/Sub setting to
Main. Main; turn power supply
OFF once and then restart.
YES YES
Main/Sub
setting of both remote NO
controllers is set to Sub. Turn the power OFF and
then restart. If an error
occurs, replace the remote
YES controller PCB.
Set Main/Sub setting of one
of the remote controllers to
Main; turn power supply
OFF once and then restart.
Reference Refer to page 90 for Main/Sub setting.

4.53 Transmission Error between Indoor and Outdoor Units in

the Same System
Error Code U9
Models All outdoor units
Method of Error Error signal for the other indoor units is detected within the system by outdoor unit PCB.
Detection
Error Decision The error decision is made on any other indoor unit within the system concerned.
Conditions
Supposed  Transmission error within or outside of other system

Causes  Defective electronic expansion valve in indoor unit of other system
 Defective PCB of indoor unit in other system
 Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor unit
Troubleshooting
Turn ON all indoor units.
All the units are NO

indicating U9. Continue the operation.
YES
U9 has been NO
displayed for 2 minutes Re-diagnose by display after
or more. passage of 2 minutes or more.
YES
The indoor unit PCB indicated by
the error code U9 is normal.
Check for the indoor unit of other
system, and then conduct
troubleshooting by diagnosis
according to the Error Code
Flowchart.

4.54 Improper Combination of Indoor and Outdoor Units,

Indoor Units and Remote Controller
Error Code UA
Method of Error A difference occurs in data by the type of refrigerant between indoor and outdoor units.
Detection The number of indoor units is out of the allowable range.
Error Decision The error decision is made as soon as either of the abnormalities aforementioned is detected.
Conditions
Supposed  Excess of connected indoor units

 Mismatching of the refrigerant type of indoor and outdoor unit.
 Setting of outdoor main PCB was not conducted after replacing to spare PCB.

Troubleshooting
Is the outdoor unit PCB YES

replaced by the backup PCB? Check the model name of the
outdoor unit PCB and then
replace the old one.
NO
Is the total number of

indoor units displaying UA NO
and indoor units connectable to the Too many indoor units under one
same refrigerant system refrigerant system.
within the permitted
limit?
YES
Press RESET (BS5) button on the

outdoor unit PCB for 5 seconds.
NO
Is any fault detected? Normal
YES
Is the refrigerant type of NO

the indoor unit and outdoor unit Match refrigerant type of indoor
matched? unit and outdoor unit.
YES
(A1P).
∗ The number of indoor units that may be connected to an individual outdoor unit system is
determined by the model of the outdoor unit.

4.55 Incorrect Electric Heater Capacity Setting

Error Code UA-17
Applicable FTQ-TA
Models
Outline After attaching optional electric heater, if the electric heater capacity setting (11 (21)-5) is made
mistakenly for heaters not featured in the lineup, heating via unintended levels of airflow will be
prevented.
However, the electric heater will be operable for convenience.
Error Decision Checks when the capacity setting (11 (21)-5) of the electric heater has been set to a non-applicable
Conditions value.
Operation After  The error code UA-17 is displayed on the remote controller.
Error Codes  Indoor units can operate continuously.
Decided  Incorrect setting is kept.
 Even if the ON condition for electric heater 2 is established, only electric heater 1 will be set to
ON.
(Electric heater 1 set to ON, electric heater 2 set to OFF)
(In order to deliver in terms of user-friendliness and safety, the electric heater can operate at the
lowest possible power levels.)
 The airflow of the fan during operation of the electric heater will be set to the largest value within
the CFM dictated by the capacity of each of the electric heaters (electric heater 1, electric heater
2 both set to ON).
 All other operations are the same as during normal operation.

4.56 Address Duplication of Centralized Controller

Error Code UC
Models
Method of Error The principal indoor unit detects the same address as that of its own on any other indoor unit.
Detection
Error Decision The error decision is made as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected.
Conditions
Supposed  Address duplication of centralized controller

Troubleshooting
Does the optional

remote controller for YES
centralized controller connect to Address duplication on the
the indoor unit? centralized controller. Change
the setting to avoid centralized
controller address duplication.
NO

4.57 Transmission Error between Centralized Controller and

Indoor Unit
Error Code UE
Models Centralized controller
Method of Error Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor unit and centralized controller is normal.
Detection
Error Decision When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Conditions
Supposed  Disconnection or error of transmission wiring

Causes  Defective setting of group No. or address
 Transmission error between optional controllers for centralized control and indoor unit
 Defective PCB for centralized controller
Troubleshooting
Is
transmission YES
wiring disconnected or Fix the wiring correctly.
wired incorrectly?
NO
Has an
indoor unit once
connected been removed YES
Reset power supply
or its address simultaneously for all optional
changed? centralized control equipment.
NO
Is Is the
transmission with NO group No. of error NO
all indoor units Set the group No.
indoor units set? correctly.
error?
YES YES
PCB.
Is the
transmission
wiring with the main YES
controller disconnected or Fix the wiring correctly.
wired incorrectly?
NO
Is the main
controller's connector YES
for setting main controller Connect the connector
disconnected? correctly.
NO
PCB.

4.58 System Not Set

Error Code UF
Method of Error On check operation, the number of indoor units in terms of transmission is not corresponding to that
Detection of indoor units that have made changes in temperature.
Error Decision The error is determined as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected through checking
Conditions the system for any erroneous connection of units on the check operation.
Supposed  Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor-outdoor units

Causes  Failure to execute check operation
Troubleshooting
Are the stop valves NO

opened? Open stop valve.
YES
Is
Is the check NO indoor-outdoor unit YES
operation carried transmission wiring Press RETURN (BS3) button
out? normal? on outdoor unit PCB for 5
seconds or longer.
YES ∗ No operation for max. 12
NO minutes.
Is
indoor-outdoor unit NO
transmission wiring After fixing incorrect wiring,
normal? press and hold the RETURN
(BS3) button on the master
outdoor unit PCB for 5
YES seconds.
Perform test operation again and ∗ The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
press RETURN (BS3) button.
Are there any other NO

Normal
errors?
YES

4.59 System Abnormality, Refrigerant System Address

Undefined
Error Code UH
Method of Error System detects an indoor unit whose address is not defined by automatic address function.
Detection ∗Automatic address refers to the automatic designated address of indoor unit and outdoor unit
when connected to the power after installation or wiring replacement (with the RESET (BS5)
button pressed for more than 5 seconds).
Error Decision The error decision is made as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected.
Conditions
Supposed  Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor-outdoor units

 Defective outdoor unit main PCB (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Is Does
electricity an error
being introduced occur even after
for the first time after YES 12 minutes elapses
from the time when NO
installation or after an indoor Normal.
or outdoor unit main electricity is introduced
PCB has been to indoor and
replaced? outdoor
units?
NO YES
Is indoor-outdoor unit NO
After fixing incorrect wiring,
transmission wiring press and hold the RESET
normal? ( 1) (BS5) button on the outdoor
unit main PCB for 5 seconds.
YES The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
Press and hold the RESET
(BS5) button on the outdoor
unit PCB for 5 seconds
Does a UH error NO
occur for all indoor Replace the indoor unit PCB.
units in the system?
YES
Replace the outdoor unit main
PCB (A1P).
Note(s) ∗1. Refer to installation manual for correct "indoor unit and outdoor unit connection wiring".

Check SiUS281811EA
5. Check
5.1 High Pressure Check
CHECK 1 Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the defective points.
Stop valve closed ←Check to be sure the stop valve is open.

Local High pipe
pressure Bent or crushed pipe ←Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
rise resistance
Clogging of foreign ←Is there any temperature difference caused before
materials and after the filter or branch pipe?
[In cooling]
If the outdoor unit electronic Defective outdoor Defective valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
expansion valve is throttled: unit electronic
(*1.) expansion valve Defective valve body
A temperature difference in
excess of 10°C (18°F) between
Rise in high the inlet and the outlet is
pressure deemed to be abnormal.
Defective high pressure sensor ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
Defective corresponding to the measurement value of the pressure sensor?
Defective control Defective main
high pressure ←Are the voltage characteristics normal?
control PCB
Defective valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and insulation
Defective indoor normal?
unit electronic
expansion valve Defective valve body
Defective high pressure sensor ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service
[In heating] Checker corresponding to the measurement value of
Defective Defective indoor unit the pressure sensor?
If the indoor unit electronic
expansion valve excessively control liquid pipe thermistor ←Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
throttled:
Defective main ←Are the voltage characteristics normal?
(*2.) PCB
[In cooling] ←Is the suction air temperature more than 43°C
Short circuit (109°F)?
High suction air
temperature of High outdoor air ←Is the outdoor air temperature more than 43°C
High suction outdoor unit
air temperature (109°F)?
temperature ←Is the suction air temperature more than 27°C
of the High suction Short circuit (80.6°F)?
condenser air temperature
of indoor unit High room ←Is the room temperature more than 27°C (80.6°F)?
temperature
←Is the connector properly connected?
Defective suction air thermistor of indoor unit Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
[In heating]
High suction air temperature of outdoor unit ←Is the outdoor air temperature more than 16°CWB
(60.8°FWB)?
Defective outdoor air temperature thermistor of outdoor unit ←Is the connector properly connected?
Degradation Dirty condenser ←Is the heat exchanger clogged? (In cooling)
in condensing
capacity
Mixing of non-condensable gas ←Is air or else mixed in the refrigerant system?
Defective fan ←Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?

Decreased motor Are the motor coil resistance and
fan insulation normal?
Decreased output Defective main
airflow rate PCB (Including ←If a spare PCB is installed, is the capacity
capacity setting) setting properly made?
High Dirty filter ←Is the air filter clogged?

airflow
passage
resistance Obstacle ←Is there any obstacle in the airflow passage?
Excessive refrigerant charging ←Refer to CHECK 6 .

←Is the indoor unit too small compared to
Improper model selection [In heating] the large-sized outdoor unit?
∗1: In cooling, it is normal if the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve is fully open.
∗2: In heating, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for subcooling degree control.

SiUS281811EA Check
5.2 Low Pressure Check

[In cooling] Defective low pressure
(*1.) sensor ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
Defective
compressor corresponding to the measurement value of the pressure sensor?
Defective Defective main PCB ←Are the voltage characteristics normal?
low pressure capacity
control control
Defective low pressure ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
sensor corresponding to the measurement value of the pressure sensor?
Defective
low pressure Defective hot gas ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
[In both cooling protection solenoid valve
control
and heating] Defective main PCB ←Are the voltage characteristics normal?
(*2.)
Abnormally dropin Defective indoor
low pressure [In cooling] unit electronic Defective valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
(Low evaporating If the indoor unit expansion valve
temperature) electronic Defective valve body
expansion valve is
throttled too much: Defective gas pipe ←Check for the thermistor resistance and connection.
(*3.) thermistor of indoor unit
Defective
control
Defective electronic Defective liquid pipe ←Check for the thermistor resistance and connection.
expansion valve thermistor of indoor unit
control
Defective main PCB ←Are the voltage characteristics normal?
Defective outdoor Defective valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
unit electronic
[In heating]
If the outdoor unit Defective low pressure ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
electronic sensor corresponding to the measurement value of the pressure sensor?
expansion valve Defective Defective suction pipe ←Check for the thermistor resistance and connection.
excessively control thermistor
throttled:
(*4.) Defective main PCB
[In cooling]
Low suction air Short circuit ←Is the suction air temperature less than 14°C (57.2°F)?
temperature of
indoor unit Low room temperature ←Is the room temperature less than 14°C (57.2°F)?
Low suction air ←Is the connector properly connected?

Defective suction air thermistor of indoor unit Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
temperature of
the evaporator
Low suction air temperature of outdoor unit ←Is the outdoor air temperature less than –20°C (–4°F)?
←Is the connector properly connected?
Defective outdoor air temperature thermistor of outdoor unit
[In heating]
Abnormal piping length ←Does the piping length fall in the permissible range?
High pipe ←Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
Bent or crushed pipe
resistance
Clogging of foreign materials ←Is there any temperature difference caused before and
after the filter or branch pipe?
Stop valve closed
Less
circulation
quantity of Refrigerant shortage ←Refer to the CHECK 7 .
refrigerant
Moisture choke ←Eliminate moisture by vacuum operation. (Refer to CHECK 8 )
Dirty ←Is the heat exchanger clogged?
evaporator
Degradation
in evaporating Defective fan motor ←Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?
capacity Decreased Are the motor coil resistance and insulation normal?
fan output
Decreased Defective main PCB ←If a spare PCB is installed, is the
airflow rate (Including capacity setting) capacity setting properly made?
High
airflow
passage Dirty filter ←Is the air filter clogged?
resistance
Obstacle ←Is there any obstacle in the airflow passage?
Note(s)
∗1: For details of compressor capacity control while in cooling, refer to Compressor PI control
on page 106.
∗2: The low pressure protection control includes low pressure protection control and hot gas
bypass control.
∗3: In cooling, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for superheated degree
control.
∗4: In heating, the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for superheated degree
control of outdoor heat exchanger.

Check SiUS281811EA
5.3 Superheat Operation Check

Hot gas circuit clogging

Defective hot Defective solenoid
gas bypass valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
control
Defective solenoid
(*1) valve body
Defective service
monitor PCB
Defective valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and
Defective insulation normal?
Defective subcooling Defective valve
[In cooling only] electronic
discharge expansion body
pipe Defective valve ←Is the pressure value checked with the
Defective low
temperature subcooling pressure sensor Service Checker corresponding to the
control electronic measurement value of the pressure sensor?
Defective subcooling
expansion Defective heat exchanger outlet ←Is the connector properly connected?
valve control control thermistor Are the thermistor resistance characteristics
(*2) normal?
Temperature Defective main
increase of ←Are the voltage characteristics normal?
PCB
discharge
pipe Four way valve is in the ←Check if the piping temperature connected
Defective four middle position.
way valve to the four way valve is normal.
operation Leak from hot gas bypass
valve
Superheat due to
Compressor shaft damage
overheat Superheat due to
defective compressor
Defective indoor Defective valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
unit electronic
[In cooling] expansion valve Defective valve body
If the indoor unit
electronic Defective gas pipe ←Is the connector properly connected?
expansion valve is thermistor of indoor unit Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
throttled too much: Defective
(*3) control Defective thermistor for ←Is the connector properly connected?
Defective indoor unit liquid pipe
superheated
degree Defective main
control. PCB
Defective Defective valve coil ←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
outdoor unit
electronic
[In heating] ←Is the pressure value checked with the Service
If the outdoor unit Defective low pressure
sensor Checker corresponding to the measurement
electronic value of the pressure sensor?
expansion valve Defective Defective suction pipe ←Is the connector properly connected?
excessively control thermistor Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
throttled: (*4) Defective main ←Are the voltage characteristics normal?
PCB
Refrigerant
shortage ←Refer to CHECK 7 .
Abnormal piping length ←Does the piping length fall in the permissible range?
Bent or crushed pipe ←Conduct visual checks.
High pipe
resistance (Including moisture choke) ←Eliminate moisture by vacuum operation. (Refer to CHECK 8 .)
Stop valve closed. ←Check if the stop valve is open.
Note(s)
∗1: Refer to Low pressure protection control on page 118.
∗2: Refer to Subcooling electronic expansion valve control on page 108.
∗3: Superheating temperature control in cooling is conducted by indoor unit electronic
expansion valve.
∗4: Superheating temperature control in heating is conducted by outdoor unit electronic
expansion valve.
∗5: Judgment criteria of superheat operation: (1) Suction gas superheated degree: 10°C
(18°F) and over. (2) Discharge gas superheated degree: 45°C (81°F) and over, except
immediately after compressor starts up or is running under dropping control.
(Use the above values as a guide. Depending on the other conditions, the unit may be
normal despite the values within the above range.)

SiUS281811EA Check
5.4 Power Transistor Check

CHECK 4 Perform the following procedures prior to check.
(1) Power OFF.
(2) Remove all the wiring connected to the PCB where power transistors are mounted on.
[Preparation] ∗ Preparing a multimeter in the analog system is
· Multimeter recommended.
A multimeter in the digital system with diode check
function will be usable.
[Point of Measurement and Judgment Criteria]

· Measure the resistance value using a tester at each point of measurement below, 10 minutes later
after power OFF.
To use analog multimeter:
Measurement in the resistance value mode in the range of multiplying 1 kΩ.
Point of
No. Measurement Judgment Remarks
Criteria
+ –
1 P2 U
2 P2 V 2 ~ 15 kΩ —
3 P2 W
4 U P2
5 V P2 Due to condenser
15 kΩ and charge and so on,
6 W P2 above
resistance
7 N3 U (including
measurement may
) require some time.
8 N3 V
9 N3 W
10 U N3
11 V N3 2 ~ 15 kΩ —
12 W N3
To use digital multimeter:

Measurement is executed in the diode check mode.( )
Point of
Measurement Judgment
No. Remarks
Criteria
+ –
1 P2 U Due to condenser
charge and so on,
2 P2 V 1.2 V and
resistance
over
measurement may
3 P2 W require some time.
4 U P2
5 V P2
6 W P2
0.3 ~ 0.7 V —
7 N3 U
8 N3 V
9 N3 W
10 U N3 Due to condenser
charge and so on,
11 V N3 1.2 V and
over resistance
measurement may
12 W N3 require some time.

Check SiUS281811EA
5.5 Refrigerant Overcharge Check

CHECK 6 The only way to judge as the overcharge of refrigerant is with operating conditions due to the
relationship to pressure control and electronic expansion valve control.
As information for making a judgment, refer to the information below.
Diagnosis of overcharge of refrigerant

1. High pressure rises. Consequently, overload control is conducted to cause insufficient cooling
capacity.
2. The superheated degree of suction gas lowers (or the wet operation is performed).
Consequently, the compressor becomes lower in discharge pipe temperature despite of
pressure loads.
3. The subcooled degree of condensate rises. Consequently, in heating, the temperature of
discharge air through the subcooled section becomes lower
Cooling
High pressure
dropping control
Frequency comes to
High pressure the minimum level.
gradually rises with
increase in
frequency. Subcooling degree
becomes higher.
(Liquid connection
High pressure pipe temperature
lowers.)
(Low pressure is
maintained at a
constant level.)
Low pressure
Low pressure rises due
to decreased
compressor output.
Frequency
To maintain low pressure, frequency

increases under the capacity
control.
The outdoor unit electronic expansion valve

Heating is closed due to the overload control.
Frequency comes to
the minimum level.
(High pressure is maintained
at a constant level.)
High pressure
High pressure drops or rises

immediately after the overload
control is complete.
Low pressure
Low pressure rises
due to decreased
frequency.
Low pressure drops due to
closed outdoor unit
electronic expansion valve.
Frequency Hot gas bypass is activated
for low pressure protection,
i.e., hunting at low pressure.
To maintain high pressure,
frequency decreases under the
capacity control.
(Degree of overcharge)
Proper amount Higher degree of overcharge

SiUS281811EA Check
5.6 Refrigerant Shortage Check

CHECK 7 The only way to judge as the shortage of refrigerant is with operating conditions due to the
relationship to pressure control and electronic expansion valve control.
As information for making a judgment, refer to the information below.
Diagnosis of shortage of refrigerant

1. The superheated degree of suction gas rises. Consequently, the compressor discharge gas
temperature becomes higher.
2. The superheated degree of suction gas rises. Consequently, the electronic expansion valve
turns open.
3. Low pressure drops to cause the unit not to demonstrate cooling capacity (heating capacity).
Cooling
The opening degree of the indoor unit Fan control is activated for high
electronic expansion valve becomes pressure protection under
larger. cooling control at low outdoor
Either of the electronic expansion air temperature, i.e., the fan is
valves becomes fully open. hunting at high pressure.
Frequency comes to the minimum level.
High pressure
(Low pressure
is maintained at High pressure drops
a constant with decrease in
level.) compressor capacity.
Low pressure
Low pressure rises as the
opening degree of the indoor
unit electronic expansion
valve becomes larger.
Frequency slightly increases If frequency comes to the
under the capacity control. minimum level, low
Frequency pressure cannot be
maintained.
To maintain low
pressure,
frequency drops
due to the
capacity control.
Heating
The opening degree of the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve becomes larger.
The outdoor unit electronic expansion valve fully opens and frequency increases.
Discharge pipe or low pressure dropping control
Frequency comes to
High pressure the minimum level.
(High pressure
is maintained at
a constant
level.)
Low pressure
Frequency
To maintain low pressure,

frequency drops due to the Frequency drops
due to the dropping
capacity control. control.
(Degree of refrigerant shortage)

Proper amount Higher degree of shortage

Check SiUS281811EA
5.7 Vacuuming and Dehydration Procedure

CHECK 8 Conduct vacuuming and dehydration in the piping system following the procedure for Normal
vacuuming and dehydration described below.
Furthermore, if moisture may get mixed in the piping system, follow the procedure for Special
vacuuming and dehydration described below.
Normal vacuuming and dehydration

1. Vacuuming and dehydration
 Use a vacuum pump that enables vacuuming up to –100.7 kPa (–14.6 psi).
 Connect manifold gauges to the service ports of liquid pipe and gas pipe and run the
vacuum pump for a period of two or more hours to conduct evacuation to
–100.7 kPa (–14.6 psi) or less.
 If the degree of vacuum does not reach –100.7 kPa (–14.6 psi) or less even though
evacuation is conducted for a period of two hours, moisture will have entered the system or
refrigerant leakage will have been caused. In this case, conduct evacuation for a period of
another one hour.
 If the degree of vacuum does not reach –100.7 kPa (–14.6 psi) or less even though
evacuation is conducted for a period of three hours, conduct the leak tests.
2. Leaving in vacuum state
 Leave the compressor at the degree of vacuum of –100.7 kPa (–14.6 psi) or less for a period
of one hour or more, and then check to be sure that the vacuum gauge reading does not
rise. (If the reading rises, moisture may have remained in the system or refrigerant leakage
may have been caused.)
3. Additional refrigerant charge
 Purge air from the manifold gauge connection hoses, and then charge a necessary amount
of refrigerant.
Special vacuuming and dehydration

Use this procedure if moisture may get into the piping, such as construction during the rainy season
(dew condensation may occur, or rainwater may enter the piping during construction work).
 Follow the same procedure as that for Normal vacuuming and dehydration described above.
2. Vacuum break
 Pressurize with nitrogen gas up to 0.05 MPa (7.3 psi).
 Conduct vacuuming and dehydration for a period of one hour or more. If the degree of
vacuum does not reach –100.7 kPa (–14.6 psi) or less even though evacuation is conducted
for a period of two hours or more, repeat vacuum break - vacuuming and dehydration.
4. Leaving in vacuum state
 Leave the compressor at the degree of vacuum of –100.7 kPa (–14.6 psi) or less for a period
of one hour or more, and then check to be sure that the vacuum gauge reading does not
rise.
5. Additional refrigerant charge
 Purge air from the manifold gauge connection hoses, and then charge a necessary amount
of refrigerant.

SiUS281811EA Check
5.8 List of Inverter-Related Error Codes

CHECK 9
Code Name Condition for determining error Major cause
Instantaneous overcurrent of • Inverter output current exceeds 59.1 A • Liquid sealing
Compressor current
L5 inverter compressor even instantaneously. • Defective compressor

• Defective inverter PCB
Overcurrent of inverter • Compressor overload running • Back-flow of compressor liquid
compressor A current of 33.5 A or more continues for a • Sudden changes in loads
(Electronic superheating period of consecutive 5 seconds or that of • Disconnected compressor
L8
protection sensor) 27.6 A or more continues for a period of wiring
consecutive 260 seconds. • Defective PCB
• The inverter loses synchronization.
Inverter compressor lock • The compressor is in the locked status • Defective compressor
E5
(does not rotate).
Defective PCB (for inverter • No output is given. • Defective heavy current part of
L1
compressor) compressor
Radiation fin temperature rise • The radiation fin temperature reaches 87°C • Defective fan
(188°F) or more (while in operation). • Running in overload for an
L4
extended period of time
Protection device and others
• Defective PCB
Defective startup of inverter • The compressor motor fails to start up. • Liquid sealing or defective
compressor compressor
L9
• Excessive oil or refrigerant
• Defective PCB
Transmission error (between • No communications are carried out across • Defective outdoor main PCB
LC microcomputers on the outdoor the microcomputers on the outdoor main
main PCB) PCB.
Imbalanced power supply • Power supply voltages get significantly • Power supply error
imbalanced among three phases. (imbalanced voltages of 2% or
P1 more)
• Defective PCB
• Dead PCB
P4 Defective radiation fin thermistor • The radiation fin thermistor gets short • Defective radiation fin
circuited or open. thermistor
Power supply voltage error • The inverter power supply voltage is high • Power supply error
U2
or low. • Defective PCB

Check SiUS281811EA
5.9 Concept of Inverter-Related Error Codes

CHECK 10
Transmission error
When transmissions between the
microcomputers on the main
PCB are not normal
Instantaneous overcurrent of inverter
compressor (When inverter output current
exceeds 59.1 A even instantaneously)
Overcurrent of inverter compressor
(1) A current of 33.5 A or more
continues for a period of
consecutive 5 seconds.
(2) A current of 27.6 A or more
continues for a period of
consecutive 260 seconds.
LC
Low voltage Outdoor
Compressor
Power supply part main
(Single phase, 208/230 VAC) PCB
High voltage part L5 L8
(Power
transmission etc.)
U2 P1 L1 P4 L4 E5 L9
Imbalanced power supply voltage Defective startup of inverter compressor
When imbalance in (Compressor stops running
voltages among three immediately after it starts up.)
phases comes to 3% Inverter compressor lock
Radiation fin temperature rise
or more
When the radiation fin (Compressor does not run at all.)
Power supply voltage error temperature reached
87°C (188°F) or more
When the power supply Defective radiation fin thermistor
voltage falls out of the range
of 208/230 VAC ± 10% When the radiation fin thermistor resistor detects
an open circuit (–30°C (–22°F) or less) or a short
circuit (120°C (248°F) or more)
Defective radiation inverter
When the radiation heavy current part of
inverter gets defective (gives no output)

SiUS281811EA Check
5.10 Thermistor Check

CHECK 11 Thermistor type of indoor units
Indoor heat exchanger Indoor heat exchanger
Suction air thermistor Discharge air thermistor
Model (liquid) thermistor (gas) thermistor
R1T R2T R3T R4T
FCQ-TA Type C –
FHQ-P –
FHQ-M Type J –
Type B Type A
FAQ-TA –
FBQ-P Type J
FTQ-TA – Type A –
Thermistor type of outdoor units

Model Thermistor Type
R1T Outdoor air E
R2T Discharge pipe G
R3T Suction pipe 1 A
RZR18/24TAVJU
R4T Heat exchanger deicer A
RZQ18/24TAVJU
R7T Liquid pipe A
R10T Radiation fin K
R1T Outdoor air E
R2T Discharge pipe G
RZR30/36/42/48TAVJU R4T Heat exchanger deicer A
RZQ30/36/42/48TAVJU R5T Suction pipe 2 A
R6T Subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe A
R7T Liquid pipe A
FINTH Radiation fin F

Check SiUS281811EA
Thermistor temperature Resistance (kΩ)

(°C) (°F) Type A Type B Type C Type E
–30 –22 363.8 361.7719 – 362.4862
–25 –13 266.8 265.4704 – 265.9943
–20 –4 197.8 196.9198 – 197.3083
–15 5 148.2 147.5687 – 147.8597
–10 14 112.0 111.6578 111.8 111.8780
–5 23 85.52 85.2610 85.42 85.4291
0 32 65.84 65.6705 65.80 65.8000
5 41 51.05 50.9947 51.07 51.0954
10 50 39.91 39.9149 39.97 39.9938
15 59 31.44 31.4796 31.51 31.5417
20 68 24.95 25.0060 25.02 25.0554
25 77 19.94 20.0000 20.00 20.0395
30 86 16.04 16.1008 16.10 16.1326
35 95 12.99 13.0426 13.04 13.0683
40 104 10.58 10.6281 10.63 10.6490
45 113 8.669 8.7097 8.711 8.7269
50 122 7.143 7.1764 7.179 7.1905
55 131 5.918 5.9407 – 5.9524
60 140 4.928 4.9439 – 4.9536
65 149 4.123 4.1352 – 4.1434
70 158 3.467 3.4757 – 3.4825
75 167 – 2.9349 – 2.9407
80 176 – 2.4894 – 2.4943
85 185 – 2.1205 – 2.1247
90 194 – 1.8138 – 1.8173
95 203 – 1.5575 – 1.5605
100 212 1.339 1.3425 – 1.3451
105 221 – 1.1614 – 1.1636
3SA48002
3SA48004
3SA48001 3SA48016 3PA50504
Drawing No. 3SA48018
(AD87A001) (AD100008) (AD87A001)
3SA48019
(AD94A045)
∗The data is for reference purpose only.

SiUS281811EA Check
Thermistor temperature Resistance (kΩ)

(°C) (°F) Type F Type G Type J Type K
–30 –22 354.1 4759 359.8518 350.6
–25 –13 259.7 3454 265.0699 257.4
–20 –4 192.6 2534 197.1476 191.0
–15 5 144.2 1877 147.7348 143.2
–10 14 109.1 1404 111.7984 108.4
–5 23 83.25 1059 85.3927 82.83
0 32 64.10 806.5 65.8000 63.80
5 41 49.70 618.9 51.1273 49.53
10 50 38.85 478.8 40.0423 38.75
15 59 30.61 373.1 31.5974 30.56
20 68 24.29 292.9 25.1125 24.26
25 77 19.41 231.4 20.0949 19.40
30 86 15.61 184.1 16.1860 15.62
35 95 12.64 147.4 13.1222 12.65
40 104 10.30 118.7 10.7042 10.31
45 113 8.439 96.13 8.7834 8.447
50 122 6.954 78.29 7.2479 6.962
55 131 5.761 64.10 6.0131 5.769
60 140 4.797 52.76 5.0144 4.805
65 149 4.014 43.63 4.2021 4.021
70 158 3.375 36.26 3.5381 3.381
75 167 2.851 30.27 2.9925 2.856
80 176 2.418 25.38 2.5420 2.422
85 185 2.060 21.37 2.1671 2.063
90 194 1.762 18.06 1.8554 1.764
95 203 1.513 15.33 1.5949 1.515
100 212 1.304 13.06 1.3764 1.305
105 221 1.128 11.17 1.1923 1.128
110 230 0.9790 9.585 1.0365 0.9781
115 239 0.8527 8.254 0.9042 0.8506
120 248 0.7450 7.131 0.7914 0.7420
125 257 0.6530 6.181 0.6950 0.6495
130 266 0.5741 5.374 0.6121 0.5700
135 275 – 4.686 0.5408 –
140 284 – 4.098 0.4791 –
145 293 – 3.594 0.4257 –
150 302 – 3.161 0.3792 –
3PA61998 3SA48009 3SA48005 3P204139-3
Drawing No. (AD92A057) (AD970175) (AD87A001) (AD070077)
∗The data is for reference purpose only.

Check SiUS281811EA
5.11 Pressure Sensor Check

CHECK 12
4.15 4.15
Detected Pressure PH (MPa) = × VH – × 0.5
PH, PL 3.0 3.0
(psi) (kg/cm2) (MPa) 1.7 1.7
PL (MPa) = × VL – × 0.5
725 51.0 5.0 3.0 3.0
1 MPa = 145 psi
PH : High pressure (MPa)
653 45.9 4.5
High Pressure (PH) PL : Low pressure (MPa)
VH : Output Voltage (High Side) (VDC)
580 40.8 4.0 VL : Output Voltage (Low Side) (VDC)
508 35.7 3.5
435 30.6 3.0
363 25.5 2.5
290 20.4 2.0

Low Pressure (PL)
218 15.3 1.5
145 10.2 1.0
72.5 5.1 0.5
0 0 0
–72.5 –5.1 –0.5

–0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
Output Voltage VH, VL (VDC)
Voltage Measurement Point of the High Pressure Sensor
Main PCB (A1P) +5 V

X17A
(red)
(4) Red
Black High
(3)
pressure
sensor
(2)
Microcomputer
A/D input (1) White
Measure DC voltage between these wires.
Voltage Measurement Point of the Low Pressure Sensor

Main PCB (A1P)
+5 V
X18A
(blue)
(4) Red
(3) Black Low

pressure
Microcomputer
(2) White sensor
A/D input
(1)
Measure DC voltage between these wires.

SiUS281811EA Check
5.12 Broken Wire Check of the Relay Wires

CHECK 15 Procedure for checking indoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring for broken wires (for checking the
indoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring of the outdoor unit for broken wires).
Turn OFF the power supply to all equipment, short circuit between the indoor-outdoor unit terminal
F1 and F2 in the outdoor unit, and then conduct continuity checks between the transmission wirings
F1 and F2 of the "Indoor Unit a" that is farthest from the outdoor unit using a multimeter. If there is
continuity between the said transmission wirings, the indoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring has
no broken wires in it.
If there is no continuity, the transmission wiring may have broken wires. With the indoor-outdoor
unit terminal of the outdoor unit short circuited, identify the place with continuity in the transmission
wiring of the "Indoor Unit b", transmission wiring of the "Indoor Unit c", and transmission wiring of
the "Indoor Unit d" in the order described.
If the place with continuity can be identified, there may be broken wires in places before the said
place with continuity.
Short circuit between
Check the transmission the indoor-outdoor unit
wiring for continuity. Indoor-outdoor Unit terminal parts.
If there is continuity, the Transmission Wiring
indoor-outdoor unit
transmission has no
broken wires in it.
Outdoor
unit

Check SiUS281811EA
5.13 Fan Motor Connector Check

CHECK 16 FCQ-TA, FAQ-TA
Resistance measuring points and judgment criteria.
X20A
1 White FG
2 Orange Vsp
3 Brown Vcc
4 Blue GND
5 — —
6 — —
7 Red Vdc
Measuring points Judgment criteria

1-4
2-4
1Ω
3-4
7-4
FHQ-P, FHQ-M
Resistance measuring points and judgment criteria.
X4A
1 Red
2 White
3 Black

1-3 53.5 Ω ± 10%
2-3 31.6 Ω ± 10%

SiUS281811EA Check
FBQ-P
(1) Measurement of power wire connector.
Remove the X1A connector from the fan PCB (A2P) and measure the resistance
between the U and V, V and W, and W and U phases of the motor connector (with
five conductors) and check that each phase are balanced (within a permissible
dispersion range of ±20%).
(2) Measurement of signal wire connector.
Remove the X2A connector and measure the resistance between GND and Vcc,
Hw, Hv, or Hu terminals of the motor connector (with five conductors).
Connector power wire use (X1A) Connector signal wire use (X2A)
5 Red U 5 Gray GND
4 — 4 Pink Vcc
3 White V 3 Orange Hw
2 — 2 Blue HV
1 Black W 1 Yellow HU
Outdoor Unit
(1) Turn OFF the power supply.
(2) Remove the connector (X106A, X107A) on the PCB to measure the resistance value.
Judgment criteria: resistance value between each phase is within ±20%
Connector for signal wires

(X106A, X107A)
1 White FG
2 Orange Vsp
3 Brown Vcc
4 Blue GND
5 — —
6 — —
7 Red Vdc

Check SiUS281811EA
5.14 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil Check

CHECK 18 Measure the connector pin-to-pin resistance and make sure that the resistance value is within the
range listed in the table below.
FCQ-TA, FTQ-TA
Orange 1
Red 2
Yellow 3
Black 4
—5
Gray 6

1-6
2-6
35-55 Ω
3-6
4-6
FBQ-P, FAQ-TA
White 1
Yellow 2
Orange 3
Blue 4
Red 5
Brown 6

1-3 300 Ω
1-5 150 Ω
2-4 300 Ω
2-6 150 Ω

SiUS281811EA Check
FHQ-P, FHQ-M
4 6 3
Blue Brown Orange
Yellow Red White

2 5 1

1-3 300 Ω
1-5 150 Ω
2-4 300 Ω
2-6 150 Ω
RZR18/24TAVJU
RZQ18/24TAVJU
X21A (Y1E)
(White) 1
(Yellow) 2
(Orange) 3
(Blue) 4
— 5
(Red) 6

1-6
2-6
35-55 Ω
3-6
4-6

Check SiUS281811EA
RZR30/36/42/48TAVJU
RZQ30/36/42/48TAVJU
X21A (Y1E)
X22A (Y3E)
(Orange) 1
(Red) 2
(Yellow) 3
(Black) 4
— 5
COM[+] (Gray) 6

1-6
2-6
35-55 Ω
3-6
4-6

SiUS281811EA Check
5.15 Fan Motor Connector Check for FTQ-TA

CHECK 19 CHECKING EMERSON ULTRATECHTM ECM MOTORS
The FTQ-TA models utilize an Emerson, 4-wire variable speed ECM blower motor. The ECM
blower motor provides constant CFM.
The motor is a serially communicating variable speed motor. Only four wires are required to control
the motor: +Vdc, Common, Receive, and Transmit.
The +Vdc and Common wires provide power to the motor's low voltage control circuits.
General Checks / Considerations

1. Check power supply to the air handler or modular blower. Ensure power supply is within the
range specified on rating plate.
2. Check motor power harness. Ensure wires are continuous and make good contact when seated
in the connectors. Repair or replace as needed.
3. Check motor control harness. Ensure wires are continuous and make good contact when
seated in the connectors. Repair or replace as needed.
4. Check blower wheel. Confirm wheel is properly seated on motor shaft. Set screw must be on
shaft flat and torqued to 165 in-lbs minimum. Confirm wheel has no broken or loose blades.
Repair or replace as needed.
5. Ensure motor and wheel turn freely. Check for interference between wheel and housing or
wheel and motor. Repair or replace as needed.
6. Check housing for cracks and/or corrosion. Repair or replace as needed.
7. Check motor mounting bracket. Ensure mounting bracket is tightly secured to the housing.
Ensure bracket is not cracked or broken.
Emerson UltraCheck-EZTM Diagnostic Tool

The Emerson UltraCheck-EZTM diagnostic tool may be used to diagnose the ECM motor.
Warning HIGH VOLTAGE!

Disconnect ALL power before servicing or installing. Multiple power sources may be present.
Failure to do so may cause property damage, personal injury or death.
To use the diagnostic tool, perform the following steps:

1. Disconnect power to the air handler.
2. Disconnect the 4-circuit control harness from the motor.
3. Plug the 4-circuit connector from the diagnostic tool into the motor control connector.
4. Connect one alligator clip from the diagnostic tool to a ground source.
5. Connect the other alligator clip to a 24VAC source.
NOTE: The alligator clips are NOT polarized.
NOTE: The UltraCheck-EZTM diagnostic tool is equipped with a nonreplaceable fuse.
Connecting the tool to a source other than 24VAC could damage the tool and cause the fuse to
open. Doing so will render the diagnostic tool inoperable.
6. Turn on power to air handler or modular blower.
Warning Line Voltage now present.
7. Depress the orange power button on the diagnostic tool to send a run signal to the motor. Allow
up to 5 seconds for the motor to start.
NOTE: If the orange power button does not illuminate when depressed, the tool either has an open
fuse or is not properly connected to a 24VAC source.
8. The green LED on the diagnostic tool will blink indicating communications between the tool and
motor. See table below for indications of tool indicators and motor actions. Replace or repair as
needed.

Check SiUS281811EA
Power Green Motor

Indication(s)
Button LED Action
Not Confirm 24VAC to UltraCheck-EZTM tool. If 24VAC
OFF OFF Rotating is confirmed, diagnostic tool is inoperable.
ON Blinking Rotating Motor and control/end bell are functioning properly.
ON OFF Rotating Replace motor control/end bell.
Not Check motor (refer to Motor Checks on page 314).
ON Blinking
Rotating
Not Replace motor control/end bell; verify motor (refer
ON OFF Rotating to Motor Checks on page 314).
9. Depress the orange power button to turn off motor.
10. Disconnect power. Disconnect diagnostic tool.
11. Reconnect the 4-wire harness from control board to motor.
Electrical Checks - High Voltage Power Circuits

1. Disconnect power to air handler or modular blower.

2. Disconnect the 5-circuit power connector to the ECM motor.
3. Turn on power to air handler or modular.
4. Measure voltage between pins 4 and 5 on the 5-circuit connector. Measured voltage should be
the same as the supply voltage to the air handler or modular.
1
2 } Lines 1 and 2 will be connected
for 120VAC Power Connector
applications only
3 Gnd
4 AC Line Connection
5 AC Line Connection
5. Measure voltage between pins 4 and 3. Voltage should be approximately half of the voltage
measured in step 4.
6. Measure voltage between pins 5 and 3. Voltage should be approximately half of the voltage
measured in step 4.
7. If no voltage is present, check supply voltage to air handler or modular blower.
8. Disconnect power to air handler or modular blower. Reconnect the 5-circuit power harness
disconnected in step 2.

SiUS281811EA Check
Electrical Checks - Low Voltage Control Circuits

1. Turn on power to air handler or modular.
2. Check voltage between pins on the 4-wire motor control harness between the motor and control
board.
3. Voltage on pins should read:
Pins 1 to 4 = 3.3vdc
Pins 1 to 2 = 3.3vdc
Pins 3 to 4 = 15vdc
Motor Control/End Bell Checks


NOTE: Motor contains capacitors that can hold a charge for several minutes after disconnecting
power. Wait 5 minutes after removing power to allow capacitors to discharge.
2. Disconnect the motor control harness and motor power harness.
3. Remove the blower assembly from the air handler or modular blower.
4. Remove the (3) screws securing the control/end bell to the motor. Separate the control/end bell.
Disconnect the 3-circuit harness from the control/end bell to remove the control/end bell from
the motor.
5. Inspect the NTC thermistor inside the control/end bell. Replace control/end bell if thermistor is
cracked or broken.
6. Inspect the large capacitors inside the control/end bell. Replace the control/end bell if any of the
capacitors are bulging or swollen.

Check SiUS281811EA
7. Locate the 3-circuit connector in the control/end bell. Using an ohmmeter, check the resistance
between each terminal in the connector. If the resistance is 1 MΩ or greater, the control/end bell
is functioning properly. Replace the control/end bell if the resistance is lower than 1 MΩ.
8. Reassemble motor and control/end bell in reverse of disassembly. Replace blower assembly
into air handler or modular blower.
Motor Checks


NOTE: Motor contains capacitors that can hold a charge for several minutes after disconnecting
power. Wait 5 minutes after removing power to allow capacitors to discharge.
2. Disassemble motor as described in steps 2 through 4 above.
3. Locate the 3-circuit harness from the motor. Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance
between each motor phase winding. The resistance levels should be equal. Replace the motor
if the resistance levels are unequal, open circuited or short circuited.
4. Measure the resistance between each motor phase winding and the motor shell. Replace the
motor if any phase winding is short circuited to the motor shell.
5. Reassemble motor and control/end bell in reverse of disassembly. Replace blower assembly
into air handler or modular blower.

SiUS281811EA
Part 7
Appendix
1. Wiring Diagrams......................................................................................316
1.1 Outdoor Unit ............................................................................................. 316
1.2 Indoor Unit................................................................................................ 320
315 Part 7 Appendix

Wiring Diagrams SiUS281811EA
1. Wiring Diagrams
1.1 Outdoor Unit
RZR18/24TAVJU, RZQ18/24TAVJU
3D115455
316 Part 7 Appendix

SiUS281811EA Wiring Diagrams
RZR18/24TAVJUA, RZQ18/24TAVJUA
3D124495
Part 7 Appendix 317

RZR30/36/42/48TAVJU, RZQ30/36/42/48TAVJU
3D115456
318 Part 7 Appendix

RZR30/36/42/48TAVJUA, RZQ30/36/42/48TAVJUA
3D124500
Part 7 Appendix 319

1.2 Indoor Unit

FCQ18/24/30/36/42/48TAVJU
3D115647A
320 Part 7 Appendix

FHQ18/24/30PVJU, FHQ36/42MVJU
3D048116C
Part 7 Appendix 321

FAQ18/24TAVJU
3D114844B
322 Part 7 Appendix

FBQ18/24/30/36/42/48PVJU
3D065984J
Part 7 Appendix 323

324
(SEE NOTE 4) 208/230
GROUND LUG TO VAC
HEATER KIT
RD BK ~
PL1 TB4 TB5
~
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 (SEE NOTE 5)
PL2
WH
BR
BL RD BK
Wiring Diagrams
BK PL1
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
RD ~
~ PL2
BK
RD
208 230 208 230
RD BK COM VAC C OM VAC
VAC VAC
BK RD TR1 TR2 INSTALLING AUX ALARM (ALARM) DISCONNECT SWITCH WIRING
(SEE NOTE 1) (SEE NOTE 1) (SEE NOTE 6)
24VAC 24VAC
PU YL
BL RD
BR
BL WH
PL3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
PL4
RD
BK RELAY IN
(ACC-IN)
HEATER KIT
GR RELAY OUT
(A1P) OUTPUT
(ACC-OUT)
TH2 TR2 COM X1A
TB2 TB1 TH1 TB7 TB6 TB8
TR1 TB10 TB3
K3R
GY OUTPUT FOR
K2R K1R CONTROL ON/OFF
EEV COIL M BK (OPTION)
X3A
YL X2M
RD OUTPUT FOR
OR F2U F1U
ECONOMIZER 2
(OPTION)
TB4 TB5
RD
ECONOMIZER (OPTION)
THERMISTOR
(HEAT EXCHANGER 1,2) X5A
PS
HUMIDIFIER (OPTION)
REMOTE SENSOR
SEE NOTE 7
(OPTION) X4A X23A X1M
AIR CLEANER (OPTION)
CAPACITY SETTING
BS1 X12A T2
FLASH EXTERNAL CONTACT (OPTION)
WRITER T1
LEARN
X13A GR
MULTI F2
TENANT MPU
FTQ18/24/30/36/42/48TAVJUD, FTQ18/24/30/36/42/48TAVJUA
X38A HAP TRANSMISSION WIRING

(OPTION) F1
H2P P2
X35A H3P (RX DATA) REMOTE CONTROLLER WIRING
(COM STAT) X8A P1
C
WIRING ADAPTER
X33A R
PCB X7A CONNECTION DISABLED FAN ECM MOTOR
(OPTION) 2
MOTOR
1
RD BK GY BL
INDOOR UNIT PCB
NOTES: INTEGRATED CONTROL: COLOR CODES: COMPONENT CODES:

1. PLACE RED WIRES ON 208 V TERMINAL OF 2-TRANSFORMER LOW VOLTAGE POWER/HEATER KIT/
BL - BLUE PL1, PL2
(TR1/TR2) FOR 208 VAC OPERATION. DISCONNECT SWITCH
LOW VOLTAGE FIELD RD - RED CONNECTOR
2. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFIED REPLACEMENT PARTS MUST BE
USED WHEN SERVICING. HIGH VOLTAGE YL - YELLOW TR1, TR2 TRANSFORMER
HIGH VOLTAGE FIELD OR - ORANGE F1U, F2U FUSE LINK
3. IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES AS SUPPLIED WITH THIS UNIT
MUST BE REPLACED, IT MUST BE REPLACED WITH WIRING JUNCTION BK - BLACK TRANSFORMER
PL3, PL4
MATERIAL HAVING A TEMPERATURE RATING OF AT LEAST 105˚C. CONNECTOR
USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY. TERMINAL GY - GREY
4. UNIT MUST BE PERMANENTLY GROUNDED AND CONFIRM TO PLUG CONNECTION BR - BROWN

N.E.C AND LOCAL CODES.
EQUIPMENT GND GR - GREEN
5. DISCARD CONNECTOR PL1 WHEN INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT FIELD GROUND
KIT. WH - WHITE
6. REMOVE SHORT RED CIRCUITING WIRE AND PUT AUX ALARM PU - PURPLE
SWITCH WHEN INSTALLING AUX ALARM SWITCH.
7. USE N.E.C CLASS 2 WIRE.
C: 0140A00500A
SiUS281811EA
Part 7 Appendix
z Daikin products are manufactured for export to numerous countries throughout the world. Prior to
purchase, please confirm with your local authorized importer, distributor and/or retailer whether this
product conforms to the applicable standards, and is suitable for use, in the region where the product
will be used. This statement does not purport to exclude, restrict or modify the application of any local
legislation.
z Ask a qualified installer or contractor to install this product. Do not try to install the product yourself.
Improper installation can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical shock, fire or explosion.
z Use only those parts and accessories supplied or specified by Daikin. Ask a qualified installer or
contractor to install those parts and accessories. Use of unauthorized parts and accessories or
improper installation of parts and accessories can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical
shock, fire or explosion.
z Read the user's manual carefully before using this product. The user's manual provides important
safety instructions and warnings. Be sure to follow these instructions and warnings.
If you have any inquiries, please contact your local importer, distributor and/or retailer.
Cautions on product corrosion

1. Air conditioners should not be installed in areas where corrosive gases, such as acid gas or alkaline gas, are produced.
2. If the outdoor unit is to be installed close to the sea shore, direct exposure to the sea breeze should be avoided. If you need to install
the outdoor unit close to the sea shore, contact your local distributor.
© All rights reserved

Specifications, designs and other content appearing in this brochure are current as of March 2020 but subject to change without notice.
SiUS281811EA
03/2020 AK.K

Service Manual: Cooling Only 60 HZ Heat Pump 60 HZ RZR-TA, RZQ-TA Series

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Manual: Cooling Only 60 HZ Heat Pump 60 HZ RZR-TA, RZQ-TA Series

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Manual: Cooling Only 60 HZ Heat Pump 60 HZ RZR-TA, RZQ-TA Series

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SiUS281811EA

RZR-TA, RZQ-TA Series

Part 1 General Information ............................................................... 9

Part 2 Refrigerant Circuit............................................................... 68

Part 3 Remote Controller ................................................................ 82

6. Service Settings Menu, Maintenance Menu..............................................98

Part 4 Functions and Control ........................................................ 103

Part 5 Field Settings and Test Operation ..................................... 144

1.5 Details of Field Settings for Indoor Unit.................................................... 153

Part 6 Service Diagnosis ............................................................... 194

4.13 Swing Flap Motor Abnormality ................................................................. 230

Part 7 Appendix ............................................................................. 315

1.1 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Workers

Be sure to disconnect the power cable from the socket before

When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the

Be sure to wear a safety helmet, gloves, and a safety belt when

In case of R-410A refrigerant models, be sure to use pipes, flare nuts

Do not clean the air conditioner with water.

Be sure to provide an earth / grounding when repairing the

Be sure to conduct repair work with appropriate tools.

Conduct welding work in a well-ventilated place.

1.2 Warnings and Cautions Regarding Safety of Users

Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the

Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and

Do not damage or modify the power cable.

When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller, be sure to

Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of

Check to see if parts and wires are mounted and connected

Check the earth / grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not

Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

1. Model Names and Power Supply..............................................................10

Part 1 General Information 9

1. Model Names and Power Supply

10 Part 1 General Information

1.2 Cooling Only

Note(s) 1. Power supply intake: outdoor unit

Part 1 General Information 11

1.3 Heat Pump

Note(s) 1. Power supply intake: outdoor unit

12 Part 1 General Information

Shown with BYCQ125B-W1

Ceiling Suspended Type

Wall Mounted Type

Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (High Static Pressure)

Part 1 General Information 13

Multi Position Air Handling Unit

2.2 Outdoor Unit

14 Part 1 General Information

2.3 Remote Controller

Wireless remote controller

Part 1 General Information 15

16 Part 1 General Information

Model Indoor unit FCQ30TAVJU FCQ36TAVJU

Part 1 General Information 17

Model Indoor unit FCQ42TAVJU FCQ48TAVJU

18 Part 1 General Information

Model Indoor unit FCQ18TAVJU FCQ24TAVJU

Part 1 General Information 19

Model Indoor unit FCQ30TAVJU FCQ36TAVJU